# IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) /. t/a fA 1.0 !si^ I I.I 1.25 2.5 ^ Ij^ ^ US, 12.0 u lU 1.4 ii.6 V] VI /y. V M CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 1980 Technical Notes / Notes techniques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Physical features of this copy which may alter any of the images in the reproduction are checked below. D D Coloured covers/ Couvertures de co'uleur Coloured maps/ Cartes gdographiques en couleur L'Institut a rnicrofilm6 le mellleur exemplaire qu'ii lui a 6x6 possible de se procurer. Certains ddfauts susceptibles de nuire 6 la qualitd de la reproduction sont not6s ci-dessous. D D Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur Coloured plates/ Planches en couleur Th PC of fil Th CO or ap Th fill in: n Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages d6color6es, tachetdes ou piqu6es Tight binding (may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin)/ Reliure serr6 (peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge intdrieure) D Show through/ Transparence Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes Ml in up bo fol D Additional comments/ Commentaires suppldmentaires Bibliographic Notes / Notes bibliographiques D D Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible Bound with other material/ Reli6 avec d'autres documents n Pagination incorrect/ Erreurs de pagination Pages missing/ Des pages manquent D D n Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Plates missing/ Des planches manquent Additional comments/ Commentaires suppl^mentaires D Maps missing/ Des cartes gdographiques manquent ns la The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol •-^> (meaning CONTINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. The original copy was borrowed from, and filmed with, the kind consent of the following institution: Library of the Public Archives of Canada Maps or plates too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les images suiventes ont M reproduites avec le plus grend soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la netteti de I'exemplaire fllm6, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Un des symboles sulvants apparaftra sur la der- nidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN". L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grAce A la g6n6rosit6 de l'6tablissement prAteur suivant : La bIbliothAque des Archives publiques du Canada Les cartes ou les planches trop grandes pour dtre reproduites en un seul clichd sont filmdes d partir de Tangle supArieure gauche, de gauche d droite et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images nAcessaire. Le diagramme suivant illustre la mAthode : 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 8 6 I MEMORANDA. cj^NJ^jyj^ FROM THE UNTIC TO THE PACIFIC AND ARCTIC OCEANS, A.ROTIO VOYA-OES VOYAGES OF DISCOVERY IN THE NORTH, AKD PUBLIC AVORKS, ETC., ETC. BY G. F. BAILLAIRaie, DEPUTY MINISTER OP PUBLIC WORKS. 1 b3C2 TABLE OF CONTEISTTS. Page. Letter of His Honour John Schultz, Lieutenant Governor of Manitoba respecting Historical Map of Canada, to be published 8 Part I. — Area and population of Canada and of the World, etc , 1605 to 1890... 6 to 24 Part II. — Navigable "Waters, Canals, Railways, Telegraph Lines, Routes to Liverpool and Yokohama 25 to 61 Part III. — Progressive Discoveries and Foundations of various CiticH, Trading Stations, etc., in North America, colonized by. France and Great Britain 64 to 80 Part IV. — Latitudes, Longitudes and Climate, etc., as observed during various Arctic Expeditions and otherwise, and also the International Circumpolar Stations 81 to 104 Part V. — Natural Resources, Products and Trade, etc 105 to 112 Part VI.— Agricultural Statistics, 1605 to 1888, inclusive 113 to 132 Part VII. — Mackenzie Basin, Principal Forts, Hudson's Bay and North" West Territory, also the Yukon Territorj' 133 to 180 Part VIII. — Boundaries between Canada and the United States and of the Provinces of Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, New Brunswick and Quebec, of the Labrador Coast under the Government of Newfoundland, of the Provinces of Onta- rio, Manitoba and British Columbia, and also of the Provi- sional Districts of Keewatin, Assiniboia, Saskatchewan, Alberta and Athabasca 181 to 194 Part IX. — Seoresby's Chronological Enumeration of Voyages of Discovery, continued from 1820 to the time of the last Expedition under Lieut. A. W. Greely and his Rescuers... 195 to 206 ADDENDA. Part II. — Number of Nautical and Statutes Miles corresponding to a degree of Longitude at the various degrees of Latitude, \ and the definition thereof. 210 Rise of Neap and Spring Tides at various places in Canada. 211 to 218 Opening and closing of Navigation, etc., at various Ports in Canada 220 to 231 Ports, etc., open to Navigation in Canada the whole year... 234 Ocean Routes and Interoceanic Canals 244 to 248 Railways to Hudson's Bay 249 Expenditure on Public Works, Canada 252 to 253 Heads, etc.. Department of Public Works, 1841 to 1891.... 256 to 257 Part VII. — Forts, etc., of Northern Territories comprised in various Dioceses 236 to 239 Part VIII. — Imperial Statutes relating to Labrador 242 a u a (( (( u ><;. U.OO*' LETTER OF His Honour John Scluiltz, Lieutenant-Governor of Manitoba, RKSPKCTINO HISTORICAL MAP OF CANADA. (To BE PUBLISUED.) Government House, 12th July, 1889. Dear Mr. Baillairg^, — The only apology I can oiFer you for the long delay in answering your letter of the 15th May is, that I found it very diffi- cult, after an absence of a month in British Columbia, to overtake even State correspondence, and later I found that I had mislaid your very kind letter. Allow me to thank you, thus late, for the map you sent, which displayed on itself, not only very great photographic care, but in the additions made by hand, a more intimate knowledge of the more northern portion of our great North- West than 1 had supposed possible for one who had not travelled through it. To my mind you have collected, collated and recorded, informa- tion of the greatest possible future use for Canada, and I feel that the Gov- ernment could not possibly spend the public money on an object more likely to be of national use, and I hope to see, before long, your map in the hands of all the members of our Legislature, and in every school in the country. Nothing, in my opinion, would do more to convey to Canadians an idea of the vastness and richness of their great heritage than the wide distribution of your map. You ask me to point out any omissions in the copy which I have received, but I can scarcely do so here, as none of the public or parliamentary libraries contain the authorities which I would have to consult ; but, in the event of your map being published, I would go to Ottawa and aid you in any possible manner. I may mention incidentally however, now, that you have, I think, the eastern boundary of the district of Keewatin too far west. How- ever, I have no doubt, that before publication, you will have this defined from an authoritative source. Recent decisions conflict as you are aware, with the former boundaries, and an Act of the Dominion Parliament will have to settle it. Still I have no doubt but that the Surveyor-General, or the Department of Justice, or both, will be able to give you a hint. Again thanking you, dear Mr. Baillairge, for your very valuable map which now hangs in my library. Believe me with best wishes. Very faithfully yours, [Signed] JOHN SCHULTZ. G. F. Baillairge, Esq., Deputy Minister of Public Works, Ottawa. The map has since been submitted to the Surveyor-General and corrected according to the most recent data, with which ho was kind enough to furnish me. G. F. BAILLAIRGE. PA^RT I. DOMINION OF CANADA, ETC. AREA AND POPULATION, ie05 to 1890. 4AI, 6 AREA AND TOPULATION. Dominion of Canada and Newfoundland, &c., 1890. PrOVINCKB, DISTUIOT8, Tkkiutohikh. Entered Confedtration or Organized. Manitoba, Province Saskatchewan, District Assiniboia do North-West Territories Athal)asca, District Albtfrta do British Columbia, Province.. Ontario do New Brunswick do .. Nova Scotia do .. Prince Edward Island do .. Quebec do .... Ten'itory t tst of Hudson's Bay Islands in Arctic Ocean and Hudson's Bay Entered Confedera tion 15th July, 1870 Organized 8th May, 1882 do Organized 8th May, 1882 do Keewatin, District. Territory east of Keewatin and south of Hudson's Bay Great Lakes and River St. Law- rence east to Lon^. 60°, and portions withinUnited States, not included in above areas. . Totals. do do Entered Confedera- tion Ist July, 1873 Entered Confedera- tion 1st July, 18G7 Organized 1876. Squahk Miles. Land. 65,000 101,400 89,650 859,600 103,300 105,850 382,300 Entered Confedera- tion 20th Julv, 1871 1 Entered Confedera-) tion Ist July, 1867: 219,650 28,100 20,550 2,000 227,500 352,300 300,000 267,000 194,300 3,318,500 Water, 9,000 7,000 550 46,400 1,200 250 1,000 2,350 100 50 1,400 5,700 15,000 2,500 47,400 139,900 Labrador — East Coast on the Atlantic from Blanc Sablon to Cape Chud leigh, under Governm jnt of Newfoundland, say Newfoundland do French Shore, from Cai^e Ray to Cape St. John, say . Total. Increase since Census 1881— Estimated at 15 per 100. Total, 1890— Estimated 74,000 108,400 90,200 906,000 104,500 106,100 383,300 222,000 28,200 20,600 2,000 228,900 358,000 300,000 282,000 196,800 47,400 Popula- tion, Census 1881. 65,954 56,446 49,459 1,923,228 821,233 440,572 108,891 1,359,027 Unknown, 3,458,400 40,000 42,734 3,541,134 do do do Persons to the Square Mile. 4,324,810 4,000 187,411 10,000 4,526,221 678,933 5,205,154 100 004 13 900 11 43 21-44 5444 600 1 33 NOTK. — Capt. E. Deville states that the area of the Province of Quebec in the foregoing table of areas furnished by him, does not extend beyond the height of land ; and also that the areas of the great lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron and Superior, do not comprise the portion within the United States boundary. For further details respecting lakes and rivers, see pages 26 to 32. G. F. B. Ottawa, 13th June, 1890. Area and Population of the United Kingdom and United States of America. Countries. Area in Squan- Milen. Popnlation, CenHUs of 1H«1. Persons to the Square Mile. Great Britain and Irelantl, comprised below in Europe. . . United HtateH of North America 121,115 3,(K)3,H«4 36,100,000 B0,445,3;«; 208 14 Area and Population of British Possessions in the World in 1881. British Possessions in KurojK) 121,235 ;V>2,025 1,584,525 3,(S20,210 3,070,034 86,275,774 2,570,5.S5 257,3()!»,731 6,30.5, 1!»8 2,741,634 30000 do Africa 700 do Asia 162 do America do Australasia 1 77 80 Total British Possessions 8,757,029 305,202,872 3600 Area and Population of the World in 1890. Continent of P]uroi)e. . do Africa. . do Asia .... do America. do Oceanica. Area of the Earth about. .^, 800, 000 11,800,000 17,600,000 16,500,000 3,000,000 53,600,000 347,000,000 1!)7,(KH),0(H) 780,0(H),(K)0 112,000,000 38,000,000 1,483,000,000 01 17 45 7 10 28 Note. — The population of Great Britain and Ireland is now estimated at more than .38,000,000 and that of the United States at more than 60,000,000. PROGRESSIVE POPULATION. ACADIAN POPULATION. ^BORiaiisr^L i>oi>ul^tio:n'. 1605 to 1890. f" 10 Chronological Record of the Population of New France, Acadia, etc. (now the Dominion of Canada) progressively, from 1605 to 1881. 1(505 1608 l(i20 1()28 lG2i» 1641 1653 16f>3 1665 16(>7 l()t)8 1671 Lticalities. Port Royal C^uebec ao New Franwj Quebec (IK) English). New France do (de.Ture). (1,538 Indians included) 1692 1693 1695 1695 1698 1698 1701 1703 1706 1707 1707 do do do do Acadia 1673 New France . 1675 do 167() do 1679 do 1679 Acadia 1680 New France . 1681 do 1683 do im do 1(J86 Acadia . 1688 New France do Acadia New France St. John River, N.B New France Acadia, portion of Acadia, North of Peninsula of. do do New France do North Peninsula of Acadia 1712 New France 17131 do 1714! do 1714;North Peninsula of Acadia 1716 New France do do do St. John Island, P.E.I New France do do do do do John Island, P E.I , 1718 1719 1720 17201 1721 1722 1723 1724 1726 1727| 1728 St. 1730|New France 173l! Acadia, North of Peninsula ot. 1732!New France ]733|St. John River, N.B 1734! New France , 1735 1736 1737 1737 of Acadia, St. John Island New France do North of Peninsula French j. ''ulation . 1739 New France 1739;Ekoupay, River St. John 1719|Nova Sootia, Br. Img., &c 17 49j Acadian Peninsula, trench pop. of. 17491 Ile-Roy ale, C.B., French pop. of . . Popula- tion. 44 28 60 76 117 240 2,000 2,500 3,215 3,918 6,282 441 6,705 7,832 8,415 9.400 515 9,719 !),677 10,251 12,2(>3 885 11,562 12,431 1,009 13,6:^9 49 15,355 789 1,134 1,244 16,417 17,204 1,484 18,440 18,119 18,964 1,773 20,531 22,983 22,530 24,434 100 24,951 25,053 26,479 26,710 29,396 30,613 330 32,()82 6,000 35,614 111 37,716 541 39,063 39,970 7,598 42,701 116 2,544 13,000 1,000 •5 1749 1749 1752 Localities. Acadia, N.B., French pop. of St. John Island, P.E.I., French })01). of Acadia, N.S., English and German. Acadia Peninsula, French Ile-Royale, French Acadia, N.B St. John Island, P.E.I 1754 New France 1754 j Nova -Scotia, Br. ix)p 1760 New France 1762 Nova Scotia, Br. j>op 1763: do do 1764j do do (including por- I tion of the Acadians) 17t)5'New France 1767 Nova Sootia (a few Acadians in- I eluded) 1772 Nova Scotia, Br. ix)p 1775 Canada (all) 1781 Nova Scotia, Br. iwp 17f 4 Canada (whole of) Loyalists not included 1784 Nova Scotia, Br. jx^p Ltjyalists included 1790 Canada, whole of, Qiiebec, Three Rivers and Montreal Districts. . . 1790 Nova Scotia, Peninsula only 1793 Cape Breton (sei)arated from N. S. , 1784) 1797 St. John Island, P.E.I, (separated from N.S., 1770) 1806 New Brunswick (separated from N. S., 1784) 1806 Prince Edward Island (so-called in 1798-1800) 1806 Canada, Upper (estimated) 180() do Lower " 1807 Nova Scotia " 1811 Canada, Upi)er " 1814 do Lower " 1814 do LTpiJer " 1817 Nova Scotia " 1822 Canada, Lower 1822 Prince. Edward Island (estimated). . 1824 Canada, Uppei 1824 New Brunswick li>25, Canada, Upper 1825 do Lower 1826 do Upiier 1827 do do 1827 Nova Scotia (Cajie Breton being ' united in 1820) 182? Canada, Lower 1828 do Upiw 1829 do do 1830 do do 1831i do do 1831 Assiniboia (now Manitoba) 1831 Canada, Lower 1832 do UpiJer 1833 do do 1833 Prince Edward Island 1834 Canada, Upper 1834.New Brunswick Popula- tion. 1,000 1,000 4,203 9,300 4,325 1,550 2,000 55,009 5,000 70,000 8,104 9,000 12,998 69,810 11,779 17,000 90,000 12,000 113,012 10,000 32,000 20,000 161,311 30,000 2,000 4,500 35,000 9,676 70,718 250,000 65,000 77,000 335,000 95,000 81,3.51 427,465 24,600 150,066 74,176 157,923 479,288 166,379 177,174 123,630 473,475 186,488 197,815 213,156 236,702 2,390 553,134 2C>3,554 295,863 32,292 321,145 119,457 11 Chronological Record of the Population of New France, Acadia, etc. — Con. 5 1834 1835 1835 183(5 1837 1837 1838 1838 1838 183!) 1840 1840 1840 1841 1841 1842 1843 1844! 184G 1848 1848 1848 1849 1851 ia51 1851 1851 1855 185G Localities. Assiniboia, Man do Canada, Upper do do do do Nova Scotia Canada, Upi)er . Assiniboia . . Nova Scotia .... Canada, Upi>er do do New Brunswick Assiniboia Canada, lTi)i)er Prince Edward Island. ... Canada, Upper .. . Assiniboia, Man Canada, Lower Assiniboia Canada, Upjier do Lower (estimated) Prince Edward Island Assiniboia Canada, Upi)er Nova Scotia New Brunswick Canada, Lower Prince Edward Island Assiniboia Popula- tion. Si c9 1860 3,356 3,(J49 1861 347,3f.!» 1860 374,099 1861 .397,489 1860 19«,90ti 18611 399,422 18601 3,906 1861 202,575 1860J 409,048 186r 432,159 1860 156,162 1861 4,704 1870 455,688 47,042 1870 487,053 1871 5,143 1871 697,084 i 1871 4,871 1 1871 725,879 1871 775,000 ! 1881 62,678 5,.S91 " ! 952,004 " i 276,854 <1 1 193,800 890,261 " 1 71,490 " 1 6,691 1890 liocalities. |} Canada, Upper. , do Lower., New Brunswick. Nova Scotia .... \ Prince Edward Island . Vancouver and Victoria, B.C., Immigrants British Columbia, Immigrants and descendants Manitoba — Indians not included. . . ( )ntario Quebec New Brunswick ... Nova Scotia Prince Edward Island Ontario Quebec Qi ew Brunswick Nova Scotia Prince Edward Island. . Manitoba British Columbia North- West Territories . Canada estimated at * Popula- tion. 1,396,091 1,111,566 252,047 330,857 80,857 3,024 10,.586 12,228 1,620,851 1,191,516 285,594 387,800 94,021 1,923,228 1,359,027 331,233 440,572 108,891 65,954 49,459 56,446 4,973,532 * Exclusive of Labrador Coast and Newfoundland. Comparative Statement of Acadian Population in the Maritime Provinces, from 1749 to 1771, with the same in 1871. Localities. Nova Scotia (Peninsul- ) Cape Breton (Ile-Royale) Prince Edward Island (St. John Island). . {District of Shediac Gulf of St. Lawrence, Shores Bale des Chaleurs St. John River Totals. 1749. 1755, Before the Expul- sion. 8,200 1755, After the Expul- sion. 1756. 1758, After the Cap- ture of Louis- burgh . 1765. 1771. l.%000 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,700 1,860 1,000 3,000 .3,000 2,. 500 700 800 920 1,000 3,000 3,500 4,500 6,500 1,400 1,270 600 3,500 4,000 2,000 300 2,000 1,101 100 400 400 1,000 500 2,000 1,093 100 150 150 500 400 1,000 795 200 250 250 12,500 1,600 1,100 10,700 1,250 1,403 16,000 18,500 13,300 10,150 8,442 1871. 21,969 10,864 15,000 13,008 12,916 9,412 9,571 92,740 NOTK. — Prince Edward Island, under the French regime, bore the name of " lie St- Jean." The Census of 1871 and 1881 includes all races then inhabiting Canada. A.BORiaiISrA.L OR V' INDIAN POPULATION OF i C^N"A.D^, Etc., 14 ABORIGIITAL POPULATION. Localities. Census 1871. Census 1881. 1889. Prince Edward Island Nova Scotia .323 1,00(5 1,403 6,988 12,978 (j:8tiinated) 300 do 23,000 55,500 281 2,125 1,401 7,515 15,326 0,707 25,601 49,472 • 314 2,0.59 New Brunswick 1,574 Quebec 13,500 Ontario Manitoba 17,7.52 24, .522 British Columbia 39,766 Labrador, Ruiwrt's Land and North- West Ter- ritories 20,054 Totals 102,358 108,547 125, .540 In 1871 and 1881 most of the population of Manitoba was included in that of the North-West Territories. See next page for further details respecting 1889. See also page 19 containing a statement which shows the number of Indians in 1856, according to the late Sir George Simpson who was formerly Governor of the North- West and of Rupert's Land, for the Hudson's Bay Company. According to the census of 1871, and the memorandum therein, on the subject of the Indian population, by Dr. Charles Tache, then Deputy Minister of the Department of Agriculture, Statistics, etc., the statement above referred to, greatly overrates the Indian population. See page Ixxxv of the introduc- tion to Vol. IV of the census of 1871. 16 9. 314 2,059 1,574 13,500 17,752 24,522 39,765 26,054 25,540 led in ber of ■raerly 8 Bay •n the nister ferred :oduc- Table showing the number of Resident and Nomadic Indians and Denomina- tions to which they belong. 1889. • Localities. Unknown. Protestant. Roman Catholic. Pagan. Totals. Province of Ontario 796 6,487 9,(508 399 0,462 0,614 2,059 1,574 314 0,(M)0 1,800 6, (XX) 6,.5()0 2,843 1,000 886 17,752 do (XioIk^c 13,500 2,059 1,574 314 do Nova Scotia ♦ do New Brunswick « do Prince Kdward Island. • :;:::::;:::: :::::::::::: 9,5g6" do Manitoba, and N.W.T Peace River Di.strict Athabawca * • 1,072 238 2,000 500 1,173 7,890 24,.522 2,038 8,000 7,000 McKenzie * Ea.stern Ruijert'a Land. Labrador Interior, Canadian * "t' 4,016 1,000 Arctic Coast ..t. 4,000 4,000 British Columbia, West Coast Agency 10,266 17,897 41,106 1,8,52 4,087 1,735 1,708 274 735 499 108 1,838 10,446 85,775 1 1,241 i25' 3,093 5,001 2,560 1,910 1,<)00 941 !Fraser River do 914 700 202 20 16 Kaniloops do Cowichan do Kwaw-Kwelth do 1,60(5 190 O'Kanagan do Kootenay do 499 North-VV est Coast Agency William's Lake do , . . . . 2,725 87 2,807 5,640 1,925 * No A(jcncif8. Pemberston, Douglas, Lillooet, &c. Hiletsuck 1 4,664 12,836 5,909 23,409 1,600 1,000 2,274 500 2,274 Siccanee 500 300 3()6' Tahelie (Nahannie) ♦ 400 8,522 1,0(X) 8 ^''?2 Bands not visited •N- Porteurs or Carrier Indians .(c . .(d ■ .(e . 1,100 550 400 350 1, Chilcoten Indians Babine do /J Akwilgate do 3.50 11,190 4,800 300 10,290 Totals 27,462 22,5(;i 58,802 1(5,715 125,540 The above is based on the report of the Dejiartment of Indian Affaiis for 1889, excepting at items a. h. c. d. e. ; the classification of the Indians, however, has been modified, and their number increased at a. b. c. d. v., according to information received directly from the clergy c)f the Roman Catholic Dioceses. For details resiwcting Labrador Indians, see following pages. See also Indians of Ihiited States. The number of Indians in the Interior of Labrador, under the Canadian (Jovernment, is estimated at 4,0(K) of whom 3, (XX) have been included in the Indian jjopidation of the Province of (Quebec. * The number of Protestant Indians at the localities marked by an " Asterisk " is not stated in the reptjrt of Indian Affairs, 1889. + On the N.E. Coast of I^abrador, under the Newfoundland Government, there are about 1,(XX) Moravian and 500 Roman Catholic Esouimaux, as hereinafter shown. See Volume IV, Census of 1871, wnich contains an elaborate statement respecting the Indian Popula- tion of Canada. 16 LABRADOR. The total population of Whites, Indians and Esquimaux in 1890 is about fourteen thousand, distributed as follows :— ^ Localities. Whites. Under the Canadian Government, On the St. Lawrence, from Portnenf eastward to Blanc Sablon, a dis- tance of 579 miles — Whites 4,484 Montagnais ' In the Interior of Labrador, comprising 350 Naskapis, at height ofj land in the Roman Catholic Ajwatolic Prefecture of Mgr. Bosse, Under the Newfoundland Qovernmcnt. Whites Esquimaux — 1,000 of the Moravian missions and 500 of the Roman Catholic missions Totals up to June, 1890. 2,416 G,900 Indians. I,(i00 4,000 5,G00 s 1,500 1,500 Totals 4,484 1,600 4,000 2,41G 1,500 14,(X)0 The white population residing on the north coast of the Gulf of St. Lawrence is chiefly of Canadian and Acadian origin. Apart from the traders and the persons employed in their establishments, the others live by fishing and hunting, and the great majority apeak both English and French. Upwards of 600 of them are Protestants, and the remainder are chiefly Roman Catholics. INDIANS OF THE INTERIOR. The Indians of the Interior are the Montagnais and the Naskapis ; they speak dialects of the Cree language and number about 4,000. They are slowly disappearing ; the game on which they depend is becoming scarcer every year, owing to ' structive fires. They are scattered throughout the Anglican Dioceses of Quebec and Moosonee and the Roman Catholic Diocese of Chicoutimi, the Apostolic Prefecture of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and portion of the Apostolic Vicariate of Pontiac. Some of the Naskapi tribe are still heathen, but the Montagnais are nearly all Roman Catholics. INDIANS ALONG THE COAST. The nomadic tribes of Indians along the coast, from Portneuf and Blanc Sablon, and in the Interior are branches of the great Algonquin race, v/hose area once extended from the Rocky Mountains to Newfoundland and from Labrador to the Carolinas, and are known as the Montagnais or Mountaineers^ the Mistassini and the Swampy Creek Indians. The Jesuit missionaries of early times extended their labours from Canada, to Labrabor, and were specially successful among the Montagnais. 4,484 1,600 4,000 2,41G 1,500 they are The Roman Caiholic missions, from rortneuf to Blanc Sablon and of a portion of the interior, were placed under the jurisdiction of Mgr. Bosse, who was appointed l*refect Apostolic thereof, 29th May, 1882. Ills headquarters are at roii'.te-aux-Ksquimaux, 477 miles 'xdow (^uehec, 344 below Tadoussac, 299 below Portneuf, and 280 westward ol Blanc Sablon. The white inhabitants of the Atlantic coast, from Bian-.^ :*abIon to Cape Webeck or Harrison, above iraniilton Inlet or Bale du Rig'o'ict, 2,41 f> pcisons in all, are cliietiy Britisii sailors or tlieir descendants, who prefer a rude,, lonely, semi barbarous life to the restraints of civili/ation. Salmon and cod. iishin^ is their main occupation, and the products of their industries ard exchanged with traders, on the spot, for such commodities as they require. The winter is spent in trapping; fur-heariuij; animals. At the various mercantile establisliMients alonij^ the coast, a number of book-keepers, clerks, servants and others, are resident. Out of the 2,41(), 1,489 beloni.- to the Church of England ; 486 to the Church of Rome, 28;') are Wesleyans, 30 are I'resbyterians, aiul 12(1 belong to other denominations. There are nine places of worship : 4 Anglican, 3 Roman and 2 Wesleyan. During tiie fishing season, a steamer, carrying mails and [)assengers, plies fortuiffhtlv on the coast, couuecting with the Newfoundland coastal steamer at Battle Harbour. ESQUIMAUX POPULATIOX. Northern Labrador, from Cape Webeck or Cape Harrison to Cape Chudleigh, is the proper home of the Esquimaux of this region. They call themselves "Innuits," which means "men," — the term Escpiimaux ("eaters of raw llesh ") being applied to them by hostile tribes from the west. They are of low stature, with coarse features, small hands and feet and black wiry hair. The men are expert in fishing, catching seals, and numaging the light and graceful boat called the " Kayak," which outrides the rudest surges of the sea; the women are skilful in making garments from skins. It is estimated that the Esquimaux of Labrador luimber about 1,700 souls, scattered along 500 miles of coast. For more than a century the Moravian missionaries have been labouring amongst them, and with such success that nearly all of them have been reclaimed from heathenism of the worst description and brought under Christian training. The practice of polygamy has ceased among them, and they have become, to a large extent, peaceful and industrious, and are weaned from the wandering life to which they were addicted, living around the mission stations in winter aiul at the fishing posts in summer. The ^Toravian missionaries trade with them and export the products of their labours, giving them necessaries and comforts in exchange. Once a year a missionary ship arrives laden with provisions and stores of all kinds, and carries a return cargo of furs, fish, oil, etc. The brethern have four stations : — Ilopedale, Nain, Ok-kak and Hebron. At each station there is a church, store, dwelling house for the missionaries, and work.shops for the native tradesmen. 2 R 18 Xain, the principal mission, whore 200 of the Esquimiinx ijeiierally reside, is about 410 miU's above Belle-Tic and 350 below Cape Ohudleigh ; liopedale is south of Nain ; Ok-ak is about two-thirds of the way to Hebron ; the latter is about midway between Nain and Ca)>e Chudlei^h. In seasons of famine food is freely distributed from the mission stores. About twenty missionaries are resident on this savage coast. The hard- 8hi[>s they liave to endure nuiy be estimated from the fact that the mean annual temperature at Nain is 22°.62 Fahrenheit, and at Ok-kak 27°.&2. The thermometer marks 75° occasionally in sunmier, while spiriis freeze in the intense cold of winter. Along Hudson's Strait, or for a distance of 500 miles from Cape Chud- Icigh to Nottingham Island, at the entrance to Hudson's Bay, the number of Esquimaux is estimated as not exceeding 1,500. The men generally measure from 5 feet 2 inches to 5 feet 8 inches, and the women from 4 feet 10 inches to 5 feet Ih inches. Their families generally consist of two children. They die most frequently of lung diseases. They live by hunting and generally by fishing. Each family is generally provided with dogs and sledges, and Kayaks (canoes), which they handle with great dexterity. Except in the Alaska, Mackenzie and Copper-Mine regions, where they are aggressive towards Avhite men and the Indians of other tribes, they are of a very peaceable disposition and very kind towards their wives. They live under tents of deer skin or seal skin, or in huts excavated in the ground or made of snow and ice. Their favourite clothing is of seal skin. POLAR SEA AND ARCTIC ARCMU'ELAOO. They are found along the coast of the Polar Ocean, from Behring Sea to Dease Strait, and thence in the Arctic Archipelago at Prince William's Island, at Boothia Felix and at Igloolik, near the 70th degree of north latitude and 81st degree of west longitude. They have a settlement at Ka-pa-rok-to-lik, near Eclipse Sound, near the 72ind degree of north latitude and 78th degree of longitude. Their remotest permanent settlement is at Etah, in latitude 77J degrees and longitude 72| degrees, on the Greenland coast of Smith's Sound. Greely, in 1882, found traces of their migratory encampments up to and beyond the • 80th parallel of latitude. From Etah, southward, they are found along the Greenland coast of Baffin Sea and Davis Strait, and at various fishing settlements. Their total number has not been ascertained. From Portneuf, westward, to Tadoussac, a distance of 344 miles, the population is estimated at about 3, jOO, chiefly whites. The Roman Catholic Missions along this part of the coast, and up the Saguenay to Lake St. John and its surroundings, where the country is more densely settled, are in the diocese of Mgr. Begin, who resides at Chicoutimi. The remainder of the region from the Labrador and Chicoutimi districts to the Archdiocese of St. Boniface are under Mgr. Lorrain. The Anglican Missions along the north shore of the St, Lawrence from Tadoussac down to Blanc Sablon are under Bishop J, W. Williams, and those on the Atlantic Coast of Labrador under Bishop L. Jones, of Newfoundland. 19 The ITiulson's Bay region is under Bisiiop J. Ilordeu, whose diocese is called Moosonee. The remainder of the Roman Catholic missions westward from the Ifudson's T^v re so far as reportccl, ami includes most of the Iiulians in the i*rovince of (Quebec and elsewhere so lar as ascertained. I:>DIAN Tribes of the Hudson's Bay Territories. Names and Location. EMtil7UltC(l Population I'rior to July, IHT)-. West of thv Rock II Mountains. Koolooch Athabascan (Jroui), conipriwinp 13 Triln-s m (Jroup, coniprisiuf,' V,\ Tribes on lK)th sides of the Rocky Mountains Enitt of thv Rock II Mountains, Blackfoot and Sioux, comi)rising .S Tribes Algonquin ( Jroup, comprising 12 Tribes Esquiriutux. No return of Numbers, estimated at. Estimated Population of Territory. Kast of the Mountains West do as above Total 45, (XW 80, (KK) 30,000 17,570 8,000 .55,570 80,000 135,570 See rejiort of the Select Committee on the Hudson's Bay Companj', ordere,'nin. Rev. K. C'aer. Rev. F. (Jaste. .Mons. Oram. Brother Boisranit'. Rev. F. fj. Sinionet. I?riitlier ( ili'iiat. -R.-v. F. Hicl.er. Rev. F. An(he. -Rev. F. I'etitot. Brotiiers Seallen ancl |)\iffy, MM. Hitehotand (Jerniain. M. Fniile ( iirouarfl. -Rev. Fathers (Jenin, Ti.ssier and Leduc. Brothers Lalican, Hand and Mooney. NoTK. — Prior to the nineteenth century we know of two missionaries who contributed to the discovery of those remote j)arts of Canada. They are Rev. Father .Messa^er who accompanied the fanions discoverer Vareinies de la V erandrye, in 173l, and Rev. Father Ainiau, wiio was killed on an island of Lac de la Croi.\ (Cnjss Lake) by the Siovix in 173(5 ; he was accompanying one of the sons of La Verandrye, who was also killed with all his companions. • y.'^ iNDiA.:Nr r»opuLi?LTio:N^ OK THK UJSITED HTxVTES OF NORTH AMERICA. ,*' .3 Infians — Unitod States of North Anu-ricM. TRIOR TO JUL\, lHi'.7. Htatkmknt r)f tlic NuiiiIht of IiuliniiH Kant |)«'wiiH (I,K(H» Indiaim ill Nhw York l,r> PciioliHCdiH, ill tilt- State of Maine 441 i'aHMaiiia<|ua(ldicH do 400 2«,7(M} I'otawatoniieH. SliawiU'Hc Delawart's. . . Wyaiidots , , Kickai)(K)H , Wt'llH Hciiecaw from Saiidiinky. , do and SliawiicMt-. . , OttawaH I'iaiikfNhawH Peuriao and KaMkaHkiat*., 1,2."^) «2(j »23 470 282 251 211 200 1(!2 13? 77.447 STATKMKNTof tilt' NiiiiiU'rof IndiaiiH who have Ih-cii ri'inovcd fioiii tlit' Kant to the WnMt of the Mi«- Hinxippi : CreckH 2r),(tO() Choc'tawH IS.fHK) CcrokcH 15,000 ('liicka«awn 5,400 VV'iiiiifliagoeH 4,(H)0 ScniiiiolcM . . 3,000 STATKMKNTof tile N'llllllx'r of IlldiullH, Iiativt'Mof tllf (.'oiintry WcmI of the MiMMisHippi and KivHt of tliu Kocky MoimtaiiiH : — f'rowM 45,000 Rlackfert 30,000 Sioux and TetanH 27,500 MaiidaiiN 15,(KK) M iiH'tarct'M l.J,(MK» rauiitcM 1(),(M"» AHHilliltoillN .. M,(H . CiiniaiicliceM 7,0 OhuK^'s 6,120 Hach 4,S00 rricH 3,0ji. U. S., fur ISSIi. j Naiiif of A|{»'iiey Arizinui Colnrmld lliver Aw'ncy I'iniH (to San CiirldM do ...... i. IniliaiiH in Ari/.ona, not iiii'Iit an Agent Ciiliforniii. Iloopa Valley Ajjency MiHwion do Koinid Valley do \'ule River do liidianH in California, not undttr an Agent KluniatliH ('olorailn. Soiitlicrn I'te Agency Cheyenne River Agency Crow Creek and Tiower Brule Agency Devil's liiike Agency Fort Mertliold do I'ine Hidge do KoMel)ud do SiHseton do Standing Rock do Yankton do Fort Hall Agency Lemhi do Ne/. I'erci' do Indians in Idaho, not under an Agent Cheyenne and Ara|)ahoe Agency Keowa, Comanche and Wicliita Agency Owage do Ponca, Pawnee and Otoe do •.^uajiaw do Sac and Fox do Union do Diikotii Idaho. Indian Territorii. loira. Sac and n ox Agency . KantfiiH. Pottawatomie and Great Nemaha. . Mackinac Agency White Eartfi Agency Mich if/an, Minnesota. Montana. Blackfeet Agency Crow do Flathead do Fort Belknap Agency. Fort Peck d<; Tongue River do 3,434 4,182 1, !»();-) l,(>4it 2,2til 61,000 2,026 3,22(5 2,280 1,050 2,S)17 795 29,809 75,799 380 1,007 7,313 0,038 12,894 24 Indian Population of the United States of North America, &c. — Concluded. Name of Agency. Santee and FlancJreau Agency. Omaha and Winnebago do . Ntbra»ka, Nevada. Nevada Agency Western Shoshone Agency Neiv Mexico. Mescalero Agency. Navajo do Pueblo do New York. New York Agency . North Carolina. Eastern Cherokee in North Carolina and Tennes.see . Oregon, Grande Ronde Agency Klamath do Siletz do Umatilla do Warm Springs do Indians m Oregon, not under an Agent . . . . Temts. Indians in Texas, not under an Agent Utah. Ouray Agency Nintah do Indians in l^tah, not luider an Agent , Washimiton. Colville Agency : Neah Bay do Quinaielt do Nestiually and S'kokomish Agency . Tulalip Agency Yakima do ... Wisconsin. Green Bay Agency La Pointe do Indians in Wisconsin, not mider an Agent Wiiomiwj. Shoshone Agency. M18CKLLANKOU8. Miani and Seminole in Indiana and Florida. Oldtown Indians in Maine Total. Numl)er. 1,312 2,382 4, .558 3,680 1,202 19,277 7,762 510 !t72 612 8!J4 859 800 1,252 1,056 390 3,150 781 423 1,712 1,223 3,290 3,000 3,796 1,210 892 410 Total. 3,694 8,238 28,241 4,963 3,000 4,647 290 2,698 10,579 8,00() 1,800 1,302 235,263 See J. B. Harrison's Indian Reservations. PART II. •NATIGABLE WATERS. CANALS. RAILWAYS. (JOMPARISON OF ROUTES— LIVERPOOL TO JAPAN. GOVERNMENT TELEGRAPH LINES AND CABLES. 26 ST. LAWRENCE N'AVIGATIO:^'. Distances. from strait of belle-ilk to dulijth, at head of lake superior. From Strait of Belle-Ile Cape Whittle West Light, Anticosti. Father Point Riinouski Bic To Sections of Navigation. Statute Miles. Inter- mediate, Ile-Verte (opp. Saguenay).. Qweiiec . Three Rivers Montreal Lachine Beauharnois Ste-Cecile Cornwall Dickinson's Landing . ... Farran's Point Upper end Croyle's Island. Williamsburg Rapide-Plat. Point lro(Hloi^s Village . . . . Presqu'Ile Point Cardinal (ialops Rapids . . . . T Prescott *King.ston (See note) Port Dalhousie . . Port Colborne Amherstburg Windsor Foot of St. Mary's Island. . Sarnia Foot of St. Joseph's Island, Saut-Ste-Marie Head of Saut-Ste-Marie. . . Pointe-aux-Pins Cape Whittle West Light, Anticosti Father Point Rimouski Bic Ile-Vei'te I2uel)ee Tiiree Rivers Montreal Lachine Beauharnois Ste-Cecile Cornwall Dickin.son's Landing Farran's Point Upi)er end Croyle's Island. . Williani.sburg or Morrisburg Rapide-Plat Point Iroquois Village . ... U])i)er end Pre.-qii'Ile .... Point Cardinal, Ed ward.sburg Hend of Galops Rapids, . . . Pre.-i2ott Kingston Port Dalhousie Port Colborne Amherstlnirg. . Windsor Foot of St, Mary's Island . . Sarnia Foot of St, Joseph's Island., Foot of Saut-Ste-Marie Head of Saut-Ste-Marie, Pointe-aux-Pins Duluth Gulf of St. Lawrence do River St, Lawrence do ,-.,.., do do do endix No, 30 of General Reiwrt on Public Works, 1867 to 1882, and new Table of Canals further on. For dates of oi>ening and closing of navigation, see Appendix No, 19. Rcj)ort P. W,, 1886-87. * The Murray Canal, between Weller's Bay and Bay of Quinte, is not on the direct line of navigation,, and is for the use of coasting navigation in the locality. 27 Draught of "Water — St. Lawrence Navigation. Sections of Navigation. Miniiniini deptii availivlile in 1890. Dredjjed Channel — Qiiehec to iNIontreal— In progress. Laclune Canal - Knlargetnent completed Heauhaniois Canal — To be enlarged or another canal to be constructed on nortli shore opixwite Cornwall CaTial — Enlargement commenced in 187(i — In progress Williamsburg Canals— Knlargement commenced in 1884 — In progress Murray Canal — Comi>leted— Not on main line of navigation ]5urlington Bay Canal— Not on main line of na\igati()n Welland Canal — Knlargement comj)leted — Deepening to 14 ft. completed.. . Saut-Ste-Marie Canal— State of Michigan— Enlargement completed do Canada — Work commenced, 1888 Feet. 25to27o 12 <) !) 10 10 14 16-8 Depth when work now in j)rogress, i» completed. Feet. 27-5 14 14 14 14 10 10 14 18-8 Note. — Src Canals, further on. The dredged chaiiiml from Montreal down to Cap-,\-la-Roolie, is finished to a depth of 27.^ feet. At the latter place and at Ca|)e Charles, the channel will be finished to the same depth, probably towards end of 1801. LAKE NAVIGATIOK L.\KK SlPEUIOK TO TlUK W.VTKU. Names of L.akes, and of Rivers, connecting the same. Statute Miles. (Ireatest Length. Sujierior St. Mary's River. Michigan (Jreen Bay Mackinaw Straits . (!eorgian Bay Huron Ste-Claire River Ste-Claire Lake River Detroit Lake Erie { Niagara River I>ake Ontario " Lake St. Francis Lake St. Louis Lake St. Peter River St. Lawrence, connecting Lakes lietween Kingstonand Three Rivers Total length of Lake Navig&tion do do 390 35 34ft 100 501 Not added V Ik'Iow. J 130 270 33 2h 25 250 35 UK) 38 15 30 ]8(> ( Greatest I A verage Breadth Bieadth 160 4 84 25 20 55 105 25 3 60 3 52 5 I 9 80 1 58 18 10 40 70 20 1 38 1 40 4 5 7 Deith in Feet. 60 200 900 50 27 37 204 \m 80 68 40 2,112 Inclusive of River jxirtions. 1,778 Exclusive of River ix)rtionB. i Area in ' Square Miles. ;Sir W. Logan. 900 30 1,000 500 40 500 450 35 15 20 90 30 412 36 30 8 20 31,420 |25,5(.»0 23,780 360 10,030 7,330 1.^2 75 200 98,917 '^stiniivted Elevation alx>ve Sea,. at Three Rivers. { { Feet. 602V 584? 578? 578| 5783 5763 576? 5703 .5603" 240 142 58 28 Principal Lakes in the Provinces, Districts and Territories of Canada. Name of Lakt'H. Abitibi.N.W.T Ainslie, C.B., N.S., discharges into the Margarie . Athabasca, N.W.T.. Bear, Great N.W.T. Bras-d'Or, C.B., N.S Champlain,Q.&U.S. Erie, O Grand, KB Great Slave, N.W.T. Huron, O Kootenay, B.C Little Slave, Atha- basca District. Lon^ Lake, Assini- boia District. Manitoba, Man Michigan, U.S Mistassini, N.E.T. . Nipigon, O Length in Miles. 60 15 200 230 60 130 Mean Area Brcii 'thin in Square Depth in Feet^ Miles. Miles. i 3tol5 3 20 to 40 Max. 185 lto48 4 to 10 250 Max. 60 ;Mean 38 25 3 to G 300- 501 270 Max. Aver. 105 70! Ni pissing, O. Ontario, O . . . Rossignol, N.S St. John, Q.... Sinicoe, () . . . Superior, O . . . . Temiskaming, (.}.... Winnipeg, Man . . . . Winniix'gosis, Man. . Woods, Lake of the . 65 1 to 12 4o' 3 122 Max. 24 345 58 92 60 to 70 40 to 50 40 to .50 20 to 35 liK) Max. 52 Mean 20 11 4 to 6 28 17 to 20 30 18 3iK)Max 160 Mean 80 1 to 10 512 30 4,400 11,200 570 430 10,030 84 10,100 23,780 566 75 260 130 75 5 to 65 27 60 1,850 25,5!)0 2,000 1.450 300 7,330 40 3()6 300 31,420 113 9,400 2,030 1,500 30 Deej), except at west end. Ovur 270 30 to 3(iO 50 to 280 Max. 204 Mean i)0 Deep as Lake Superior. Mean 4.50 Max. 900 Elevation above the Sea in Feet. Remarks. 857 About 600 200 3 to 4 at low tide. 567 391 576S 245 feet alx)ve Lake Temiskaming. Elevation given by Dr. Richardson, Frank- lin Ex(i. An ana of the sea. • 1.50 feet above the Mac- kenzie, at Fort Simp- son. 300 to 400 1,800 800 to 1,000: A 540-foot line! found no bot-' torn. 670 578i According to Prof. H. Y. Hind. Over Mean 600 412 3 to 225 480 to 1,200 Mean 900 The deepest lake on the Ottawa. 42 to !)0 10 1,416- 813 feet alwve Lake I Sui)erior. 665 240 278 701i 603 612 628 692 1,000 Per A. L. Li^ht in 1880 do Ban-d. According to Prof. H. Y. Hind, do do Circumference 300 m. N.B.— About one-half of Lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron and Superior belong to the United States of America. Navkjahle Waters — Manitol)ii and Xorth-West Territories — between Win- nipeg- and Mouth of Mackenzie at Polar Ocean, North-Westward ; and between Winnipeg and Fort McLeod, South-Westward. Names of Rivers and Lakes. Lak(> WimiiiK'pr, .al«)nt 4(t miles iiortii of Wiimijieg. Lakes Manitoba and Win nifiegosis. Hed River (witliin Mani- toba), dm'inj,' ordinary seiisons, is navigiihli^ up to liead at (Joose Hapids, '220 ni. al)ove Winni])eg, on 11 direct line. Assiniboine Kivt'r Souris Kiver (proi)able). . . . (^u'Aiipelle Kivei'iuid Lakes: Lon^,''Lake, Assinil)oia l)ist. Main Saskatchewan to the Forks. North Saskatchewan, Forks to Kdnionton. South Saskatchewan, from the Forks. Atlial)asca River, from the Landing; tod rand liapids,' of H'A miles in lentjftii. Atliabasca Hiver, fioniFort McMurray to Fort ('hi[)e-| wj^-an, Lake .\thaba.sca. | Athabasca Lake i F'ort Chipewyan to Fort' Smith I'ortajjre. ' I'eace Hiver (tributary). . . .' F'ort Smith I'ortage to Fort kcsoiutioii, on S. side of (Jreat Slave Ijuke. j Fort Hesolntion, across (Iieat Slave Lake to Fort Providence. (treat Slave Lake Mackenzie River, from Fort I'rovideiice to Pohir Sea. Length. Miles. L'fiO 100 .S5() 120 2(M) 40 481 700 1()8 Width. Depth. .Miles 5 to 'A to (if) 42 in ... Feet, to Remarks. (0 lielow St. .\jidrew's Rapids, Hed River, and I on Ijake Winnipeg', there are the " I'rincess , . . j Hoyal '" and "(."olville,'' tJ ft. draught ; the "Hed Hivei," 5 ft., and the _" .Vuiora,' tih ft. ; 1 schooner and 10 barges of (> ft. Feet. I draught. i(00 8 to 2A The ".\ntelo|)e,"' of .'Ht. draught, is the only steamer in 1800 running al>ove St. .Vndrew Rai)ids; the ".\nson Northup," the Hrst steamer, commence(l rinming in 18r)!t. mo 100 70 to 1(K) 3 to 2 to 2 to 4 No steamer since 18S,S, on account of shoals .3.', at St. James' Kapids, 2 miles alxive Win- 4|' nipeg. 800 to 1,0(J0 800 to 1,000 750 to 2,000 800 '2h to 3}> The " Iiily,"an(l another ste,and)oat belonging to the Hudson Hay Co. have been runnin),'on 2^, to 3^, the river >ip to Edmonton since 1S77. ('SVr remark below respecting the North Sas- ") to K katchewan. ) D-aft. •I}, to .3.}, Steamer " .\thabasca,"' Hudson Bay Co., to (iiand Kapids, above Fort McMiu'ray. 7 to 8 Steamer "Oraham,"' Hndsim Ray Co., de- ! sceiids to liake Athabiisca at Chipewyan, I and thence tf) the Fort Smith IVirtage, 7 to 8 i which is about 14 miles in length : this 7 to 8 I steamer also ascends a portion of tile I'eace River. 7 to 8 7 to 8 The steamer "Wrigley," belonging to the Hudson Bay Co., calls at all tlie tnuling Posts with suiii)lies, and collects all the 7 to S fms for the com|>.iiiy from Fort Smith, at the foot of the rapids or portage, on (ireat J)e[ith. Slave Hiver, down to Foi't McFherson, on 3!H) the J^'cl Kiver, the junction of which is Shoalest about (17 miles above the miaith of the jiortions. Mackenzie; she also ])lies on the lower 8 to 12 i)ortions of th(> I'eace and Liard Rivers; lier speed is 10 miles an hour descending, and (i miles iui hour ui) stream. RKM.MtK. The North Saskatchewan is navigable for boats or liarges from Moiuitain House to Ednmnton, 150 miles, and from Edmonton by stcambojits for about two months down to (.'arlton Mouse, about midway to Lake NVinnipeg. Navigation is ii terrui>ted at 50 miles below Carlton House, and also below Cedar liake (liake Bourbon), towards Lake Winniiieg, for some n\iles iit each place. The draught of water is generally 2A to .'U feet, but in very low stages of the watfa, it is scarcely more than 18 inches. For further particulars, Hi'c following table ard remarks. \ 4^«5F 30 Table of approximate distances between various points, from Mouth of Red River, ut Head of Lake AVlnnipeg, down to Grand Rai)id, ut Mouth of the North or Main Sa..katchewan, towards foot of Lake, and thence alouiif the Saskatchewan up to Fort Kdmonton, as per map, Department of Interior, published in 18ft7. NameH of Localitieh*. Total diMtaiices from Month of Redlfiver Lukv IVinnipq/. , i 1, Moutli of Red River to Movith of Saskatchewan, or from Head of Lake Winnipeg down to (Jriuid Riqiid towards Foot of Lake North or Main Rivir StiHkatchiirnn. Mouth of Saskatchewan, on Lake Winnipeg, at (Jrand Rapid uj) to Foot of Cedar l«duth Saskatchewan Forks of Saskatcliewan to Cole's Rapid Cole's Rapid to Carlton House Carlton House to Rattleford, on original Pacific Railway Line Hattleford to Fort Pitt ." Fort Pitt to Fort Saskatcliewan Fort Saskatchewan to Fort Fdnionton . Total from Mouth of Red River to I'ort Pldmonton, at abt)ut 30 miles above intersection of original Pacific Railway Line 3. 4. T). (). 7. H. !>. 10. 11. 12. 13. Statute Miles. 220 Statute Miles. 220 ^3 1,033 See pages 302 to 395, Note A, Appendix No. 8 of (Jeneral Reiwrt on Public Works, 18(17 to 1882. REMARKS. The naviii;ation between the mouth of Red River and Fort Edmonton is performed by three steamers of the Hudson's l)ay Company, one of which plies between Red River and Grand Falls, near Lake Wiiinijieg'. These falls are impassable for vessels. Here the Company has built a tramway, about four miles in length, to overcome the falls, which involves the transhipment of passengers and freight. A second steamer runs from the head of the falls to the rapid 50 miles below Carlton House, or about 353 miles. A third steamer completes the journey, thence to rort Edmonton, about 4G0 miles. The entire journey of 1,033 miles is said to occupy a fortnight.' The depth available during low water is said to be from 1 J to 3 J feet. For distances from I'rince Arthur's Landing to Winnipeg and westward by Canadian ]*acific Railway — Se<- tables of Appendix No. 30, I'arts III and IV, of General Report on ]?ublic Works, 1867 to 1882. 31 220 8l3 1,033 There are no steamers on tlie Assiniboine River since 18H3. This river has not been navigal>le since that date owing to low water at St. James' Rapids nbout two miles above AVitmipcg : its average width is about 7;') yards and its average depth about 4 feet in low water, but this fre(|uently changes, as the bed of the river is mostly compoi^ed of sand, and wlu're the tlow of the river is rapid there are many sand bars, which are continually changing. The " Antelope," 3 feet draught of water, is the only steamer running on Red River this side of St. Andrew's Rapids. Below St. Andrew's Ra[>ids and on Lake AViiuiipeg there are : the " Prince:^s," feet draught of water: the '• Colville,'" (i feet draught; the ^' Red River," 5 feet draught ; the " Aurora," i)h feet draught ; one schooner 6 feet draught, and eight or ten barges, 6 feet draught each. The average width of the Red River is about 800 yards. The depth varies greatly. From mouth of this river to St. Andrew's Rapids — 29 miles — it averages 8 feet; from head of rapids to Winnipeg — 10 miles — 4 feet, and from this last point to head of navigation, at (lOOse Rapids, a distance, in a direct line, of 220 miles and 4^0 by water, it averages 2h to 3 feet. The St. An(h'ew's Rapids are 11 miles long at low water. During ordinary seasons the Red lliver is navigable trom iiake W'imiipeg to (ioose Rapids, with the exception of the St. Andrew's Rapids. The average depth of Lake AVinnipeg varies from 7 to 15 fathoms. At Grand J-iapids, at the boat landing, the depth of lake is 7 to 8 feet. See letter of D, Smith, Clerk of Works, Manitoba, 14tli May, ISOO, Xo. 108,088, to G. F. Baillairge, Deputy Minister of Public AVorks, Ottawa. RIVER SASKATCHEWAN. Approximate estimate of the number of cubic feet of water passing down the South Branch, the Xorth Branch, and the Main Saskatchewan. Chibic Ffet Cubic Feet Cubic Feet per .Second. per Miimte. per Hour. South Bnuich 34,28") = 2,0r)7,0'.)4 = 123, 425,(ilf) North Bnuich 25,281 = l,r)l(i,8f)(i = !tl,011,3()0 Main Saskiitchi wan, at Fort a la Come r)!),r)()7 = 3,574.021 = 214,441,2!»0 (U) near Deeriu'jT River. .. 57,403 = 3,440,583 = 20(i,075,0()0 For particulars respecting the Saskatchewan, see pages 392 to 395 of General Report on Public AVorks, 1807 to 1882. For further particulars about the Saskatchewan River, see the Report made b}^ I'rof. IT. Y. lliud, and published by order of the Legislature of Canada, 1859. 82 CANALS OF CANADA. NaiufH. No. of LockH Length of Locks ill f(?et. Jtiver St. Ltiirmicr awf Lukr.i. Sant Ste. Marie - HciiigcoiiHtructedon St. Mary's Island, ou X. Hide of rapids, between Lake Huron antl Lake Siiperioi Welland Canal -(Enlargement completed) |{iver Branches ( Jrand Hiver Feeder Port Maitland Branch -No locks : cliannel do ; do Galops Canal- -Being deepened to a navigable de[»th of 14 feet on loi'k sills Hapide I'lai Canal- Being deeiienwl to a navigable depth of 14 feet on locks sills Farraii I'oint (filial lieing deepened to a navigable deptii of 14 feet on lock sills Cornwall Canal Being deein-ned to a navigable depth of 14 feet on locks sills Beanluirnois Canal To be enlarged or a new canal built, with a navigable depth of 14 feet f)n sills .... Lachine Canal — (Enlargement completed) do do do Btn'lington Bay- Murray (Janal The River Ottawa. St. Ann's Lock (rrenville Canal Chute a Blondeau Canal - Xot used since construction of Carillon Canal and daml,7Wl feet long across the Ottawa. Carillon Canal Cnlbute Canal— Ui)i)er Ottawa River — Locks of wood ; aggregate length of dams 625 feet Ridcuu Navigation — Ottawa to Kinfjaton. Rideau Canal- 33 locks ascending, 14 locks descending. River Tay Canal River Riclidicu ami Lake Champlain. St. Ours Lock anfl Dam . Chambly Canal River Yamti.ska. Lock and Dam 1.000 feet long, at He ,\ Cardin, about 2 miles below Yaniaska Village Riviere du Lievrc. Lock and Dam 288 feet long Trent River Navigation. Canals and Locks detached — Bay of Quinte to Balsam Lake, via Bobcaygeon, Fenelon Falls and Cameron's Lake, 1(55 miles. Bay of t^uinte to Port Perry, Lake Scugog, vid Bobcaygeon and Sturgeon Lake, 1!)0 miles . St. Peter's CanaJ, Bras-d'Or Lake, Nova Scotia. St. Peter's Canal (Cape Breton) 1 27 2 2 1 000 2701 150 200, 150 185 3j 2| l' 04. 47 2 13 200! 200 200 200 ; 2-270 200 270 200 200 1.30 200 200 134: 1341 Breadth of Locks in feet. Depth of Water in Sills in feet. 85 45 2a 45, 2(i.i; 45" 103 80 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 .32 45 45 33 32 200 45 122 to 125 22Ho24 lG2i lG2i 134 200 31 32i 33 48 9 9 6 : 91 Length in Statute Mile.s. 18 •i 14 26| 9J 1 9 21 11 Iv 11 ■ 11 5* 9 78 9 4 9 s 9 Hi 9 Hi 4 14 4ito5 " 5* 5 to 5* Lowest water 18 12r4 G 12 A iu 190 Feet 2,400 88 Expenditure on Construction and enlargement of the Canals of Canada, 1821 to 1889. Names. BpauharnoiH CJ.irillon and Grenville. Ghairibly St. OurH Lock Cornwall CuUmte Lachine i ... Miirray RiiU'au Saut-Ste-Ivlarie St. Ann'H St. Petor'.s T.ay Trt-nt Biirlington Bay Welland WillianisliTirgh St. Lawruuce Canals not aj>i)ortioned do surveys do chain vessels and iinprove mont of navigation Bale Verte Canal surveys Total Expenditure . ]"]xjx'nditure i>rior to uly, 1807. 8 cts. l,,.523 32 3()!»,.S71 31 432,(184 40 (il) 7,(138,23!) i>» 1,320,(1.5.5 .54 110,821 31 21,124,928 99 Kx|M'ndituro from 1st July, 1807 to 30th J>nie, 1889. $ cts. 124,2it0 47 3,977,920 07 27(1,001 97 4.5,174 58 1,0.50, 1.S.5 84 413,717 48 G,«33,(;81 87 1,043,040 41 121.097 76 42,1(J4 01 1,039,,514 24 520,743 95 407,704 72 751,2.38 48 .50,839 20 10,149,710 47 504.098 08 101,719 89 591,475 76 44,387 53 33,900,783 38 Tota.1 Kxixmditure to 30th .Tune, 1889. 8 cts. l,7.sr..714 58 4,04w.ll73 71 !»10,773 73 160,712 23 2,989,288 .53 413,717 48 9,221,214 72 1,043,046 41 4,185,801 83 42,164 01 1,173,970 75 077,12(17 27 407,764 72 1,060,609 79 489,523 60 23,787,950 30 1,824,754 22 11(),821 31 101,719 89 591,475 76 44,387 53 55,085,712 37 (a) Expenditure by Imperial (rovornment on these canals not ascertained, records relating to same having been destroyed by fire in the Ordnance Ottice, Montreal, in 1852. Imperial Provincial (t'ovcrnmcnt. (lovernmcnt. (h) S 40,000 00 $ 2,547,532 85 (c) 3,911,701 47 1.5.3,002 60 (d) 222,220 00 7,410,019 83 6,834,.392 24 Other canals .as .alwve . $ 4,173,921 47 .«!l(i,951,007 52 N.B. — Expenditures on Rciiairs are not included above. The abo\e statement was prepared by O. Dionne, Accountant of the Department of Public Works. R 34 VESSELS AND TONNAGE. Registered Tonnage of the rriticipal Countries in the "Worhl, 1888. CountrieH. United Kingdom. . . , Sweden and Norway German Empire Canada *United States France , Italy RuH»ia Spain AustralaHia , Netiierlands Austria Denmark CJreece T>irkey . . Portugal Belgium VesHeU. 17,723 11,3S0 3,811 7,142 1,621 15,237 6,i)18 2,387 968 2,786 621 !),728 3,324 5,157 842 220 (i5 Tonnage. 7,123,754 2,024,471 1,240,182 1,08!»,642 1,015,562 {(72,525 895,625 614,561 5;n,26!) 361,(>34 673,781 287,2(17 272,500 258,84(5 182,259 79,516 8(5,391 Average Tons to each VeHsel. 402 178 325 162 626 64 129 257 548 129 1,085 30 82 50 216 .361 1,.S29 Licensed and enrolled vt^sscls are not included in the preceding. * If the licensed and enrolled vessels bt^longing to the llnited States, which are emjiloyed in the river a»id home trade, were included, tliat country would take second place, its total tonnage amounting to 4,307,475 Ums. Comparative Statement of all Vessels (both sea-going and inland) arrived and departed from Canadian Ports (exclusive of Coasting Vessels) in 1888 and 1889. Nationalitikh. Number of Vessels. Tons Register. Fkeight. NumV)er of Men. Tons. Weight. Tons Meas- uri'Tuent. British. . . . Canadian 1888. .3,316 .33,395 27,592 3.326,417 6,182,(;!»7 5,708,194 1,.341,407 2,2! (6,748 1,181,(502 .581,945 1,440,009 1,441,217 !»(),0.33 2()(i 258 Foreign 278,(520 Total 64,303 15,217,308 4,819,757 3,463,171 640,911 1889. Rritish . . . 3,305 34,.'364 27,188 65,057 3,.333,079 6,(53(i,032 6,085,110 1,. 304, (5.50 2,147,859 1,596,!)50 .586,196 1,47(5,0.32 1,2.33,.337 105,069 303,337 281,(580 Canadian Foreign Total 16,054,221 5,049,4.59 3,295,-565 690,086 The above taken from the "Statistical Year Book of Canada," for 1889, published in 1890. R R AILVS^AYS or OA^ISTADA, BRITISH EMPIRE AND FOR E ION cou:N"TrMTr:s. NAMES AND LENGTH. / 3J 86 List of Canadian Railways, 30th June, 1889. (From the Railway Statistics of Canada, 1880.) NiiiiK' of Railway. Albert . AllH'l-t SoUtlKTll liaif (If'H Clialfurs, C()ni|il»'tf(l. Hiiii' (li- Ihiiiitt' and Xaviifution Co Hraiitfom, Waterloo and Lake Krie Hrockvilif, WcntiMJi-t ami Haiit-Ht«',-Marie., liuc'toMcht' and Moncton Canada Atlantic Canada Soutlicrn Canadian (lovi-rnnipnt Railways : — Ca|)f lirt'toii Eastern xtenHion ... Intercolonial Oxford and New (IlaHSow. I'rince Kdward IslaiKl. . . . Canadian I'aciHc 3,415-30' Atlantic and Nortli-WeHt .'«()](» Manitolia South- West Colonization 'JU 20 North Sliore 2iM; Ul St. Lawrence and ( )ttawa 5(> ' 50 Toronto, (irey and Hnice 1SH70 Credit Valley ITo^O ( )ntari( > and (Quebec XV.V (M) West Ontario Pacific 2t)(!0 (inelph . I unction IHoO Toronto Junction to Htrachan Avenue 3 2tij Cara((uet Cari'.lon and (Srenville Central < )ntario Central o2 New BruiiHwic k Chatham liranch Cornwallis Valley Cumherland Railway and Coal Co Dominion Line Co I )rummond C<.*av and Haliburton 53' 25 Northern.... ". 205-37 Northern and Pacific Jiuiction Ill - ,37 Hamilton and North- Western 173 00 Aladoc .Junction and Bridgewater 8-60 •Tacaues-Cartier Union (i - 50 J ( treat Eastern ( treat Northern (treat North-West Central Hereford Irondale, Bancroft and Ottawa Jogginti Miles, no -75 10 iV) (><) (H) 3 50 45 (H) 3200 138 40 378 !»l !)H-75 80 00 804 00 72 :V) 210 -(H) 4,073 40 (J8 00 13 (X) 104 (i8 11 32 4 14 27 73 78 1 00 00 00 66' 80 .50 75 12 00 33 3, 114 00 (J -50 7-84 35 35 1000 13 00 Under Con«truction. Mile. 40 00 5-00 14 (M) 14 (X) (iOOO .50 00 13 00 4000 37 I List of Canadian Railways, 80th Juno, 1889 — Continued. Nniiit* of Railway. Kint Northt'rn KiiiKHtoii iiiid I '('III broke. LA HMOIIIptKIII, liftkt' Krif, Khhcx aiul I U-troit Lake 'rt'iiiiMcuiniiiK Colon ixutioii and Railway Co Lower I/iuii'i'iitiiiii Maiiitot)ii iind Xortli-VVt-Htfiii 217'241 HoHkatclu- Willi ami WcMteni 15 ' 47 J isHawipiii , 'alley Coinph^ted. M Montreiil and WeHtcrn . Montreal and Sorel. 174 127 it2 0()| 22 -50] Montreal and Lake Maskinonge (return of 1888) Montreal and Vttrniont Junction Napanee, Taniwortli and . Switzerland, .laniaica. . . . Si)ain >Iexic() and Peru. Sweden Chili India Norway Portugal Brazil Victoria (Australia) Columbia New South Wales. . Kgyi't Natal Turkey Mauritius Algeria Western Australia . . British (Juiana Argentine Re]mblic. Q\ieensland Ceylon Uruguay Tivsmania Honduras Japan Tnnidad Barbadt)s 1825 182« 182H 182!) 1835 18.T) 183() 1837 1838 1839 1844 1845 1848 18o() 1851 1852 1853 1853 1854 1854 1854 1855 1855 1856 1860 1860 1862 1862 1864 1864 1864 1865 1865 186!) 1871 1871 1873 1880 1883 Date. ,17th September. 30th do 1st Octolier. 28th December. 3rd May. 7th Decenilwr. :2lBt July. 4th April. — Septemter. '15tli July. 21st November. 24tii October. I — January. |l8th April. j- July. '2lKt April. '14th September. JOth Jamiary. 25th Sei)teniber. ' — January. 26th June. 1 4th October. 13th May. 15th August. 21st January. 1st September. 14th December. 31st July. Ist October. 1st January, litth February. 25th September. 17th Octob(!r. lOth September. The railways owned by the Dominion Government are the Intercolonial, Windsor Branch, Eastern Extension and Prince Edward Island Railways, with a total mileage in operation of 1,217 miles, as follows : Miles. Intercolonial Railway 894 Eastern Extension llailway " 80 Windsor Branch 32 Prince Edward Island Railway 211 1,217 ■■ 40 No. 9. — Lines of Railway owned by Coal and Iron Mines, for the Year ended 30th June, 1889. Name. J3 ' KovA Scotia. Intercolonial Coal Mining Co Acadia Coal Co. Londonderry Iron Co do do Albion Cape Bkkton. Old BridgejKJrt General Mining Association Sydney Victoria Sydney and Lonisburg . . . . Gowrie International Caledonia 1-3 Miles. 8 (J 11 3 3 3100 4 5- 43 1- 12- 2- 69 30 Ft. In. •00 4' •00 4' ■00 4' •00 3 00 4- •80 4' •00 4^ 00 3^ •50 3^ •00 4 •25 4^ 4^8J ■8i •8J 0' •6 •8A ■84 f' i 01 s tiO •sb sp H ^ ««-i o o d S5 ;? 4 118 2 3 24 2 27 3 180 14 34!) 3 208 2 117 3 224 2 123 3 17(5 2 15 120 968 Remarks. Cars furnished by Intercolonial Ry. Engines and cars furnished by Inter- national Coal and Railway Co. TELEGRAPH L^ND LINES AND SUBMARINE CABLES. 42 Government Telegraph Lines 1890. LAND LINES. Locatiun. Terminal Stations. Distances in Statute Miles. Anticosti Island, ( Jue Britisli Cohnnbia CajH! Breton, N.S Cape Sable, N.S Chathani-Kscuniinac, N.B CaH»iM)-Bel]o Island, N.B Chicoutinii, Que (ias]*, (^ue (xrand Manan Island, N.B Grosse-Isle Quarantine Low Point, C.B., N.S Magdalen Islands, (^ue Mabf)u-Cheticani]), C.B., N.S. . . , Newfoundland North Shore St. Lawrence, Que . Pelee Island, Out iFrom Fox Bay to English Bay Ashcrof t to Barkerville . . Sydney to Meat Cove Barrington to Cape Sable Light House. Qu'Appelle-Ednionton, N . W . T . Wood xMountain, N.W.T From Welf:hiKX)l to cable landings Bay St. Paiil to Chicoiitinii (ias|)e Basin to cable landing Southern Head to do .... Quebec to (Jrosse Isle via Orleans Low Point to Lingan Old Harry to Amherst From Port an Basque to Ca\}e Ray Murray Bay to Point Esrjunnaux South Dock to cable landing .... Including Branch Lines From Wood ^lountain to Moose Jaw. . . 214 27Gi 128:" 16 42 8 92 28 21 46 5 83| 63 14 496 23 ()76i !)0S Total. 2,323i CABLES. Anticosti Island, (^ue Big Bra.s-d'Or, C.B., N.S . .. CamiwBello Island, N.B Caije Sable, N.S Grand Manan, N.B (4odbout, North Shore, Que. . Orosse Isle, Que Magdalen Islands, Que Pelee Island, Ont Pointe aux Outardes St. Pierre, t^ue St. Francois, t^ue Tadoussac, North Shore, Que. Gasjje to South-West Point Across tiie Channel E.astport to Cannw-Bello Across the Channel Camjio-Bello to (irand Manan Matucouagan to Godbout Grosse Isle to Isle aux Reaux Meat Cove to Old Harry and Bird Rock Point Pelee to Pelee Island Bersimis to Pointe aux Outardes L'Ange Gardien to St. Pierre, Orleans Island. St. rran9ois to Isle au Reaux Across the Saguenay River Total Nautical Miles. 441 li l| 7i 26 2 733 8| 12 I 2 1^ 181^ Proposed Cable to Australia. Nautical !Miles. From Sook Bay, B.C., to Sandwich Islands ?.3f Sandwich Islands to Fanning Island l,oJO Fanning Island to Samoa Island 1,260 Samoa Island to Fiji Islands 47;') Fiji Islands to Brisbane, Australia l,6?y Total 6,755 PROPOSED DIRECT CABLE TO SCOTLAND. Nautical Miles. Anticosti to Greenly Lsland, Strait of Belle-He 240 Greenly Island to Mull, Scotland 1,900 (Or to Westport Island, Clew Bay, Ireland. ) Total l..;ngth 2,140 Proposed Ci jle to Japan vid Aleutian Islands. Vancouver inland, B.C., to Yezzo, Japan, probable length. . 3,450 Nautical Miles. 48 Approximate Distances and Historical Dates of some of the Principal Main Submarine Cable Routes in operation, 1888. From Dover ... Prince Kihvarcl Island. Newfoundliuul Ireland do Newfoundland, Placentia Bay . . do do France. . St. Pierre Knglanfl Nova Scotia England .. Portugal Madeira Cape de Verdea I'.ara, South America (11 loops). Texas, I'nited .States Salina Cruz, Me.xico (7 loops). . Lima (7 loops) Florida, U.S Cuba (12 loops) .Jamaica England (2 l(M)ps) . . (tibraltar Malta Suez, P^g.Vpt Aden Madras, Hindostan Singaiiore (2 loops). England (7 loops) . SingaiHjre Java England (6 loops) Aden /atizihar Mozamlmpie Dalgoa Bay Hong-Kong. Calais. (The 1st .submarine cable laid, Europe, 1851) New Brunswick. (The 1st cable laid, N. America, 1852).. ' Cajje Breton, N.iS. (The 2nd cable laid, N. America, 18.5(5). Newfoundland. (The first transatlantic cable, 1858) do (5 subse((uent cables, 18(>5-()(). 73-74-80, each averaging Sydney, C. B do rill St. Pierre St. Pierre Mi([uelon Ma.ssachusetts, United States Nova Scotia (direct) Massachusetts, United States I'ortugal, Lisbon Madeira Cape de Verdes Islands Pernambuco, South America Buenos .Xyi'i's Vera Cruz, Mexico Callao and Lima, Peru Valparaiso, Chili Cuba To .lamaica, W.I. Islands and Demarara. Isthnuis Panama Gibraltar Malta Alexandria, Egypt . . Aden, Arabia Bombay, Hindostan. Singapore Hong-Kong, China . Total cable distance, G. Britain to China, vid India . Singapore .Tava Port Darwin, Australia. Total cable distance, G. Britain to Australia, vitt India, Aden, Arabia. . . . Zanzib.ar, Africa. Mozambi(|ue Dalgoa Bay Natal Total cable distance, G. Britain to Cape of Good Hope, .Japan (2 loops) vut Shanghai, China Knots or Naiitical Miles. 25 10 85 2,200 1,870 280 .300 2,.584 74!( 2 540 ,500 823 ()13 l,li»7 1,844 3,782 738 3,040 1,703 125 2,200 590 1,1.54 1,120 !)24 1,4(50 1,818 1,808 1,.595 9,879 8,284 919 1,131 10,334 4,(558 1,908 626 966 345 8,502 1,668 f'Sf' About 115,000 knots of submarine cables have been submerged to date of 1888. N.B. — An examination of the sijheres with the foregoing table of distances, demonstrates that the shortest cable route Iwtween Great Britain and China is vid the Dominion of Canada and the Pacific Ocean. Up to 181K), 120,, 5.59.8 nautical miles of submarine cables have lieen submerged, viz. : — 12,741.9 by Government.s, and 107,817.9 by private companies. The preceding was furnished by F. N. (Jisborne, Superintendent of (xovernment Telegraph Lines. J or details respecting the Sulmuirine OiblcH of the World, — Sec the following i)age8 : — u THE SUBMARINE CABLES OF THE WORLD. Exiracted from llie Official Docuiiieiit issued by Tlie Iiilernalioiial Bureau of Tele»Ta|iliii' Administrations, Berne SUMMARY OF CABLES OWNKD BY GOVERNMENT ADMINISTRATIONS. COUNTRY. Austria Brazil Belgium Canada {xee List of Cables, p. 49). Cochin China Denmark Dutch Indies France . Germany Gt. Britain and Ireland (sec List of Cables, pp. 46 to 49) G reece Holland India, Indo-pjuropean Telegraph Department Government Ad- 1 ministration (nee List of Cables, pp. 48 and 49) / Italy Japan New Caledonia New Zealand. Norway Queensland Russia in Asia Russia in Eurofx*, and the Caucasus Senegal Length in Nautical Miles. South Australia. «n Spai: Sweden Turkey in Europe and Asia No. of Cables. Of Cables. Of Cou- ductor,-*. 31 97 700 106-190 19 19 288 36 019 2 .54-250 278-500 21 220 500 220-500 2 795 000 795 000 47 192 372 .568-998 1 .SI -310 31-310 51 3,269 143 3,697 143 43 1,379-328 2,876-627 103 1,488-818 5,071-941 46 459-710 459 710 20 .59 -020 79-970 89 1,911 0.50 1,911-650 38 1,027 100 1,091 3(K) 11 55-498 103 368 1 1000 1000 3 196-315 284-945 236 30-620 230 620 13 162-350 165 0.50. 1 70-017 70-017 8 212-680 236-240 1 3000 3000 5 49-900 49-900 3 135-530 135-530 11 88-170 149-280 10 331 660 334-660 816 12,741-929 18,988-468 46 SUMMARY OF CABLKS OWNED BY PRIVATH COMPxVNIES. See Lint of Cables (fiveii on Pages 51 to 58. II. III. IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. XVIII. XIX. XX. XXI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. Conijuignie fiir Le^iing unci Unterlialtung des Deutsch N orvegiaclien Kaliels Direct Spanish Telegrai>li Company Spanish National Suliniarine Telegrsiph West African Telegra|)li Conii)any Black Sea Telegraph Company (4reat Northern Telegrajih Company Kastern Telegraph Company Eastern and South African Telegraj)}) Company Eastern Extension, Austrahisia, and China Telegraph Com])any Anglo-American Telegraph Conii)any Direct United States Cable Company Compagnie Francaise du Telegrapne de Paris Jl New- York American Telegraph and Cable Company Connnercial CiU)le Conii)any Brazilian Submarine Telegrai)h Company African Direct Telegraph Company Cuba Submarine Telegraph Company West India and Panama Telegrai)h Company Societe Francaise des T»^legraphes Sous-marins Western and Brazilian Telegrcaph Company* . . River Plate Telegraph Company Mexican Telegraph Conn)any Central and South American Telegraph Company.. West Coast of America Telegraph Company Total . Length of No. of Cables. Cables in Nautical Miles. Capital. £ 3 24H04 73,640 4 707-73 143,724 ( 1,294-659 3.'K,090 12 3,015 42 531,090 1 346 130,()(K» 22 6,110- 1,825,000 70 "1,859-!)36 5,722,450 9 6,571 818,300 22 12,9.58 3,329,400 13 10,l!t6 45 7,000,000. 2 3,101-33 1,214,200 4 3,409-34 1,680,000 4 .5,537 2,800,000 (5 (;,937-61 2,0(M>,(I00 7,364 1,474,000 1 2,743 475,000 3 940 220,000 20 4,119 1,325,530 ;) 980 220,000 9 3,762 2,404,490 1 32 55,500 2 709 200,000 9 3,178-11 1,0(X),000 1 1,698-72 107.S17-945 450,000 248 35,427,414 'Including London Platino-Brazilian and Montevidean and Brazilian Companies. GENERAL SUMMARY. No. of Cables. Length in Nautical Miles. Of Cables. Of Con- ductors. • (Tovernment a.dminiHtra.tion8 . 816 "1} 12,741-929 107,817 945 18,987 568 108,589-905 Private coinnanies . / 1,064 120,559-874 127,577-473 46 I. — Cables owned by British Government Administrations. Landing Placeh. GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. NoKTH Ska Cables. Lowestoft to ZaiidvcK)rt (Holland) Benacre, near KeHsinglaiul, to Zandvoort (Hollainl). A.--IRISH Ska and St. (iKoiuiK'H Channel. Port aL.ra, (Scotland) to Whitehead (Ireland) Port Kail (Scotland) to Donajjhade*' (Ireland) Knock Bay (Scotland) to Whitehead (Ireland) St. Bees, near Whitehaven, to I'ort Cornah (IhIb of Man) Carnarvon Bivy to Howth, near Dublin Aberniawr, near Haverfordwest, to Bhickwater, near Wexford (Ireland) FishKniird Bay (South Wales) to Blackwater, near Wexford ( 1 reland )....' Abergereirch, near Port Xevin (North Wales), to Newcastle, County Wicklow (Ireland) ... B.— Channkl and Channkl Islandh. Comj)ass Cove, near Dartmouth, to Fort Doyle ((iruernsey).. Alderney to Vort Doyle ((luernsey) St. Martin's Point ((iuernsey) to (irevc^ an Lancon (Jersey). Hurst Castle to Sconce Point (Isle of Wight) Hurst Castle to Yarmouth (Isle of Wight) Porthcurno to St. Maiy's (Scilly Isles) St. Mary's ^Scilly) to Isle of Trescow (Scilly) C— Orkney and Shetland I«lks. Sinclair Bay, Wick, to Sandwick Bay (Shetland) Dunnet, near Thurso, to Rackwick Bay, Hoy Island (Orkney) Hoy (Orkney) to Houton Head (Mainland) Hoy (Orkney) to Houton Head (Mainland) Wdrkhead (Xiainland) to Isle of Shapinshay (Orkney) Berwick Head (Mainland) to Stronsa (Orkney) Stronsa to Sanda (Orkney) Scatha Bay (Orkney) to Sandwick Bay (Shetland) Moss Bank (Shetland) to Yell (Shetland Isles) Mainland, Shetland, to Yell Island Yell to Uist (Shetland) Burra (Orkney) to South Ronaldsha (Orkney) Burra (Orkney) to Ilowequay Head (Orkney) d, — heniudes and western coahts ok scotland and . Ireland. Loch Ewe (Scotland) to Branahuie Bay, near Stornoway (Island of Lewis, Hebrides) Harris (Lewis) to North Uist (Hebrides). ... ... South Uist to Castle Bay, Barra (Hebrides) Port na Cross, Fairlie, to Corrie (Arran) Ross-shire to t.' 1884 1885 1884 1881 1S82 1887 1887 1887 1884 1872 1880 1884 1885 1872 1871 4 110-481 441-i)24 4 108 ^DS 433-180 4 25.35(» 101-424 4 22!I40 01-700 4 22-884 111 5.30 3 31 11!) 03 357 ( ()4 444 451-](»8 4 55 530 222 120 4 (il-845 247-380 4 54-800 219-440 3 07-2.30 201-708 1 18-503 18-503 3 10 -'^(W 48-780 1 1 230 8 (IK) 3 2 .327 0-!l8] 1 27-534 27-5.34 1 1-104 1104 122-120 122 120 20-5!»5 20 -.505 2 300 2-300 2 .300 2-300 1-030 1-930 !) - 848 0-848 3-0 3 05-883 05-883 2 -.580 2-580 2 735 2 7*5 1 223 1 223 1 044 1-644 2-710 2 710 32 -.553 ,32 -.553 11-408 11-408 10 -.510 10 -.510 9-.502 38-248 0-778 0-778 400 C-400 83 1,008-267 3,051-454 47 Lan'dino Placem. Brought forward . Cilenacardock Point, Cantyrt', to the Inle of Islay. Port Cranaifj, Caiityre, to Arraii LarffH to ( Jreat Cuinhrae Ardinc Point to Ardln-rg Point, Bute Mull to Cull Tiree to Coll Rugha Ben (Scotland) to [sic of Bute Kenard Point (Ireland) to Valcntia E.— Kahtkhn Coaht ok Scotland. Burghead to Helmsdale F.— lUvS AND KSTLAIUKS. Date of Laying, 1871 1HH5 1S87 IHHl 18HH 1888 1872 1870 1885 AcroHS the River Dart to Chain Ferry 1884 j\.cro.sH the River Dart to Chain Ferry 1888 AcrosH the I'ort of Milff)rd 1871 Across the Tees at Middleshrough AcrosH the Tees at M iddleshrough Across the Tee« at Mid(llt'sl)r()\igh Across tlie Tees at Middlesbrough Across the Tees at Middlesbrough Across the Tees at Middlesbrough Across the Tees at Middli'slmnigh Across the Tees at Middlesbrough ... Across the (iloucester and Sharpness Canal at Sharjiness . , . Across the (Gloucester and Shai'imess Canal at Sharpness . . . Across the Gloucester and Sharpness Canal Jit Sharpness . . . Across tiie (iloucester and Sharjiness Canal at Sharpness . . . Across tile Canal from Swansea Dociks to Swansea Across the River Yar (Isle of Wigl t) Across tiie River Medina, Isle of Wight Across the Ri i-er Dee at l^ueeiisferry, near Chester Across tlie River Dee at (^neeusferrv, near Chester Across Firth of Forth to Alloa ' j 188() Across Locii Ftive at Connel Ferry 1882 Across Loch Ftive at Coimel Ferry 1884 Across Loch Eil at Corran Ferry | 1885 Across Loch Creran at Shian l''erry | 1882 Across Loch Creran at Shian Ferry I 1882 Across Locli Creran at Shian Ferry 1888 Across Loch Leven at Ballaclnilicli Ferry Across Loch Leven at Hallacludich Ferry.. Across Loch Leven at Ballachulich Ferry 1882 Across Loch Leven at Balhichulich Ferry | 1882 Across Port of Waterford (Watcrford Harbour, Ireland) 1871 Acro.ss Port of Waterford (Waterford Harlmur, Ireland) 1871 Across Port of Waterford (Waterford Harbour, Ireland) 1871 Across River Suir at Waterford Bridge (Ireland) Across River Suir at Waterford Bridge (Ireland) i . . . . . Across River Suir at Waterford Bridge (Ireland) ' Across River Suir at Watt'rford Bridge Acros.^ River Suir at Waterford Bridge Across River Slaney at We.xford (Irt'land) i 1880 Across River Slaney at We.xford (Ireland) 1883 New Holland to Dairycoates, near Hull i 1879 Devoni)ort to Toriwint | Devonix)rt to Tori)oint j (iranton (Firth of Forth) to Burntisland | 1871 (Granton (Firth of Forth) to Aberdour i 1882 Cove to Blairmore, Loch Long ] 1885 Cove to Blairmore, Loch Long 1885 Carried forward, . 6.5 i d -Sec 83 1 3 3 4 4 7 7 I 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 7 4 4 4 1 1 4 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 7 4 7 1 1 4 7 7 7 LeN'CITH in NAfTI('Af< MiLKH. Df Cables. 284 1,008 207 If. 140 KM 40 3 2(i4 !l 7!»2 I 403 I 403 l-3r)8 5 432 !» 3!I4 3it4 2 175 2 175 443 443 444 1 77\U'eiiMf('rry to Month QuccnHfiTry [ 1N84 Nortli (Jui'fiiHfiTry to South t^ut'cuHfiTry i lH8(i Stracluir, Loi'h Fyii<' to Ki'iiimire ' 1H70 Htraclnir, Loch Kytic to Kcumure 1H82 Row to Chichim ( Jairloch I 1H78 Row to Chiuhan ( Jairloch 1882 Row to Clachiui ( Jairlocli '. . • j 1887 White|H)int to M!nillK)wliiit' ( Irchiiiil) Whitei)oiiit to HiiullH)wHn(' (hchiiul) Haull)owlin(' to Snikc L^land ( Irt^hind) ' CroMtt Haven to Went Seanionnt (Ireland) | Foyle Road to Waterside, Londonderry Fc^yle Road to Waterside, Londonderry Total , ... INTERNATIONAL SYSTE.^L ANfii.o-FiiKNtH Caiii.ks. Calais to Dover Boulogne to Dover Diep|»e to Beachy Head . . Havre to Beachy Head ,. . . . Pirou, near Coutance, to Flic(iuet Bay (.fersey). ANfiLO-BKLOIAN CABLKS. Middelkerke, near Ostend, to Ramsgate PaJine, near Fumes, to Dover AngloCtKKMan Caui.es. Norderney to Lowestoft Greetsiel, near Eniden, to Lowestoft, comprising the sections : (Belmvjing to (icntuDi Government) Crreetsiel to Borkuni Borkum to Lowestoft Greetsiel, near Emden, to Valentia (Ireland) Total. Deduct half length of cables owned by Great Britain in common with France and Belgium Actual length of cables belonging to Great Britain . Total BRITISH INDIA. A. — Indo-Europkan Tei^cjraph Department. Office : 4^ and 60 Parliament Street, London. INTERNATIONAL .SYSTEM. Fao (Turkey in Asia) to Bushire (Persia) Bushire to .Task (Persia). Bushire to Jask (Persia) .Task to Gwadur (Beluchistan). Gwadur to Kurrachee Total. 1851 18.59 18(il 1870 18G(J 18.53 18<)(! 18()6 1871 1882 18«4 18()'J 1885 18()4 1864 284 347 42 Lknhth in Nautical MlI.KM. Of Cables. l,0!»7-248 I 220 1-400 1322 11 15 1 0,54 0-422 0-3it!» 434 25!» 0-2.5!» ;W4 185 0-24(! 0-24(i Of Conductors. 3,305 -00!) 8 540 !) 8(H) !l 254 ()!)0 7 -378 2 il54 ' 1 .5!»(> 1 302 25! I 25!» 0-384 0-185 1 722 0-!»84 1,100193 3,3.5(i-31(i 21 7.50 K7-()00 20 -2.50 121-500 1)2-000 372 (KM) ti!»-.500 417 -000 10-750 16-750 61-500 369-000 47000 188 000 232-250 531-000 149-375 381-625 1,488-818 152-0 502-0 519-0 267 -0 274 1,714-0 929-0(J0 2,500-260 785-625 1,714-625 5,071 •!)41 152 502 .519 2f)7 274 -0 -0 -0 1,714-0 49 2 20 90 7-0 40 4 LANIIINii I'l-AdKH. B.~In|)IAN Adminimtuation. HcadquarUrs : Calcutta and Simla. INTKHNAL WYMTKM. Across thu Hivcr Myn Across the Kivci Myu Across tli<' Hiver Hrivluiin|nitra to |)|iubri Across the (!aiiK<'s to Dcc^'iili (Jhiit Across till' (iiiiiKcs to |)c(),'iili (iliiit Across tlif ( iaii^ffs to Duniukiiia Across tilt' ( laii^fcs to I )aiiiuk(lia Across tln' (laii(,'('s U> Daiiiiikdia Across tlic ( JaiiKcs to I )aiiiuli(lia Across tilt' ( iaiijfcs to Mauiliari Across tilt' Uivcr rudda to ( ioaluiitlo Vcross tilt' liivt'r Pudda to ( ioalmiilo KiviT I'lulda to Kiiriiiaciiar Hivcr I'liilda to Knriiiacliar Hivcr I'lidda to kiiiiiiachar Kivcr I'udila to Kuriiiacliar HiviT (iodavcry to Hajaliiiiiindry Kivcr (iodavcry to Kajaliiiuimlry . . . . Ixivcr (iodavcry to Kajaliiiiiiiiilry . . . . I )iaiiioMd Island Kiliini (Hoiuhay) to Kcnncry Island . . Across till' Straits of l'i>lU Across til'' Straits of I'alk Sixty-one Cables of Ichs than two miles in length. Across tilt Across till- Across till Across till Across the Across the Across the "l*at,'i>da to Total. CANADIAX (1()V]:kxmp:nt telixjuaphs. Heati Office : MoiUrcal, Cunidla. ( iasjit) to S.-W Point, Anticosti Island 1»80 Meat Covf (Cape Hreton) to Old Harrv (MiiK'dalen Islands) . . 1880 (iiosst^ Isle to Hird Hock (MaKe lireton ( Nova Scotia) 1880 Cape Salile Island to Harrington (Xova Scotia) 1880 ( iraiid Manan to Canipo Hello Island (New Hrunswick) 1880 Caiiipo Hello to Eastport (State of Maine, U.S.) 1880 Sagiienay Hiver (North Shore St. Lawrenci; Hivcr). . . . 1883 liersiniits to Manicouagan (North Shore St. Lawrence Kiver). 1883 I'oint Paradis to (lodboiit (North Shore St. Lawrence Hiver).. 1883 Orleans Island to L'Ange (iardicn (North Shore St. Lawrence River) I 1883 Saanich Arm to (Hriti.sh Columbia) . 1881 Vancouver Island to Cabriola Island (Hritish Columbia) 1881 Yaldes Island to Port ( iray (liritish Columbia) 1881 Frazer Hiver crossings (two cables) 1881 Vancouver Island to Washington Ty. (U.S. ) 1884 (iri)s.se Isle (C^narantine Station) to Orleans Island (North Shore St. Lawi-ence River) 1885 Mainland to Amherst Island (Lake Ontario) 188(j Date of Laying. 1871 1871 1874 188(i 1888 1877 1881 1881 1883 1871 1870 1882 1888 1888 188!» 188!) 1877 1877 1885 1877 188(5 188(J 1885 Total. c 8 iS.sS II y, I LiCNiiTH IN NaITICAL MlLKH. Of CrtbleH. G 84 21 2 44 2 57 4 (JO 2fiO 2 3- 2(1 3 85 3 01 3 4(( l> II tJ'20 I) 30 (> ((01 5 ■07 O'O 2- (10 2 CO 2 ()0 8-58 2 77 28 -SO 20 14 49-72 197 (Jo 44-27 54 90 18-2(J 014 0-50 0-50 50 1-75 7-23 1-90 10 120 2G 0-75 2 1-0 21-30 1-0 170 6 50 2 220-50 Of Conductom. 2 44 2 57 4 (JO 2 00 2-0 3-20 3-85 3 91 3 4(J 11 () 20 ' 30 I) (J 01 5 97 (JO 2 (JO 2- 00 2(iO 8-58 2-77 28-3(1 29- 14 49-72 197 •()5 44 27 54 -!K) 18 20 14 (I 50 0-50 0-50 1 -75 7 23 1-90 10 12 20 2 1 21 1 17 6 2 30 50 220-50 60 LaNDINO Pi,A('KH. SOUTH AUSTIlAIilA. Noriiiaiivillc to Kin>,"«''>t«' (KiinprarcKi rHlaiul) . Kiditliliiii'K to liiKlithniis)' (Trowlirid^rc Islniid). (U\,\)f SiPi'iiciT to Altlioi |M( Iiij{litlioii.si< Lai'jjM nay Ijarj,'s Hay Total . (iirKKNSLAND. Cleveland to Tee! Island Peel Island tohnnwicli l)>inwi(li to Sontli I'as.sage Piallia to Wood V Island Woody Island tip Wliiteelitfs Rocklianipton to Keppel l$ay Lyttoii to Li^'litlioMse Mi.ckay to Klat-Toii Island Paterson to Tluirsdav Islanil Caim I'allarenda to Niagnetii; Island. Towiisville to Ma^,^l/,ine Island Magu/.ine Island to Cape Cli^veland. . Catconihe Heail and Facing Islaml.. DatH of Laying. Total , NKW ZEALAND. Wellington to Whites Hay (f\)ok Straits). Wellington to Whites Hay (Cook Straits). W^anganui to Hlind Bay Total . 188() 188(5 188(i 1800 1877 1880 e o 11 lii Lkmitm in Naltical Mll.KM. Of Cftl)leH. no 3' 20 3 20 4!) {to n 2 12 in 77 18 2 11 2 15 20 (ir. 4.'. ;<.') 7.") 45 10 25 Of Conductors. 3H.r)0 50 3 20 3 20 40 IM) lt)2'35 5 2 15 12 20 7 OS 13-45 77-35 5-0 5 180 2-75 3-15 11 10 2-25 1(55 05 44 .S15 44 i 108-0 i l!)(i-315 132-945 44 -0 108-0 284 945 61 5 2 15 12 20 7 (if) la-lf) 77-35 5() 5 18 2 75 3 15 11 10 2 25 105 05 II. — C/.nLES owned by Private CompuTiics. Lanuini! Plackh, I.-(iKSKLLSCHAlT V[\{ LKCINC UNI) UNTKR Ji A i/iTNM ; I )i:s I )i";i"i's( n N( )i{ \v ik ; i.s(jh i;n UNTKI{SKK1S( ;H KN K A HKLS. ((JKUMAN-N<1ltWK(!IAN TEI,K(iHAI'H COMPANY.) Hciiil OJtirr, .'/, WrrdrmtrasHe, Berlin, HoyiT (S<'lilcs\vi^f)t() Art'iidiil (Norway), iiieliuIingth^HectionH ; I."ll(.yt'r to WcsttrliuKl (Silt Isliuid') \ 1 1. Wcstt'ilaud to Aicmliil / IT. -DIRECT SPANISH TELKGRAPH COMPANY, Ifniil <>,tiicc, Winchester Houmc, Old Jirmtil Street, London. 'I'lic lii/ard to Tjas Aicnas, near Pilhao I'lait'floiiii to Marst'illi's Short Cables III. -SPANISH NATIONAL SMBMARINE TELE GRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, li»i Cannon Street, London, E.C. Cadiz (.Spain) to Santa Cru/. dc Tfiicriffc Tcjita ('I cncriffc) to St. Louis dt- Senegal Santa Ciu/. df THncritfc to Las Pahnas, (Jrand Canaries . . . . lias Palnias to Arrt'cife dc Lanzarote (iaracliico dc Tcncritfc to Santa Cruz dc la Palnias Santa Cruz dc Tcncriffc to Tcjita (Tcncriffc) Saint Louis (Senegal), to Dakar (Senegal) IV. -WEST AFRIC*^: TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, 6() Old Broad Street, London, E.C. Dakar (Senegal) to Bathurst (British possession) Bathurst to Bolania (Portuguese iKJSsession) liolania to Bissao Bolania to Conakry (French jxKssession) Conakry to Sierra Leone ( English jKwscssion) Grand hassani (French jjosscssion) to Accra (English jKJss'n Accra to Kotonou (Porto Novo) (French jMisscssion) Kotonou to San Thome (Portuguese ixmschsion) San Thome to the (Jahoon (Freetown) (French possession). San Thome to Island of Principe (Portuguese jKisse.ssion). . . San Thome to Loanda Principe to Bonny Date of Laying. 187!) 1884 1874 1881 1884 1884 1883 1884 1883 1884 1885 1886 188(5 18a5 1885 188G l.i8(5 188(5 188(5 188(5 188(5 188(5 1889 5g| 12 Lrmith in NaCTK'AL Mll.Kn. Of Cal)leH. 4i •Worked by France. 248 04 48(5 55 220 38 ■80 707 73 804 27 (57 -24 171 ■1»5 ()!» ()5 32 140 l,2!)4(i.50 100 (50 363 77 42 238 7070 241-30 215 486 176-50 126-25 7.50 (SO 189-70 3,015-42 Of Conductors. 744 12 486 ■ 55 220 ;18 80 707-73 8(54 -27 * 67-24 171 95 (i9-05 32 149 90 1,294 (559 106-60 3(53 -77 42 238 70-70 241-30 215 48(5 17(5 50 126-25 7.59 (50 189 70 3,015-42 £ 62 LANI>IN(i PlAC'KS. v.— BLACK SEA TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, Winchcutcr House, Old Broud Street, London, E.C. Odessa (Russia) to Kilia, near Constantinople VI.-(! ^AT NORTHERN TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Heed Offiec, ~S KonimiK Niitorv, Copcnhnan) to Wladiwostock Island of Kiusiii ( Yoliuko) (.lapan) to the Corea Kowloo (China) to Hong Kong VII.-EASTKRN TELE(}RAPH COMPANY, Head Office, Winchester Houxe, Old Broud Street, London. 1st.— Anglo-Si'anish- Portuguese System. Porthcurno, Land's End, toCarcavellos, near Lislioi. ( Portugal) Portiiciu'no, Land'.. l''n 104 28 57 311 500 57 427 171 410 7(!(» 753 111 •> (),33{j 850 802 022 ;w 2.5!) 383 337 83 83 3,547 58 Landing Places. Brought forward Cable (across Tagtis) ; Hek-ni (Portugal) (No. 1). lielem (Portugal) (No. 2). 2iid.— Sy-stem \Ve.st of Malta. ( J ibraltar to Taiigit^r (iil)raltar to Malta (No. 1) Cilnaltar to Malta No. 2 Marseilles (France) to Moua (.Mgeria) (No. 1) Marseilles (France) to Bona (.Vlgeria) (No. 2) Bona to Malta (No. 1) Bona to Malta (No. 2) Malta to Tri|.oli (Africa) Valetta (.Malta) to Algagrande, near Modica (Sicily) \'aletta (Malta) to Po/./.allo, near Modica (Sicily) . . .Malta to Zante 3rd.~ Ttalo-Gkeek System. Otranto (Italy) to Zante ((Jreece) Torre del Orso, near (.)tranto, to Bay of Sidari (Corfu). 4th.— AusTRO-GuEKK System. Trieste (Austria) to Corfu 5th.— (i keek System. Zante to Katacolo (Moroa) Kalaniaki (Morea) to Pirie\is Ivalaniaki ( \[orea) to I'ir.eus "..... Corinth (Mofea) to Patras (Morea) (No. 1). CJorinth (.Morea) to Patras (Morea) (No. 2). I'atras (Morea) to Ziinte (No. 1) Patras (^[orea) to Zanti> (No. 2) Zante to Corfu .Syra to Pirieu.s Patras Narrows (1th.— Ti-KKO-(Ji{EEK System. Zante to Canea (Candia) Syra to Candia Svra to Chio (No. 1) Syra to Chio (No. 2) 7tli.— TuuKisH System. Canea to liettimo (Candia) Kettinio to Candia Candia to Sitia (Candia) Sitia to Rhodes, comprising the sections' I. Sitia to Scarpanto II. Scarnanto to Khodes Chio to TcpesnK' (Turkey in Asia) Chio to Tohe.»nie Chio to Tenedos Tenedos to Lemnos Lemnos to Salonica Tenedos to Chanac (Anatol'a) Chanac to Kartal (Bos]>horus) Runiilie Hisaar to .Vnatolia Hissar (Bosphorus) 8th.— F,(;Yn'()-Ki;u()PEAN Sy.stkm. •Malta to Alexandria (Kgypt) (No. 1) Malta to Alexandria (Egvi)t) (No. 2) Sitia (Candia) to Alexandria Larnaca (Cyprus) to Alexandria Carried ft)rward . Date of Laying. l.S()!( 4 18()!) 4 1887 1 1870 1 1887 1 1870 1 1877 1 1870 1 1877 1 1882 1 18.5!) 1 18(J!» 1 1887 1 1874 1 1801 1 1882 1884 1884 188(1 1881 188!» 1884 1887 1871 187.S 1887 187.'? 1878 1873 1885 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1888 1878 1884 1884 1878 1878 1878 1808 1870 1873 1878 1^ 6.5 e ;5 iin 60 Lenoth tn Naltical Miles. Of Cables. 3,.'i47 Of Conduc- tors. 33 1,118 1,120 447 403 381 .383 204 );o 54 374 18!) 13 04 503 20 57 30 ,54 31-22 08.10 75 ■ 45 ,57 ^f) .50 175 81' 1 2.50 134 !t0 22 !I0 207 34 42 56 145 10 8 J)8 58 140 31 145 1 027 !)14 360 328 13,424-507 3,547 33 1,118 1,120 447 463 381 383 204 00 54 374 189 13 04 503 20 -.57 30-54 31 (i7 75 57 50 175 81 ■ 45 2(5 4an (Natal) Cape Town to Port Nolloth Port NoUotli to Mo.ssaniedes Mossaniede;* to Bengiiela Bengnela to Loanda ■ IX.— EASTERN EXTENSION, AUSTRALASIA AND CHINA TELE(;RAPH COMPANY. Head Office, Winchexfer House, nil. Old Broad Street, London, E.C. Madras to Ponang Rangoon to Penang I'enang to Malacca Malacca to Singapore Penang to Singaixjre SingajHire to Saigon (Cochin China) Haipliong (Tonkin) to Hong Kong Saigon to Hong Kong (China) Hong Kong lo Macao Hong Kong to Cai)e liolinao (Island of Luzon) Singa|)ore to Batavia (.lava) Singapore to Banjoew angie (.lava) Baujoewangie to Port Darwin (Australia) (No. 1) Banjoewangie to Port Darwin (Australia) (No. 2) Banjoi'wangie to Roebuck Bay (Australia) Flinders, near Melbourne (Victoria), to Low Heads (Tasmania) . (No. 1) Flinders, near Melbourne (Victoria), to Low Heads (Tasmania) (No. 2i Botany Bay, near Sydney (New South Wales), to Blind Bay, near Nelson ^New Zealand) Hong Kong to Foochow Foothow to Sliaiighai 18K2 1884 1884 1884 ]S84-.37(> 1,000 044 08(5 070 315 433 1,0.52 2.30 20(i 1,000 (i44 (;8(> 070 345 4.33 1,052 230 200 0,571 0,571 1,4.55 804 275 110 415 ()37 404 083 38 520 530 020 1,137 1,133 800 180 180 1,283 475 445 12,058 1,455 8G4 275 1U> 415 037 464 083 38 529 530 020 1,137 1,133 800 180 180 1,283 475 445 12,058 55 Landinc Pi.AC'EH. x.-ax(;lo AMERICAN tp:legraph company. H((i!) 1870 1873 1880 i8r>(; 1880 1880 1873 1873 18(ii» 74- '70 1875 XIII.— WESTERN UNION TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, Broadira/i, Neir York: London Agency, 313, Gre»ham House, Old Broad Street, E.C. IST.— TUANSATLANTIC SYSTEM. Sennen Cove, near Penzance, to Dover Bay, near Can7.o(Nova Scotia), Northern cable SiniienCove, near Penzance, to Dover Bay, near Canzo(Nova Scotia), Southern cable 2ni).- Gi'Li' OK Mexico Syhtem. Punta-Rassa (Florida) to Havana (Cnba), comprising the .sec- tions : I. Punta-Has.sa to Key W-st I II. Key West to Havana J PuntaRassa (Florida) to Havana (Cuba), comprising the sec- tions : I. Punta-Rassa to Key West \ II. Key VV'est to Havana J 1870 187!) 1870 1880 1881 1882 18(18 1873 "-S -3^ Le.N(;th in Nautical "3 C'^ Miles. d-St^ Of Cables. Of Conduc- y. 1,88r)<»7 1,84()13 l,8!)0-l!» 2,(;8r)24 101 (11 80 ()1 12 111 (Mi 187 11 .SI 4 12 280 -51 7r)!tl2 10,1911 ■4.*> 1,885-97 1,84C)13 1,8110-40 2,(>85-24 101 ()l-80 (!1 12 .3.S5-88 501 33 314 12 280 -.51 75!tl2 10,704 .50 2,5(>5-24 .J3(r00 I 3,101 33 2,.5( 15-21 530 00 3,101-33 2,242 .37 827 -.30 188-77 150 -SH) 2,242 .37 827 • 30 188-77 150 00 3,400 -.34 2,531 2,576 215 215 5,537 3,400-34 2,.531 2,576 215 215 5,537 56 Landing Places. XIV.— THE COMMERCIAL CABLE COMPANY. 1, Broad w ft//, New York; 26 Avenue de V Opera, Parix ; 2."i liotial Exchanfje, Londwi, E.C. Iht.— Communication in Eukope. Havre to Watcrville (Irelanrl) Waterville to Weston-super-Maie (near Bristol) 2ni).— Transatlantic System. Waterville (Ireland) to Canso (Nova Scotia) Waterville (Ireland) to Canso (Nova Scotia) 3ri). — Communications on the American Coast. Canso (Nova Scotia) to New York Canso to Rockport (nt^ar Boston) XV.— BRAZILIAN SUBMARINE TELEGRAPH COM- PANY. Head Office, Winchester Home, Old Broad Street, London, E. C. Carcavellos, near Lisbon (Portugal), to Madeira Carcavellos, near Lisbon (Portugal), to Madeira Madeira to St. Vincent (Cajie Verde Island) Madeira to St. Vincent (Cai)e Verde Island) St. Vincent to Pernambuco (Brazil) St. Vincent to Pernambuco (Brazil) XVI.— AFRICAN DIRECT TELECJRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, Wincheder House, Old Broad Street, London, E. C. St. Vincent to Santiago (Cape Verde Islands) Santiago to .Bathurst (British possession) Bathurst to Sierra Leone Sierra Leone to Accra Accra to Lagos Lagos to Brass Brass to Bonny XVIL— CUBA SUBMARINE TELEGRAril COM PANY. Head Office, 50 Old Broad Street, London, E. C. Batabano (Cuba) to Cienftiegos (C\aba) Cienfuegos to Santiago (Cuba) Cienfuegos to Santiago (Cuba) XVIII.— WEST INDIA AND PANAMA TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, Dashwood House, 9 New Broad St., London, E.C. Santiago (Cuba), to Holland Bay (Jamaica) Santiago (Cuba) to Holland Bay (Jamaica) •Kingston (Jamaica) to Qolon (Istlunus of Panama) Holland Bay to St. Juan (Porto Rico) St. Juan to St. Thomas Carried forward Date of Laying. 1885 1885 1884 1884 1884 1885 1874 1882 1874 1884 1874 1884 1884 188() 188(5 1880 188(5 1886 1886 1870 1870 1875 1870 1878 1870 1870 1871 o -A Length in Nautical Miles. Of Cables. 510 15 328 88 2,350 SO 2,388-35 840-93 618 -!i4 6,937-61 626 627 1,209 1,168 1,872 1,862 7,364 193 471 463 1,020 259 269 68 2,743 120 400 420 940 160 146 630 683 72 1,691 Of Ctmductors. 510-15 657-76 2,350-36 2,388-35 840-93 1- 037 -88 7,785-43 620 627 1,209 1,168 1,872 1,862 7,304 193 471 4(53 1,020 2,59 269 08 2,743 120 400 420 940 160 146 630 683 72 1,691 5*7 Lan'dino Places. Brought forward. Holland Bay to Ponce (Porto Rico) Ponce to >St. Croix ... St. Croix to St. Thomas St. Thomas to St. Kitts St. Kitts to Antigna Antigua to Basse-Terre (Guadaloupe).. . Basse-Terre to Dominica Dominica to Martinique Martinique to St. Lucia St. Lucia to St. Vincent St. Vincent t(j Barhadoes St. Vincent to (irenada (irenada to Trinidad St. Croix to Port of Spain (Trinidad). . . , Trinidad [> Demerara (Knglish (Juinea) XIX.— SOCIETE FRANCAISE DES TELEGRAPHES SOUS'-MARINS. Hcatl Office, S2 Rue Caumartin, Par in. Aguadores (near Santiago de Cuba) to Caimanera (Cuba) Caimanera (Cuba) to Mole-St.-Nicolas (Hayti). MtMe-St. -Nicolas (Hayti) to Puerto-Plata (Dominique) St. Domingue (Dominique) to Cura9ao 1888 1888 1888 1888 Cura9ao to La Guayra (Venezuela) 1888 Date of Laying. XX.— WESTERN AND BRAZILIAN TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, 10 (I real Winchester Street, London, E.G. Para (Brazil) to Maranham (Brazil) Maranham to Ceara (Brazil) Ceara to Pernambuco (Brazil) Pernauibuco to Bahia Bahia to Rio de Janeiro Rio de Janeiro to Santos Santos to St. Catarina (Brazil) St. Catarina to Rio Grande do Sul (Brazil) Rio (irande do Sul to Montevideo (Uruguay), ccjmprising the sections : I. Rio Grande do Sul to Chuy (Brazil) "| II. Chuy to Maldonado (Uruguay) [ III. Maldonado to Montevideo (Uruguay) .J XXL— RIVER PLATE TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, Montivedeo. Montevideo to Buenos Ayres (Argentine Republic) XXII. -MEXICAN TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Head Office, 37 and 39, Wall Street, New York. Galveston (Texas) to Tampico (Mexico). Tam])ico to Vera Cruz (Mexico) 1874 1875 1875 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1871 1875 1871 1873 1873 1873 1873 1873 1874 1874 1874 1875 1882 1880 Jl O 0) o 20 Lknoth in Nalticai. Milks. Of Cables. l,(ii)l 647 135 48 Kil 4!t 73 51 40 55 .58 <»!) 84 8! I 541 2it8 4,11!) 50 12(5 188 453 103 1)80 381 40(5 470 396 as7 230 21)2 394 350 3,7'12 32 490 219 709 Of Conductors. 1,091 647 135 48 1(>] 41 7a 51 40 .55 58 99 84 89 541 298 4,119 50 126 188 453 163 1)80 381 406 476 396 837 230 292 394 I 350 3,762 64 490 219 709 58 Laxdinc Places. Date of Laying. XXIII.— CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICAN TELE(JKAl'H COMPANY. Head Office, ./" ami .iU Wall Street, New York. Isi' Atlantic Sy.stkm. Vera Cruz (Mexico) to (ioatzacoalcos (Mexico) 2x1) Pacific Systkm. Saliiia Cruz (Mexico) to Tjibertad (Salviwlor) Lihertad to San .luan del Sur (Nicaragua) . . . . San Juan ilcl Sui- to San I'edro Oonzalez (Pearl Islands). . . San Pedro ( lon/.alez to Panama San I'edro ( ionzalez to l^uenaventura (Colombia) l?uenaventura to St. Elena (Ecjuator) St. Elena to Payta ( Peru) Payta to Cliorillos, near Callao-Lima (Peru) XXIV.— WEST COAST OE AMERICA TELEGRAPH COMPANY. Hrwl Office, Winchentrr Houxe, ■',!) Old Broad Street, E.C. (inurid Aiji iicii, I'lazurta dc Michai, Lima. Chorillos, near Callao-Litna (Peru), to Mollendo (Peru). ^Lollendo to Arica (I'eru) Arica to Icjiiique ( Peru) If|ui<(ue to Antofag.asta (Bolivia) Antofagasta to Caldera (Cliili) Caldera to Serena, ne.-ir Co(iuimbo (Cliili) Serena to Valparaiso (Chili) 18H1 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1882 1875 187.5 1875 1875 1875 187G 1876 o.Sg Lknoth in Nautical MlI.KH. Of Cables. 129-50 434 -.50 2(i!»-3() 071 1!» 48 37 :V)7 14 484 (iS 230 37 5.53 Of Conductors. 129 50 434 .50 2()9-3(> (i7119 48 -.37 357 14 484 (58 2.30-37 5.53 3,178 11 3,178-11 ■510 08 510 08 140 42 14(> 42 128-35 128 -.35 250-50 250-50 229 229 21 5 -.34 215-34 219 03 2' 9 03 1,098-72 j 1,098-72 LAND LINE WIRES OF THE WORLD. Country. Length. Value. Europe - Miles. 1,002,794 (11(>,1.30 107,347 (>2,517 71,717 128,928 12,909 £ 25,009,850 North America — Western ll^nion 17,240,000 Other lines 5,3(17,3.50 South and Central America 3,125,850 Australasia 3,585,8,50 Asia 0,440,4(K) Af I ica (148,4.50 Total... 2,002,402 01,483,750 50 fl V I ti Comparative Distances — Liverpool to Yokohama. Routes, Cunada — i\ ■' America. 1. Quebec and Vancouver — Prenent sunnner routes tlic^ Khortest across the continent, coinijris- ing 3,054 S. M., or 2,fi4!) (J. M. of railway, not .stoii|)ing at Montreal 2. St. .lolni, Montreal and Vancouver- Hy short Hue, ml \[attawainkeag, State of Maine and Sherlirooke, comprising' 3,387 S. M., or 2,i>38 (i. M. of railway 3. Halifax, (^)uel)ec and V'ancouxer - Wy tlie Intercolonial and Canadian Pacific Raihvayn. Present winter route, coniiirising 3,732 S.M. =3,237 (J. ^' of railway direct United Slate* — North America 4. Boston, Chicago and San Francisco — The fhortest route of the United States, comprising 3,432 S.M. =2,077 (i.M. of railway Enrape and Ania. 5. Giljraltar, Suez Canal, Strait of Mahicca and Singayiore G. do do and Strait of Sunda ( teo- grapiiical Aliles. Central America. 7. Bermuda and Jamaica on North Atlantic Ocean and Carribean Sea, Panama Canal and North Pacific Ocean 0,673 10,001 10,100 10,342 11,043 ll,t)2i» 12,814 Liverpool, England, to Yokohama, Japan. Renites. Geo- grai)hical Mih's. Lauisbouri/ and Quebec. Liver] lool to Louisbourg, C.B. — Atlantic Ocean Lo\usi)ourg to (Quebec rid fntercolonial Railway (^ueliec to Vancouver direct rid Canadian Pacific Railway. Vancouver to Yokohama — Pacific Ocean Louitthourei and Memtreed, rid Short Line. I LiverjOTol to Louislxmrg — Atlantic Ocean. Louisbourg to Vancouver rid St. John and Sherbrooke Vancouver to Yokt)hama — Pacittc Ocean Halifax and Quebec. Liverpool to Halifax — Atlantic Ocean Halifax to Vancouver direct— Canadian Pacific Railway . , . Vancouver to Yokohama — Pacific Ocean Halifax and Montrced rid Short Line. Liver|K)ol to Halifax — Atlantic Ocean Halifax to Vancouver vi't St. John and Sherbrooke Vancouver to Yokohama — Pacific Ocean St. John and Quebec. Liverpo(.il to St. John, N.B. — Atlantic Ocean St. John to Viincouver rid Moncton — Intercolonial Railway Vancouver to Yokohama — Pacific Ocean 2,350 714 2,(;49 4,3(i3 10,070 Statute Miles. 2,350 3,300 4,303 10,100 2,500 3,179 4,303 10,042 2,700 3,153 4,303 10,216 2,709 823 3,0.54 5,029 11,015 2,709 3,804 5,029 10,013 11,542 2,500 3,237 4,303 2,882 3,732 5,029 11,043 2,882 3,(i64 5,029 11,575 3,112 3,(i35 5,029 11,770 60 Liverpool, England, to Yokohama, Japan — Conoliulnl. Routes. St. John and Montreal vid Short Line. I ivtTiMK)! to St. John, N.B.— Atlantic Ocean At. John to Vancouver via Vanc^eboro and Sherbrooke. Vuncoviver to Yokohama — Pacific Ocean St. Andrews and Quebec vid Timiscouuta. LiverixK)! to St. Andrews, N.15. — Atlantic Ocean St. AndrewH, ri'i KdrnuuHton and Teniiscouata Railway, Intercolonial Railway and Canadian Pacific Railway, to Vancouver Vancouver to Yokohama — Pacific Ocean St. AndrvwK and Montreal vii'i Short Line. Liverpool to St. Andrews, N.H. — Atlantic Ocean St. Andrews to Vi.ncouvor rid Vancelxjro and Sherbrooke. Vancouver to Yokohama-Pacific Ocean Quvhec and Vancouver. LiveriK)ol co (^ueliec rid Belle-Ile — Atlantic Ocean Quebec to Vancouver, direct — Canadian Pacific Railway Vancouver to Yokohama— Pacific Ocean , . . . Total vid Strait of Belle-Ile Add — If route is by Cape Race, Newfoundland . Total vid Cape Race . (Jeo- gr!i|)hical Mdes. 2,700 2,ii;w 4,3(i3 10,001 2,680 3,007 4,3(J3 2,(i80 2,!M)5 4,3(i3 9,948 2,(i(il 2,f)49 4,3t)3 9,073 1.58 9,831 Statute Miles. 3,112 3,:W7 5,029 11,528 3,089 3,407 .0,029 10,050 ! 11,585 3,089 3,349 5,029 11,467 3,067 3,or)4 5.029 ll,].^ 182 11,332 DETAILS. LouislKiurg to Quebec — By Intercolonial Railway Halifax do do . St. John do do St. Andrews do By Temiscouata Railway Queliec to Montreal — By Canadian Pacific Railway LouislKjurg do By Short Line Railway| Halifax do do St. John do do St. Andrews do do Montreal to Ottawa — By Canadian Pacific Railway do Winnijjeg do Winnipeg to Vancouver do Quebec to Winnipeg v>d Montreal do vid St. Martin, direct Quebec to Vancouver do do vid Montreal Sydney, Cajje Breton to Quebec — By Intercolonial Railway do to Montreal vid Moncton, St. John, Vancelxjro' and Sherbrooke- Short Line across State of Maine, U . S -By 823 678 581 413 172 898 758 481 443 120 1,424 1,482 1,596 1,572 3,054 3,078 832 907 61 Comparative Stiiteinent of Distances between Liverpool, England, and Yo- kohama, Japan, on the respective Routes indicated through (.anada rid Port Moody and Vancouver. ?». !). t>. 7. «. i». 10. 12. l.S. 14. RouteH. (Quebec, Ottawa iuid Vancoiivpr rid Strrtjt of Belle-IU' ... do do Cape Haci' (.^lU'lifC', Ottawa, Ow«m Sound, Lakes Huron and Su|>erior and Vancouver n'il ( "ii|(c Haeu Chatliani, < Quebec, Ottawa and Vancouver ri7.S !t,8:U {),H4(i i>,«47 !1,'.)48 10,((01 10,013 10,04U 10,050 10,07(> 10,07<) 10,](M» 10,210 Statute MileH. n,i.'>o ii,as2 ii,3r)0 1 i,.r)i 11,407 11, 528 11,542 11,575 11,585 ll,(;i5 11,015 11,043 11,770 CoMPAR.\TiVE Statement of Distances between Liverpool, England and Yoko- hama, Japan, on the respective Routes indicated through the United States rid San Francisco. Routes. (Jeo- graphical Miles. 1. Bo.ston, Chicago and San Francisco 2. Portland, Xiaj^'ara Falls. Chicafj;o and San Francisco . . . 3. Portland, Moutre.il, Chicago and San Francisco 4. New York, ('liicago and San Francisco 5. New York, lndiana])olis, St. Louis anil .San Francisco. , . 0. New York, Cincinnati, St. Louis and San Francisco 7. Boston, St. Louis and San Francisco S. lMiiladel|ihia, Cliicago and San Francisco !). i'iiiladelphia, Indianapolis, St. Louis anil San Francisco. 10. Philadelphia, Cinciiniati, St. Louis and San Francisco. . . 11. Kichniond, liouisville, St. Louis and San Francisco 12. Haltiniore, Chicago and San Francisco 13. Kichniond, Cincinnati, St. Louis and Si'.n Francisco 14. Baltimore, Cincinnati, St. Louis and San Francisco . . . . 15. Kichniond, New Orleans and San l'"rancisi^o 10. Baltimore, Indianapolis, St. Louis and San Francisco. . . . 17. New Orleans and San Francisci) 10,,S42 10,404 10,410 10,403 10,() 12,005 12,210 12,2(;2 12,200 12,314 12,.337 12,. 380 12,307 12,410 12,478 12,484 12,400 12,510 13,009 G. Note. — The longest route across Canada is shorte F. B. than the shortest route across the United States.- PROGRESSIVE DISCOVERIES AND FOUNDATIONS OF VAKIOUS CITIES, TRADING STATIONS, &c., IN NOETII AMERICA, COLONIZED BY FRANCE AND GREAT BRITAIN. r^'i t ■ I »■ PA.RT III. 64 PROGRESSIVE DISCOVERIES. Iceland, Groeiiliind, Liihnulor, Newfonndland, Xorth Amcricn and C^anada, Loc'alitioH, Iceland (TlmlcO. do (Siiowland) d(» ((fiirdiir'N Holm). Greenlaml do DiHCuverers. Datt'H of DiHcovevy. PythcaH, a (it-ofO'aplu'r and Navigator, Ikii-ii at MarHfilles, France Coawt of Labrador and Newfoundland (Hclhdand) Imid of broad stoni's, wlicncf tlicy proceeded to Markliiiid, Nova fScoti^i (Land of Woods), Vin- laud, MttHsacliusettH, United Staten. . . Norsemeii, under Norne Vikint? Naddinld lOardar, a Swede re-diseovered it J( !unnl)jorn, won of I 'If KruKe, of Iceland Kxplored by l>]irek (Krick) tlie Red, from Norway and Iceland Before Chrint. 3-10 After ChriHt. 520 H(i4 87() !I84 America Labrador, Newfoundland, Cape Breton and (-'oant of I'uited States . . . HudHon'H Bay. Newfoundland, (Jreenland, Labrador... Newfoinidland, Labrador, Canada Stadaeona ('Quebec) lloeliela^fa (Montreal) Tadoussae, Outlet liiver Sapuenay Lake C-'lianiplain, or " Lac des Ircxiuoia." Hudson's 15ay Ottawa River, or "Riviere des Algon- (luins " Lake Nipissing .... Lake Huron ( Nler Donee) Lake ( )ntario, or " Frontenac '' Lake Michigan, or "Lac des IllinoiM". . Lake Frie Lake (Jeorge, or "Lac du St. Sacra- ment,"' above Lake Cliamplain St. .Tolm, " I'ii'kouaganii " Lake Superioi', or " Lac de Tracy ". . . . Hudson's Bay tVccording to Northern Sagas, first seen by Biorn (Hiarni) and 11 years later by Firek the ib'd and Leif, his mm, wiioiii Humboldt calls "The Dis- coverer of the New Worltl " Christopher Columbus John Cabot and Sebastien, his son, from Venice. (*ape North, Cape Jireton, Hrst seen Sebastien ('abot is reported to liavt* discovered this bay Ix'fore Hudson (laspard ("orti' Ri'al, Portuguese Navigator Jac(|ues Cartier — Isle of Birds — first seen do do Samuel De Cliamplain and Pontgravo do Henry Huilson. (See hereafter) Behring Strait. See below. James Bay, Head of Hudson's Bay . . . . Mississi()pi Kiver or "Fleuve de Col- bert." Niagara Falls Mississippi River, descended to the Sea, by ; Behring Strait — Re-discovered Rocky Mountains reached Mackenzie River to Polar Sea Vancouver I.sland, circumnavigated . . . . Rocky Mountains crossed, via I'eace, Samuel De Cliamplain . . do do do Jean Nicolet Jesuit Fathers, Pierre-Joseph-Marie Cliaunionot an! .lean Di; Breljeiif Jesuit Father, Isaac Jogues Jesuit Father, Jean De Quen l''reiich Traders Henry Hudson. (Some authors ju'etend that Se- l)astien, son of John Cabot, discovered this Bav towards 11!W| '. Jean riourdcni took posse.ssion of it for France .... Pierre l.ie Moyiie d'Hierville took j)osse-isi(m of Albany Fort, Moo.se Factory and Rupert And of York Factory Deschiiew, a Russian sailed through before Beh ""(,' Jesuit Fatliei' Charles Albanel Louis Jolliet and Jesuit Father Jacques Marquette Rev. Father Recollet, Louis Hennei)iii who accom- panied Rent';- Robert Cavelier de La Salle R. R. Cavelier de La Salle Behring, a Danish navigator employed liy Peter the (ireat Pierre Oaultier de Varennes de La Verandrye. . . . Sir A. Mackenzie descended to Whale Island Vancouver, an English navigator 1000 Oct. 12, 14!»2 June 24, 14!I7 June Sept. Oct. May July June Jnly M!»8 V>m 25, 1584 14, 15T) 2, 1585 24, Kioa 1010 i(ii;{ 1015 1015 1015 1()84 1040 1040 July K;, 1047 1(55!) 1010 1050 1()85 1094 1048 June 28, 1072 do 17, 1073 1<)78 April {», 1083 1729 .Tan. 12, 1743 July 15, 1789 1790 65 Progressive Discoveries — Concluded. DateM «>f DiHC«)Vfry, FniHcr 1111(1 SiiliiKiii KivcrH Sir Alfxiimifr Miickcii/.U', of tlit- Nortli-WeMt Co. . Poliir Sciv, from Ooppcr-MiiU' HivtT to ('ii\>t' Tiiniu|,'iuii, VVt'nt end, DeaM*- Strait Hir .FpIih Kninkliti and Dr. KicliardMon diiriiiK tintt K.\|K'ditioii I'olar St'ii, from Moiitli of Afiickcnzic Wt'Ht, to I'oiut Beetlu-y, Alanka Franklin and Lit'ut. Back, hin HrHt aBHiHtant, in two liuatH EaHt, to Mouth of Copptfr-MiiU' River Dr. RiiiliardHon with two boats sent hy Franklin. May !t, to July 22. 1703 July IH. t(. Auk. 1«. I«21 July H, to Auk. 17, IH20 Fuly H, to Aug. 8, 182tt Foundations of Cities, &c., in "La N'on voile-France " and in British North America. LocalitieH. Founders. Port Royal, on north Miih- of Annniiolii' Hasiii ()p])oNit<' (}o;it ImIhikI M. De MontH (.site Kranted to M. de Poutriiieourt). <^ii('h«'c St. .loliuH, Xewfoundland Three Kiver.s port Royal (AmiaiM)li.s), nite of |)renent town on Houtli Mide of AnnajRilis Basin \'ill<'-Marie (Montreal) Paul de Chauiiiedev de Maisonneiive Fort Richelieu (Sorel). . , f'ataracoui (King.ston) . . Poiitehartrain (l)i'troit). . T.diii.shourg, Cap Breton. , Samuel de Champlain Wliithoiirne .... Laviolette D'Aulnay de Charnisay (Charles ch' Menou). . . Dates f)f Foundation. 1(;0.5 3, 1()08 1()18 4, lt}34 ir..3r)-4.5 IK, 1(142 13, 1(142 13, 1(173 24, 1701 30, 1713 171S 17.'}7 174S 174!> July July I May 'CharlesJae(|ues lluault de MontniaKuy Aug. Loui.M de Buade, eomte de Palluau et de Frontenac June La Mothe Cadillac, under de Callieres July French from I'lacenti.i, Newfoundland (afterwards l>y M. De Costelielle, who expended 30 million.s of francs to fortify it) Aug. New Orleans 'Le Moyne de Bienville Fort La Reine Fo.-t (iarry- Winnipeg I'ierre ( Jaultier de Varennes de la Verandrye I La Pri'sentation (OKdenshurg) Ahhe Pie(|uet ' CliiiKmctou (Halifax) Lord Cornwallis. June Charlottetown, I'rince Edward Tsland,! ! formerly visitefl by CalMit in 14!)7, and named lie St. .lean by Chami>lain. .. . Morris and De.schamps. The IslancI was named "Prince Edward" iii 17!'f). It was first settled! by Acadiaiis after 171'), and was definitely taken' by the English 17o8 .St. .lohn. New Brunswick Ignited F,nii)ire Loyalists May Fredericton do ITnited Empire Loyalists Sydney, Ca))e Breton Lt. -( Jovernor 1 )es Barres Fort Rouille ('I'<"'f"it(>) .fac()ues-Pierre de Taffanel, Manjuis de la .Ion- (luiere. Kith (Jovernor of La Nouvelle France, , 174!t .52 Toronto (York) 'Governor .John Graves Simcoe 17!(3 Belleville Captain Myers 17!M) Prescott Major Edward .Tessup 17i(7 St. Catharines (Welland) Founded 1797 Hull, Ottawa County, P.Q Philemon Wright March 7, 1800 Sherbr(K)ke, P.C^ David Moe and others 1800 Hamilton, Ontario 'Hamilton 1813 Ottawa do 'Nicholas .Sparks and others, 9 years liefore Rideau j Canal was commenced Brantford do . j Alx)ut London do ' Peter McCiregor (iuelph do '.Tohn (Jalt 17(18 18, 178;^ 1784 1785 Victoria, Briti.sh Columbia New W/^stniinster, British Columbia. . . Vancouver \ Burrard Inlet j (Tt)vernor Sir .Tames Douglas. . Col. R. C. Moody Canadian Pacific Railway Comi)any. 1817 1820 1823 Ainil 23, 1827 March 1«, 1843 Feb. 1859 1887 NoTK. — For the prcccdhvi and other infornmtion of interext. See the " Hand Book of Canadian Dates,'* bii F. A. McCord, Axsistant Law Clerk, House of Conimoaa, Ottami French Forts, Lake Superior to Cumberland House, and on Hudson's Bay, prior to the Cession of Hudson's Bay to Great Britain by tlie Treaiy of Utrecht, 11th April, 1783 — and the English Forts then existing or sult- sequently built. French Forts. Fnglisli Forts. Kaministigouia., St. Pierre William , I Frances , Situation and R(>niai'k.s. St. Charles Matirepas. Alexander Rouge Selkirk , La Reine . French Fort was on south side of River Kaniinistiquia. Fnglisli Fort is on the north side, above outlet into Lake Superior, near I'aeitie l{aihvay elevators. Knglish Fort on north side of outlet of Hainy Lake into Rainy River. Freneii l<'ort was on west side of outlet of Rainy River into Lake of tiie Woods at its south or U])|)er end. French Fort at head of Lake of the Woods, and on its west side, and upper portion. French Fort on north side of outlet of the River Maure- i)as or Winnipeg into Lake Winnipeg, towards its head and ujmiu its east side. English Fort on st)uth side of outlet of the River Win- nipeg. French I'^ort on east side of outlet of Red River Into the south or u|)))er end of Lake Wiiuiipeg. English Fort on west side of He85. Rui^ert House Biiilt by the English on Nortli side of the Rupert River, which is greater than the River Saguen.aj-. This Fort is on East side and near Southend of .lames' Bay. It was taken by d'Iberville, 2nd July, 1G85. 67 Highest Latitudes attained — IlsTorth. Arctic Regions and Polar Sea. Dates. Arctic Navigation. ^1^-^' • Longituden. North Remarks 14!tH Sebasticii Calxit, son of .Tolin, 1()07 Henry Hudson 1G07 "do 1610 do 1773 C. J. rhipps 180() W. Seor(>sl)v, sen Aug. 19,1818 Admiral W. I'aiiy and Capt. i .loiiii Ross. July -, 1827 Admiral \V. Parry 1845;Sir John Franklin Aug. 27, 18.52 Admiral Inglefield do 24, 18,')S Elisha Kent Kane Jmie 1, 1854 Dr. Hayes, of Kane P]xp . . May 11, 18(;i 1 )r. Hayes ! Aug.31,187l!Capt. F. Hall, with "Polar-! is." ])ied of apoplexy, 8th Nov., 1871, iHjfore voyage was ended | 1872'Lieut. .Fidius Payer 03 \V. 80 2.*^ E. 72 W. ( 03 W. \ 03 W. 80 48 E 81 12 42 70 54 80 15 20 80 05 Hudson's Bay.' Not certain. do 31, 1875 Capt. (Jeorge Nares, with the " Alert ■' md '" Discovery. '"; do 21,1870 June 13, 1881 May 13, 1882 Lieut. L. A. Beaumont, of! N arcs' Exp. ! Lieut. Com. (ieo. W. De Long, I U.S. Lieut. Adoli)hus W. (Jreely, U.S. North of Spit/hergen. E. coast (ireenland. Hold- with Hope. ■ Hudson's Bay. North of Franz Joseph Land. 82 43 77 08 21 78 37 70 43 80 82 11 82 7 82 25 Sept.27,1875jLieut. Aldrich, ofNares'Plxp.l 83 7 May 12, 1870 Commander Markham andi 83 20 20 j Lieiit. Parr, of Nares' Vj'-]},\ do IS, 1870 Lieut. Aldriuh do ..| 82 10 W. E. W. W. W. W. W. W. E. W. W 72 30 North of Carey Island. 10 15 iNorth of Spitzbergen. 07 jlTj) Wellington Channel, on ea8t side of Cornwallis Island, to head of Bathiu'st Island and down west side of the former. 74 45 Discovered Smith's Sound. 70 40 jVan Kensslaer Harlxnir. 72 Cape Frazer and liriinu'll Land. 74 Cape Hawks. 54 N.W. of Repulse Harlxmr. Cai)e Fligvly, Franz Joseph Lands, sledge journey. The ".\lert"' was moored near Cape Sheridan, Floeherg Beach, the highest latitude ever attained by any vessel. Sledge jounu y on Polar Sea. W. (;i 30 63 5 87 30 03 5 Planted British Flag on Polar Sea. i Saw Cape Columbia, W. W. 85 33 82 20 IW. 50 45 77 15 E. 155 83 24 W. 40 46 Sledge joimiey to Cai)e Alert, near C. Alfred Ernest, ( Irinnell Land, Westw.'ird along Sea. Sherard ( )sb()rn Fiord, sledge jmu'- ney. Polar Sea, westward of Bennett Island, north of Siberia, where his ves.sel the " .1 eannette " was cruslied by ice. Lockwood Island, .sledge journey by 2nd Lieut. J. li. Lockwood and Sergt. D. L Brainard. H ACADIA Oft 'Nova Scotia. New Brunswick. ILE-ROYALE ^^ Cape Breton. PORT-ROYAL -^ Annapolis. ILE ST.-JEAN 0^ Prince EdwaM Island. 1598 to 1783. ■ .^^ 70 ACADIA (NOVA SCOTIA). The first successful attempt at the colonization of Acadia (i^ova Scotia) appears to have been made by Pierre du Guast, Sieur De Monts, under Henry the Fourth of France. The country was then freciuented by the Mikmak In- dians in the pursuit of game and fish. De Monts, who was appointed in 1603 Lieutenant-General of New France by the same sovereign, went in 1604 to Vovt Rossignol, — now Liverpool, N.S. — then the residence of a French trader named Rossignol, Avho was trading with the savages (Mikmaks) without license, and whose property he therefore confiscated. He established numerous settlements and forts on various parts of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. Having explored the coast of the Bay of Fundy (La Baie du Fond or Bale des Franytiis) he there established a town Avhich was named Port Royal (1605), and was afterwards granted by France to M. de Poutrincourt, who had accompanied Champlain to Acadia and was an associate of De Monts, who had the exclusive privilege of the fur trade for ten years. This first Port Royal was on the north side of the Bay, nearly opposite Goat Island ; it was abandoned in 1607, re-occupied in 1610, and destroyed in 1613 by the Vir- ginians under Captain Argall,the Governor of Virginia, in the name of Great Britain. The second Port Royal was built between 1634 and 1645, by D'Aulnay de Charnisay, on the south side of the bay, about six miles eastward from the first. In 1621 the whole territoiy situated at tlie east of a line drawn from Ste. Croix River nortliwardly to the St. Lawrence was granted by James I to Sir William Alexander, afterwards Earl of Sterling. This nobleman gave . to Acadia the name of Nova Scotia. The Earl of Sterling, Sir William Alexander, ccmveyed to Claude de la Tour, a French traitor who had married an English lady and had been created one of the Baronets of Nova Scotia, or of the whole of that Province except Ile- Royale (Cap-Breton). By the treaty of St. Germain-en-Laye, 29th March, 1632, Charles I agreed to render to France the Province of Acadia, whereupon Louis XIII divided it among a number of his subjects. On 16th August, 1654, the second Port Royal was taken by Sedgewick. On 9th August, 1656, the country, having been recoiupiered under Crom- well,wa8 granted to Sir Thomas Temple, William Crowne and Charles de la Tour. On 8rd November, 1655, the Westminster Treaty, affecting the forts at Pentagouet, St. John and Port R(jyal, was passed by France and England. By the Treaty of Breda (City of Brabant) tlie country was again ceded to France, 31st July, 1667. The French population at that time was about 1,000; their settlements were chiefly at Port Royal, La Ileve, Chedabucto, and on the l)ank8 of rivers emptying into the Bay of Fundy. The Mikmak warriors were estimated at 3,000. In 1686 Great Britain declared war against France. In May, 1690, Sir AVilliam Phipps, a native of Massachusetts, attacked Port Royal, which was dilapidated and defended by only 90 troops ; he also attacked Chedabucto j l)otli places capitulated. 71 The French Govenior, Villebon, who then arrived from France to take command of Acadia took possession of Port Royal. In lf!96 he captnrcd Fort Pemaqnid hetween the Rivers Ivennt'bec and Renobseot. By tlie Treaty of Ryswiek, 20tli September, l()97, Acadia was reston-d to France. Louis the XIV having acknowh-dged the Pretender as King of iilngland, war was again dechxred, 4th May, 1710 ; this war lasted eleven years. In Septendjcr, 1710, General Nicholson, with 2l> tranJ^ports, four men of war and a tender conveying five regiments, besieged Port Royal, the com- mandant of which had only 'HiO effective men in garrison ; he capitulated 13th October. Nicholson then named it Annapolis, in honour of (iueen Anne, the reigning sovereign. Peace was concluded between England and France, 11th April, 1712. By the Treaty of Utrecht, 11th April, 1713, Nova Scotia was definitely ceded to Great Britain as far as He Royale (Cap-Breton) which France had retained. A[. de Costebelle, under the French, in August, 1713, founded and com- menced to fortify Louisbourg, tlie fortifications and outstanding forts of which were constructed from year to year until their final completion at the end of 2o years, and at a cost of about £1,500,000 sterling. After the cession of Nova Scotia in 1713, a portion of the Acadians emigrated to Cap-Breton and other localities. Those who remained A\ore settled at various localities along the Atlantic and Bay of Fundy coasts. In 1744, France, under Louis XV, had declared war against England luider George IL Du Quesnel who had succeeded ^[. Constable as (Jovernor of lle-Roj'ale (Cap- Breton) fitted out an armament from Louisbourg under Du Vivier, who captured the English garrison at Canseau. Du (Quesnel also despatched some irregular forces to Annapolis and other pohits ; he died the same year and was succeeded by Duchambon. On 7th May, 1745, Louisbourg was besieged by the combined fleets of Commander Warren fVoTi the AVest Indies and General Pepperrell with an army of 4,000 men from .\[assachusetts ; the fortress was surrendered 16th .June following. During the summer of the same yc^ar, France despatched a formidable fleet of 70 vessels with 3,1 '>0 disciplined troops under the Duke d'Anville to re-establish her supremacy in North America ; this fleet was disabled by a series of disasters; after a passage of 00 days, only seven of the vessels arrived in Chebucto harbour. A portion of the fleet returned to France under Admiral Jonquiere, was reinforced by 38 sail and was on its way to New France when it was met and defeated by the English Admirals Anson and Warren off Cap Finisterre, 3rd May, 1747; La don([ui^re was then taken prisoner. The Colonies on hearing of the disaster to the fleet, had sent 470 troops to attack the Acadians residing at Grand Pre, but they were badly defeated 11th February, 1747. Py the treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle, 7th October, 1748, Cape Breton was res- tored to France. On 17th August, 1740, La Jonquiere was appointed (lovernor of New France, which he governed until the time of his death, 17th March, 1752. Towards 1749 upwards of 1,000 Acadian families, comprising about 0,000 persons, occupied the lands for an extent of eight miles on the west side of River Avon, which discharges into the head of the BasinofMinesanarmof the 72 the Bay of Fundy ; Grand ""^re, their principal village in that locality is now named Lower Horton, one of the stations on the Windsor and Annapolis Rail- way ; it is still called Grand Vrr in that section of the country ; it is one mile from the Ilorton Landing- Station, 15 miles from Windsor and GO miles from Iliilifax by rail. FIRST EXl'lLSION AND TKANSl'ORTATION OF THE ACADIANS. During the struggle between France and England for suprcmac}^ in Korth America, and the struggle between England and its Colonists under Washington for their Independence in the portions of the continent now form- ing part of the United States, 1732 to 1783, the Acadians then residing in Nova Scotia under English rule, were " Neutrals." In 1755, under the reign of (xeorge II, Col. Charles Lawrence, the English Governor of Xova Scotia, and his Council, fearing that the Acadians might help to restore French rule in the Province, preconcerted a plan for their compulsory expulsion, although there was little to be apprehended, consider- ing that the entire French population in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick at that time scarcely exceeded 10,000. "^ The Acadians were ordered to assemble at a stated hour, on the 10th September, 1755, in their respective localities, for the purpose of hearing the King's command, the nature of which '■vas carefully concealed from them ; little did they suspect that it was for their banishment and the confiscation of their properties. The French settlers at Port Royal (Annapolis), and at Beau-Bassin (Cum- berland) at the head of the Bay of Fundy, refused to comply with tliis arbitrary order, believing it was not in their interest ; 2,200 of them went to Shediac and He St. Jean (Prince Edward Island), then under French rule. Some were forced by starvation to return to their homesteads and were afterwards transported with their compatriots to various localities in North America ; others remaijied with the Indians, and some reached various locali- ties in the present Pj'ovince of (Quebec, at the Bale des Chaleurs, Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward Island and New Brunswick, etc. At Cumberland Bisin, the soldiery sent to subdue them, burnt their church, and 253 of thei) houses, with a great quantity of wheat and llax. At Grand-Pre, 1,923 persons assembled and were maile prisoners by the Bostonians and others from Massachusetts, who were the principal instigators of this unprecedented and tyrannical measure ; they burnt 25;) of their houses, 27(1 barns, and 155 of their outhouses ; they also destroyed their church, and 11 of their mills ; the Government of Nova Scotia also confiscated 20,858 heads of their cattle, horses, sheep, hogs, and all their properties. At other settlements more than 5,000 Acadians complied with the arbi- trary summons to assemble, and were made prison e'-s, besides which their properties were either destroyed or confiscated. The total numl)er of Acadians surprised and made prisoners on the 10th September, 1755, amounted to about 7,000. The heads of families in many cases were separated from each other and from then- children. They were embarked and placed in the holds of sevc "al old and leaky schooners leased from the agency of Apthorp it Hancock, of Boston, and other vessels, in the bottom of which they were packed promis- cuously, without regard to age or sex, and shipped to various parts of the present United States as tar as New Orleans. St. 78 During the voyage, which lasted from one to two months or more, upwards of 1,000 died, and their corpses were launched into the sea. The Acadians on board of one of the vessels overpowered the captain, his mate and sailors, and sailed back to St. John's, New Brunswick, where they were hospitably received by M. de Boishebert, the French commandant. The others were shipped to Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, Carolina, Georgia and liouisiana. The colonists in most cases would not even allow them to land, unless some provision was made for their main- tenance. Six hundred of them were sent afterwards from Xew York to St. Domingo at a time when pestilence was depopulating the island. In Penn- sylvania, where 415 had been sent, a portion of the citizens of Philadelphia proposed to sell them as slaves. They and their compatriots who had survived the miseries of the sea voyage, were landed at the various localities in a state of utter destitution, amongst a hostile population, and during one of the worst seasons of the year. Many of them afterwards died on account of the hardships they had to endure, and also from starvation. In South Carolina, where a detachment of 2,000 had been sent, 900 of the survivors were compelled to leave and to embark on board of two old vessels, one of which the}^ had to abandon, and the other to repair during tAVO nionths. The^^ afterwards reached their compatriots stationed on the river St. ffohn. llaliburton, speaking of the Acadians, observes that the whole course pursued toward them is a stain on the Provincial Government of Nova Scotia which nothing can justify, and which all men with any sense of humanity must condemn. In May, 1756, the French Government, moved, no doubt, by the atrocious treatment of the Acadians, declared war against England. Early in May, 1758, Admiral Boscawen reached Halifax, the rondez-vous of the British forces, from whence he sailed soon after and arrived ott" the harbour of Louisbourg on the 2nd of June, with a fleet of 151 ships and an army of 14,000 men, commanded b}^ Generals Amherst, Wliitmore and Wolfe. Louisbourg surrendered on the 26th July, 1758. In the fortress there were '2^M pieces of cannon, 18 mortars and a large quantity of stores and ammunition. The population of the town, exclusive of the troops, was about 5,000 men. The strength of the garrison before the scige consisted of 2,500 regular troops and 300 militia who were reinforced by 340 Canadians and Indians. The officers, soldiers and citizens, in all 5,637 men, were sent, the former to England and the latter to France. The British, fearing that the fortress might again fall into the hands of the Frencn, dismantled and destroyed it. The French had settlements on various parts of the island, the principal of which were Bras-d'Or, Sydney, St. Peter's and Arichat, where the flsheries gave employment to 27,000 men and 600 vessels, exclusive of boats. The fall of l^ouisbourg gave possession of the whole of Cape Breton, with its valuable mines and flsheries to Great Britain. After the capture of Cape Breton, Lord Rollo was sent to He St.-Jean, where 4,100 Acadians surrendered in 1758. The name of the island was changed to that of Prince Edward in 1799. This island was visited by Cabot in 1497, and was afterwards named He St. Jean by Champlain towards 1608 ; it was flrst settled by the Acadians after 74 the expulsion from Acadia (Nova Scotia) ; it wan rc-taken by the P^nglish in 1745, restored to Franco by the Treaty of Aix-la-Chapdlo, 18th October, 1748, and linally retaken by the Enijlish in 1758. Most ot the Acadians were then expelled from their properties and com- pelled to leave the island. Some of them went to the Magdalen Ir^'^nds, to the Bale dea Chaleurs, Shediac and other localities. By the Treaty of Paris, 10th Februnrv, 17()3, the whole of tu.) French possessions in Canada were ceded to England ; the Islands of St. Pierre and Miquelon wcire reserved to France. In 17(33 the ])opnlation of Nova Scotia which included New Brunswick, amounted to 18,000. In 1772 the population of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton, including 2,100 Acadians and 865 Indians, amounted to 10,985. In 1784 the population of Nova Scotia proper was about 20,000. The independence of the United States having been acknov/ledged by Franco in 1778 and by Great Britain in 1783, 20,000 refugee Loyalists arrived in Nova Scotia, 5,000 of whom were landed in New Brunswick. The Acadians who were then settled in the valley of the River St. John had to abandon their properties for the benefit of the Loyalists. SYNOPSIS. Expulsions of the Acat)tans. The approximate number of Acadians who were expelled from the Mari- time Provinces at various times was as follows : — 1. In 1 755 — 7,000 from Nova Scotia, by order of Governor Lawrence, who appointed a day. 10th September, 1775, and an hour for them to assemble in their various localities, in order to communicate to them the King's command, the nature of which was carefully concealed from them. These unsuspecting colonists who had complied with the summons were seized by officers and soldiers cliiefiy from Boston and Massachusetts ; their churches, dwellings and barns were l>urnt and their properties confiscated, after which they were transported in several old schooners to various parts of the English Colonies of America. They were packed so close in the holds of leviky vessels and endured so much misery during their two months' voyage in February and March, that 1,000 of them died at sea. Another 1,000 were expelled from South Carolina and re-embarked on board of two old vessels M'ith orders to leave the country ; they went to St. John, N.B. ; 050 more were expelled from New York and sent to St. Domingo during the time of the pestilence there. 2. In 1758 — 3,000 were made prisoners of war at Louisbourg and were shipped to England whence they were sent to France, by order of the British Government ; many of these went to reside at Belle-Ile-en-mer. 3. In 1758 — 4,100 Acadian colonists on He St.-Jean (now Prince Edward Island) were expelled and their properties confiscated by Lord Rollo when he took possession of the island for Great Britain. Many of them went to settle along the southern coast of New Brunswick and on the Magdalen Islands, which are chiefly inhabited by Acadians at the present time. 76 4. In 1788 — Upwards of 2,000, who were settled in tlie valley of the River St. John, were expelled, and their properties given to the United Empire Loyalists, 5,000 of wliom were landed in Xew Brnnswick. Acadian Familiks Skttled at Bellk-Ile-en-Mer, France, 1765. "When 1' Abbe LeLoutro returned to France, after his lono: captivity at Jersey Island, he worked for the Acadians with the same ardour and perse- verance he had shown dunng his stay with them in Acadia. On the 8th of November, 1765, he landed at Belk'-Ile-en-^[('r, where he was followed by seventy-eight families of Acadians, whom the King wished to settle there. Belle-lle-en-Mer is a small island situated some leagues from the west coast of France, opposite Morbilian. It contains four parislies, Le Palais, or north centre ; Bangor, or south centre ; Sau/on, at the west end ; and Locmaria, at the east end. The Acadians, after their arrival, were divided between these four parishes. Each of the seventy-eiglit families received a concession of land ; afterwards, at the request of 1' Abbe LeLoutre, the King ordered 78 houses to be built, one for each family, to each of whom 1 horse, 1 coaV, -3 sheep, and a sum of 400 French "livres," were also granted. In order to remedy a deficienc}' in the parish registers respecting the origin of the Acadians, the States of Bretagne, Avho then ruled ov< i* Belle-Ue, issued an order on the 12th of Januarv, 1767, to take down in writino; the sworn declaration of the heads of the Acadian families, in order to trace back their origin and filiation in France. Sixty-four declarations were thus registered, some of which relating to more than one family. Here follows the declaration of I'Abbe LeLoutre, late Vicar-General of the diocese of Quebec, in Canada, given on the 1st March, 1767 : " The Acadians, settled on this Island, were transported by the English from Acadia to Boston and other English colonies during the month of October, 1755. They were afterwards sent to Old England and dispersed in various parts of the Kingdom, during 1756. After 1703, when the treaty of peace had been concluded, they were taken to France on the King's vessels, and landed at various seaports ; in 1765, during the month of October, they came to settle on this Island by order of Monseigneur le Due de Choiseul, the Minister of ^Marine." See narratives by I'abbe H. R. Casgrain and M. E. Rameau in " Le Canjida F'-angais," octobre, 1889, p. 165, et Janvier, 1890, p.26, des Documents sur I'Acadie." NoTK. — For further details rt'siieotiiig Acadia, etc., see Part VI. UNITED EMPIRE LOYALISTS SETTLERS AND RECIPIENTS OF GRANTS OF LAND, IN THE PKOVIlsrCE OF QUEBEC AND i:7 THE MARITIME PROVINCES. •78 UNITED EMlMIiK LOYALISTS. The Indepondctioo of tljo TJnitod States, which liiid l)eoii roco(rnized hy France under Louis XVI, in 1778, was recognized hy Great liritain, and peace waa re-estahlislied l)etween the latter and the revolted colonies, according to the Treaty of Versailles, 3rd Septeniher, 1783. Those who remained faithful to the British Crown were named the United Empire Lt)yali8ts, and were rewarded for their loyalty. Upwards of 40,000 of them came to settle in Canada and the Maritime Provinces. They were distributed approximately as follows : — 10,000 in the present Province of Quebec. 15,000 in the Province of Nova Scotia. 5,000 in the Province of New Brunswick. 10,000 in the present Province of Ontario (chiefly along the St. Lawrence from Lake St. Francis up to Detroit). In the Provinces of Quebec and Nova Scotia the Loyalists received from 200 to 1,200 acres per family, together with agricultural implements, and were supplied with food and clothing by the Government during two years. On 9th November, 1789, an Order iji Council of the Government of the Province of Quebec was passed, providing for the settlement of the children of the Loyalists, attaining full age, a grant of 200 acres more or less to each. In Ontario they were also provided with lands and assisted by the Government of the Province of Quebec, in virtue of the same Order hi Council. (Quebec and (Ontario were under one Government, until Ontario became a separate Province, under the name of Upper Canada in 1792, the remainder of the Province being called Lower Canada. 79 DISTANCES. MARITIME I'HOVINCES. NsnifM of Platt'M. ^fileH. Saint John ty sti'ainlM)at do do by land Tniro do do l)y water . Halifax/ do do by land do nii.xt'd line, riil AnnaiKilis Bend, by land. do by steamboat ' Martin's Head, by land Slifpody Saukvillc Slicdiac . i{iclii)>uftt) do by water Chatham (\liramiclii) by land do do by water Bathurst (Bale deH Chaiiins) by land lialhousie, by land do by water Bede<(ue. P. E. I.sland, by .steamboat Charlottetown, P. K. Island, by steandxjat. Ca|H' Kay, Newfoimillaiid . . Charlottetown, by packet Ca) le Traverse Boston, by Hteam packet Portland Eastix)rt or St. Andrews Cape Canso. . . . "Canseau." Charlottetown Pictou Bay Verte Shediac . . Pictou, by land Woodstock (irand Falls (.Quebec Chatham (Miramichi) St. Andrews, vid Harvey Settlement ((5 8(i 80 tiT) 230 :{!)(> H34 4') 105 13H •JOO 175 :n(» '_'(iO 173 !H 120 4H 7!» 127 lOit 34 38 74 80 122 175 220 40 75 300 51 '.» 428 380 280 150 285 200 325 340 104 02 135 357 109 70 A PA^RT lA^. LATITUDES, LONGITUDES, CLIMATE, ETC. AS OBSERVED DURING VARIOIS ARCTIC EXPEDITIONS AND OTHERWISE AND ALSO THE INTERNATIONAL CIRCUMPOLAR STATIONS. COMPARATIVE LATITUDES, LONGITUDES, VARIATION OF COMPASS. DECLINATIOX AXD DIP OF NEEDLE. TE:MPERATURE— RAIX AND SNOW FALL. THICKNESS OF SALT AND FRESH WATER ICE. DAYS OF CLOUDY WEATHER, HOURS OF SUNLIGHT At the priiici[)al places from Newfoundland to the Pacific and Arctic Oceans. OB8ERV^4.TlO]S^S. IK ALEX. MACKE.\ZIE'S EXPEDITIONS. Ist— Left Fort Chipewyan, 3rd June, 1789. Returned to Fort Chipewyan, 27th September, 1789. "nd.— Left Fort de la Fourche, on Peace River, May, 1793. Returned to Fort de la Fourche, on Peace River, 24th Aug., 1793. 'if'- . - ' - '■ X *■.'-.' ■ ■ ■ 6i 84 m MACKEXZIE'S FIRST VOYAGE. Down the River Mackenzie, to tjie Arctic Ocean, 1789. Sir Alexander Mackeii/.ie, the celebrated explorer, was born in Inverness, Scotland, about 1755. He came to Canada when young, and was employed as a clerk in the Xorth-West Fur Company. Having a desire to explore the then great unknown North-West, he returned to Britain and spent a year in the study of astronomy and navigation. He returned to Fort Chipewyan (Lake of the Hills), now Lake Athabasca, in 1789. Mackenzie had spent nhie years at this Fort before then, trading with the Indians. On the 3rd of June, 1789, he set out from Fort Chipewyan with a party of twelve persons and four birch bark canoes on his first expedition. On Friday, the 5th of June, he entered a river at the western end of Great Slave Lake, to which he gave his name. He explored this river to the Arctie Oeean, which he reached on the 12th of July. He reached GiV-" north latitude, when his progress was stopped by ice. He arrived at Fort Chipewyan, on the return journey, on the 27th September. MACKENZIE'S SECOND VOYAGE. Across the Rocky Mountains, to the Pacific Ocean. 1703. On October 1702, MacKenzie undertook a more daring and hazardous expedition to the ■west coast of North Amei-ica. He left Fort Chipewyan on the 10th of October, 1702, with ten men and one large canoe, ascended I*eace River and reached Fort de la Fourche near the Deer Mountain, Lat. 56" 9' West, Long. 117° 35' 15"^ West, where he wintered. He left there in May, 1703, continuing his journey up the Peace River, through the Rocky Mountains and along the Parsnip River, thence westward to the Salmon River and the Pacific Ocean. He reached the I'acific after a series of attacks from most of tlie Indian tribes encamped along the various streams along his route. His return to Fort de la Fourche, which he reached 24th August, 1793, was nearly as perilous to his life, and that of the few Indians who accompanied him. He returned to his head(iuarters at Chipewyan and resumed his duties of chief trader. Of all the explorers of the >s"orth- West regions of Canada — ^laekenzie was the most daring and the most exposed to war weapons of the Indians. OBSKR V A.TXOX S. FRANKLIN'S EXPEDITIONS, ETC. 1st.— 1819, 1820, 1821, 1822. Hudson Bay to Copper-Mine River and J'olar Sea. 2nd.— 1825, 1820, 1827. New York to Fort AVilliam, thence rid Lake Winnipeg. Cum- berland Uouse and chain of Lakes to the River Mackenzie, thence down to the Polar Sea, and along its east and west coasts. 3rd.— 1815, 1846, 1847. Via Davis Strait, Batlin Sea, Lancaster Sound, Beechey Island, Wellington Channel up to head of Grinnell Land, latitude 77 degrees north ; thence down channel along east side of Bathurst Island and west side of Cornwallis Island ; thence down Peel Sound to Boothia Felix and King William's Island, in search of a passage to ]>ehringSea and the Pacific Ocean, with two ships — " Frehus "' and " Terror." 86 A-1. FEANKLIN'S FIEST EXPEDITION". Vid Hudson Strait and Bay to York Factory, thence Overland by chain of rivers atid hikes, to Athabasca Lake, Great Slave Lake, Yellow Knife and Copper-Mine Eivere, thence on the Polar Sea, Eastward, and return. 1819-1820-1821-1822. D.ates. Localities. Teini)*»ra- ture Fahrenheit varied 181'J May 23.. Aug. 30.. Oct. do 22.. Nov, (!.. 1820 .Tan. 18.. do 1ft Mar. 2(J.. July do 18.. 29.. Aug. 2.. do 20.. Jounu ti Outward to the Polar Sta . ' From Franklin and I )artv leave (Ira vesend, Eng., on Ijoard " Prince of Wale.s " ship uf lis. B. C. ' York Factory reached. Keniained there until itthi Sept ...'......:. i Norway House, N.E. end of Lake Winnipeg i Cumberland H., Fine Lake, N. side of North River] Saskatchewan I Pine Lake frozen over. 1 Left Cumberland with sledges and .■ M. Fast of Moose-Deer Island Fort. Departure with ti officers, 17 voyageurs and 3 inter- preters and 3 Indian wives with 3 children, .S large and 2 small canoes. Fort Enterpri.se ria Yellow Knife River which ascends North Eastward, l.^(i.^ miles To Lal'tu de* North. Lon- gitudes West. 57 3 53 41 38 53 1821 June 7 do July 14 18 do 21 do do 23 27 Aug. 18. This building, o(t x 24 feet, erected l>y Franklin. Party compelled to remain there !t months for pro- visions. Indians and others refuse to proceed at this season. Dr. Richardson and jwrtion of party start for the Copper ^fine River and the Polar Sea Franklm iind remainder of party follow. Arrived at mouth of Copi»er-Mine River, Polar Sea. Discharged 4 men Ct)nnnenced voyage Eastward along coast of Arctic Ocean, 20 persons in all Port Epworth, reached Detention Harbour, reach"d End of voyiige PDastwi.rd, .at Cajie Turnagain, on Polar Sea, beyoni' Melville Sound and .South of Dease Strait Coast followed 555 G. M. from mouth of Copper- Mine River, 58 62 56 40 42 38 1719 + 31+42 64,30 .. +73; + 43+45 + 38 67 4^ 68 18 50 50 92 2')' 98, 124 I 102 1641 111 114 112 Distance travelled. Statute Miles. 18 20 28 30 115 112 no 49 33 30 4120 109 25 Totsl distance travelled on Outward .Tourney to Polar Sea, and Ea.stward along Sea Coast 3,4.58 690 857 32(i 217 450 638 6,63 NoTK— During the Return Journey, one of the party was lost, four died of exhaustion and starvation and five killed. 87 A-2. FEAN KLIN'S FIRST EXVEDITIO^— Continued. 1810-1820-1821-1822. Dates. 1821 Aug. 22. do do 2.J. 2(>. do 31 . Sept. 10. do lit. do 21. do 25. do Oct. do do do do do 30. (i. 7. !». 11. 20. 23. do 29. Nov. 1 . do 2. do 7 . do 1<>. Localitiex. U (io 2« Dec. 11 do 17 1822 June 2 July 4 do 14 Rdnrn Journci/ Frinii daitf Turiunidin im the Politr Sea I'll Fort Fntcrjirisc. Sent a tin ca.se sealed adrift with account of journey, hoping it might (hift Eastward. i Commenced return .journey from Cape Turnagain. ... Went to bed dinnerless and supperless. | •Sea v(iyage terniinuted. Mus(|uitoes (Usapi)ear I .Sea water tem|)erature (hu'ing vo.yage ' Commenced ascent of Hood Kiver. X'ariation 41^' 43' 22" E. Dili »f needle, 88' o8' 48" .... Jiuilt 2 small canoes Compass, etc., abandoned. Too weak to carry it. Canoe broken. Snow 2 feet deep Richardson abandons s|)ecimens. 'Killed T) deer, after feeding 8 days on Tripe de Roche, a sort of moss. Credit rt'turns without .Junius wlio never retiu'iied. Encamped about 70 miles North of Fort Enterprise. . . Ate old slioes and scrajis of leather. Credit and Vaillant unable to go finther. Franklin continues journey. Richardson, Hejibiu'ii and Hood unable to travel. ,Michel, the Iro(iuois voyageur, sus])ected of shooting J. lite. IV'langer, Fontana and I'errault after leaving Franklin. .Michel gives Innnan flesh to e.'it, saying it was wolf. Michel shoots Hood at door of tent when alone. Richardson, Hepburn and Michel resume jom'uey. Richardson shoots Michel, for self jirotection. They arrive at Fort Enterprise, where Franklin had I arrived on the Kith, had left on the 20th and retui'ued on the '21st jOne partridgi' killed, divided into 6 parts ; firat flesh for 31 days, says Franklin. [Peltier dies of hardship and starvation. Samandre dies of hardsliip and starvation. iRelief received, sent by Back, uj) to which time party I lix'ed on pounded bones oi dead deer and Tripe de I Roche. Franklin and party leave Fort Enterprise with Relief Indians. Arrive at Akaitcho's camp ; remain there five days. Arrive at Fort Providence ; remain there four days. . . Arrive at M(K)se-Dee! Island ; remain there \mtil 2()th May, 1822 From Arrive at Fort Chipewyan ; remain there three days. Arrive at Norway House, Foot of Lake Winnipeg. . . . Arrive at York Factory, Hudson's Bay, thence to England + 42 + 43 + 34 To t o ii ^ ♦J p 68 18 ,50 -48 + 3(i t)71!)23 + 25+30 65 .. 64 62 17 6111 I 58'42 41 19 109 25 10944 .30 11220 .. 11230 1141 9 8 113,51 I I 38 11118 38 98| 1 1 3| 92I28 Distance travelled. Statute Miles. 28 37 20 24 Total distance travelled Overland and on the Polar Sea,— per Franklin. 5,5.50 88 B-1. FKANKLIN'S SECOND EXPEDITION. 1825-1826-1827. Route Travelled and partly Siu'\ eyed. Statute MileH. Durimj the Summer of /.s,'J. New York to Peuctiiu^iislifue, rii'i Albauy, Niagara Falls, Toronto, Lake Simcoe to Kcnipen feldt Ray, Lake Hun , 15th March to 2.Srd April | Lake Huron. I'cnetan .1 nene to Haut-Ste-Maric, '23rd Ajiril to Iwt May ' Lake Superior. Saut-Ste-Marie to Fort William, 1st May to lOtli May | Fort William, via Rainy Lake, Lake of the Woods, Lake Winnipeg and the North Saskatchewan t River to Cumberland House, Kith May to lotii .Time Cumberland House, riii chain of lakes to Fort Chipewyan at junction of Lake Athabasca and; Slave River, Kith .Tune to ]r)th .luly Fort Ch I .'\\'yan to Fort Resolution at junction of Slave River outlet and Great Slave Lake, 25th to 2!)th .July Fort Re.solution to N'ew Fort Providence, at foot of (Jreat .Slave Lake and above its outlet into the ( ireat Mackenzie River, 31st July to 2nd August New Fort Providence, (where Mgr. Chit resides, 1880) flown the Mackenzie River to Fort Siini).son, 2nd to 4th xVugust. Algr. Glut inteiuls to establish iiis Headcpiarters at Fort Cliip- ewyan, near lower or west end and on nortii side of Lake Athabasca in 18(10 Yovt .Simpson to jiuiction of Bear Lake River, 5th to 8th August Bear Lake River to, and the rettn-n from (iarry Island at tiu' mouth of the Mackenzie in Atigust, 1825. This was Franklin's 1st journey down the Mackenzie. He again descended in .Tune, 182B ' Length of the Hear Lake River to Fort Franklin near outlet of .South- West Ann of Great Bear Lake, 8th Augiist to 5th Sejjtember Dr. Richardson's excursion to the North-East termination or up|)er end of (ireat Bear Lake, near Fort Confidence, 4th .Tuly to 1st September Distance travelled, as estimated by Franklin Number of miles surveyed, as estimated by Franklin 7(i(l 250 400 1,018 840 240 135 103 271 1,200 !tl 483 .5,803 2,5!t3 Fort Simpson, near junction of the Rivera Liard and Mackenzie, below (ireat Slave Lake. Lat. (52" 11' 0" N.-Long. 121" .38' W. per Franklin. Old Fort Norman, towards outlet of liear River from (Jreat Bear Lake. Lat. 04' 40' 38" N.-Long. 124' 44' 47" W.— Var. 30" .57' 52" E. per Franklin. I'ort Franklin, near outlet of Great Bear Lake into Bear River. Lat. ()5^ 11' 50" N.-Long. 123^ 12' 44" W.— Var. 3!P !)' 0" E. i-er Franklin. Old Fort Good Hope, on tiie Mackenzie. — Last Trading Post, 312 miles below Fort Norman. Lat. 07' 28' 21" N.-Long. 130' 54' 38" W.— Var. 47^28' 41" E. See Part VII for further particulars respecting the ^'Mackenzie River and Reijion.' 89 B-2. FRANKLIN'S SKCONl) EXPEDITION. 1825-182(;-1827. DateH. 1820 Fort Franklin to thr J'ultir Sm. .ran. 1. . . . Flirt Franklin. T('ni]K'ratui'c nliscrvcd dm'ing tlic nidiith .lime 24. . . . Left Fort Franklin for I'olar Sea. July 1 t()7. . Old Fort Hopt' to went mouth of Mackenzie +41.(5 +55 Tenii>fratui »' Fall. Statute Mile.s. From To Mt-an -It). 2 + 41. « -31.3 + 55.8 -23.8 CM Voimi/c tindir Frniiklin on I'lilur Sia. — W('!4' Lon^. 112^. + Hi +53 Hciiiovid from Tciit.'< to IIouhc on (Jtli +37 - 5 At Fort hliitcrpri.st' ' +25 - 31 do do i + (5 57 do do do do do do do do do do Dr. Kic'liard.soii HtartH in advance of Franklin who joined; ■ him on 21st | Coi)iifr-Min(' Kivcr. T')int Lake. Lat. r.;V 12' 14". Long. 113 8' 25".- 55 mile.s below Fort 1 Kilter] )ri.' *• ^. ^-* .% °^i;^ "'0 !^ "o^ .1^ ^^^ '^^ r\^ 92 D— 2. FRANKLIN'S SECOND EXPEDITION. » 1825-26-27. Temperature at Fort Fi-anklin as observed by Mr. Dease of the Franklin Expe- dition, from Sept., 1825, to Sept., 1S2G:— In Latitude (>5° 11' 5G" North, and Longitude 123* 12' 44" West.— At loAver or S. W. end of Great Bear Lake, towards its outlet. Se|)tembt'r. October . . . , November. December . January . . . February . . March April May ■^June July August . . Months . Teini)erature. Highest. Lowest. + 48.12 + 24.80 + 8. .30 - 8.18 -1().17 - 4.95 + 3.87 + 24.83 + 43.89 + 00.24 + 58.21 + 38.08 + 14.18 + 3.72 -21.03 -31.25 -21,71 -22.01 + 3.99 + 24.47 + 42.04 + 42.98 Mean. + 42.92 + 20.28 + 2.79 -13.9() -23.78 12.70 - 8.20 + 15.21 + 36.35 + 48.00 + 52.10 + 51.09 *Record for month of June was stolen by ISsquimaux, mean temperature given cannot be more than one or two degrees astray. 9S E— 1. Mean Temperature during the Summer and Wintei' months. At various Pohir Stations. YtarH. Stationa . May 13, 1882 Lockwood Inland. 1881~1C8.S GrinnellLaiKl. LadyFrank- I liii's liay; Fort Conger. . . 1881 1883' Dijmi)hna (Sea of Kara) S. Hide of Nova Zeinbla . . . 1819-1820 Melville Island 1821 1822 Winter Island (I'.arry) 1822 1823 I(,d(H)lik (Parry) 1S24 1825 Port Howen 182l» 1832 Hootliia Felix r ^ ►2 'A 1854 Repulse Bay— Fort Hoi^e. 1848 1840 Port Leoi)old 1848 184!t Point Providence , 184!t 185(1 Chloris Peninsula. 184!> 18,50 North Star Bay. . 1840 1851 1848 1851 18.50-1852 18.50 1851 18.50 1850 1851 1852 1853 18:53 1853 1852 18.53 1854 Fort Sinip.son*. . Fort Confidence . Point Clarence (Jrittith Island Prince of Wales Strait. Hay of Mercy Walker Bay Cambridge Bay Camden Jiay ........ 18i51 1852 Batty B.ay 18.52 1854 Beechey Island 1852 18.53 Xorthinniierland Sound... 18.53 1854 Wellington Channel 18.53 18*55 VanRen.islaer Harbour. . . 1858 185!» Port Kennedy 18(i0 18(;i Foulke 18(;!» 1870 Sabine Island 1871 1872Thank-(;od Harbour, 1872 1873;Polaris House 1875 187()il>iscovery Harbour.. 187,5-187() Floeberg" Beach 1872 1874 1882 1883 70 10 74 47 (i(i 11 (50 21 73 13 (i!) 50 G(i 32 73.50 ()4 14 (•>(> .58 0' 70 34 62 7 (>() 40 (iO 45 74 34 72 47 01 74 (!0 71 .35 (iO 3 70 8 73 12 74 5 74 31 75 31 78 37 72 01 0| 78 18 OJ 74 .32 81 35 78 18 81 44 82 27 (14 111 83 82 80 02 134.8 34.0 37.1 0.35.0 34.4 0(137.0 038.0 87 35.7 9015 34.0 l(i5 0.37.3 173 45.0 Aiig. (JO 0:37.7 ( 38.0 j 8.0 I 7.4)' 28.0 20.5 21.3 25.1 27.7 23.3 31.7 20.5 .Tan. 12.0 Jan. 25.7 122 110 0162 0!43 OJun.-. 14.7 7 do 20.0 105 45. 05 30 0.34. 118 0.36. 036 . 37. 0(136. 37. 118 118 105 145 i 7.6 128.8 31.2 31.2 '17.0 '31.8 01 02 07 02 70 94 24 .30 34 0.35 ")3 33 40 7 June. 21.5 I 18.5 28.3 32.3 14.2 20.6 a5.3 ISept. 4 July. O 1 1 July. Franz Josef Land i 79 51 Fort Rae. 62 30 73 0.36.8 10 33.2 Aug. (il 44 37 7 72 .510 No Record 65 0.34.1 ()l 22 34.3 East t .50 32.0 West 116 44 0155.5 July. 21.2 10.0 30.5 21.2 36.7 31.0 20 o 17.0 Remarks. I Extreme North reached by I Lieut. ]joc'k\vt. Lefroy, 1842 44, gives Lat. 61' ,52' N., and Long. 121' 25' 2" W. at Fort Simpwon. Ill' 94 E— 2. Comparison of Climate at Polar stations on the West Coast of Greenland, with that of other Polar stations in Ilussia and in Canada. StatioiiH. Latitude. Summer Temi)erat\ire June, July, August. WinttT Temperature December, January, February. Range of Tenn)erature. ■t .: ■ V i. Sibermn aiwl Bunsian North Afnerican Stations. Yakoutsk, Siberia Yukon, Alaska . . . , 2, Statmis on the West Coast of Greenland. Rennselaer Harbour Westenholm Ujiernavik Onienak . Jacobshavn 3. Stations West of Baffin's Bay. Melville Island Assistance Bay Port Bowen Boothia Felix Igl(X)lik Old Fort Good Hoi)e. River Mackenzie Winterinsel Fort Franklin, at W. end of Great Bear Lake. . Me 62 2 06 78 37 76 33 72 48 70 41 6912 74 47 74 40 7314 69 59 69 21 67 28 66 11 65 12 + 58.3 +59.7 +33.0 + 38.0 + 35.2 + 40.7 + 42.4 + 37.1 + 35.9 + 37.0 +38.0 + 35.2 + 39.7 + 35.1 + 50.2 -36.6 -23.9 -29.6 -28.7 -12.5 - 5.1 + 0.8 -28.2 -26.7 -25.1 -27.7 -21.3 -25.1 -20.5 -17.0 The above is according to Charles A. Schott, of the United States Coast Survey. 94.9 83.6 62.6 66.7 47.7 45.8 41.6 65.3 62.6 62.1 65.7 56.5 64.8 55.6 67.2 62.3 P5 FHANKLIN'S FIRST EXPEDITION. 1819-1820-1821-1822. Variation of CompasB and Dip of Needle obiserved by Franklin. Dates. 1819 Oct. 6. do 22. LocalitieH, Variation I of ; Coin])a8H ! KaHt. < 1820 Feb. 23 March 7 do 10 do 26 July 28 do 20 life-- 1.') 1821 July 23 do 27 Aug. 18 do 26. Fimt ExpriJitinn. Bctv'ccn Winnipt'ij owl thv Polar Sea, rid CojipiT-Mine River, " and thence mi the Polar Sea. ■ Norway HcniHe. Foot of Lake WiiiniiJ«?g | 14 Cuinl)erland H. North Saskatchewan 17 He h. la Crosse ' 22 Beaver River. W. side of Clear Lake 22 Methye Lake. Trading Post 22 Fort Chiijewyan. West end. — Outlet L. Athabasca 22 He h, la Cache. Oreat Slave Lake 31 Old Fort Providence. North Arm. — (ireat Slave Lake i 33 Grizzly Bear Lakp. South of Fort Enteri)riHe 36 I Port E{)worth. Eastward of Coi([)er-Mine River on Polar Sea. . . . Detentioii. Harlx)ur. do do do Caj>e Turnagain. Extreme Point Eastward, on the Polar Sea, reached by Franklin Hood River— Mouth — on Polar Sea — Return voyage 44 40 44 41 12 17 15 33 50 40 2 35 50 41 29 48 22 28 32 6 55 47 37 I 42 49 I 54 15 I 4« 43 ' 22 Dij) of Needle. 83 40 10 83 12 i 50 84 13 35 86 88 2 87 20 ; 35 89 31 88 I 58 12 48 96 FRANKLIN'S SECOND EXPEDITION. 1825-182G-1827. Observations for Latitude, Longitude and Variation — by Franlclin, during h'i two journeyH to the Polar Sea, 1S25 and 182(). ; H;f Place of Observation. Penetaiiguishene, Lake 1 tun)n Ajiril Fort WiTllaiii, L.vke Sui)erior May Rainy River. H. B. Co. Fort do Lake of the Woods .June Cumberland House, N. R. Saskatchewan do . . . lie a la Crosse Fort do . . . . Fort Ciiipewyan, Outlet L. Athabasca July.. . . Fort Resolution, Junction Slave River and (Jreat Sla\e Lake do Outlet (i. Slave L. into R. ^Lvckenzie August . . Old Fort Norman, R. Mackenzie. do Old Fort (iood Hope, R. Mackenzie do lH-2(\ Leith Ft., (i. Bear Lake April. . . . Fort Franklin, (t. Bear Lake June . . . . Old Fort Norman on the K. Mackenzie do .'. . . Olti Fort (tood Hoi>e, Lowest Tniding Post T»ly •• . . Near West Outlet of R. Mackenzie do Wist of R. Mackenzie.. \ I Barter Island Augu,st . . Fofifgy Island do . Return Reef do East of M. Mtiekenxie. Cai)e Bathurst July Cape Lyon Pouit Clifton Cape Sir W. Hope C'a|)e Kendall .••■•. Mouth of Copi>er-Mine River do .... August . 11 12 23 1 22 27 11 30 1 7 11 27 1 7 4 8 17 IH 25 1 4 8 8 Longittide Latitude by Variation North. Clirouomett r West. Fast. o / n o 1 It Q 1 II 44 48 42 80 (K» 52 ,50 10 48 23 40 8'.l 10 S 7 17 28 48 3() 18 !I3 28 3.'! 10 42 33 4!t 21 l!l !I4 .'18 10 12 13. SO .53 57 ;« 102 21 40 10 14 21 .55 25 25 107 .54 30 23 10 20 .58 42 38 . Ill 18 20 25 20 37 C.l 10 2(1 113 45 00 2210 (il 30 00 1:18 47 50 ;« 13 21 04 40 38 124 44 47 30 57 52 ()7 28 21 130 51 48 47 28 41 05 40 40 (J5 11 50 04 40 38 07 28 21 08 52 05 70 5 11 70 10 27 70 25 53 70 30 4() ()0 4(; 25 00 13 15 08 58 23 67 .58 2t) ()7 47 50 110 13 53 123 12 44 124 44 47 130.5i;W 130 18 15 143.54 55 147 38 04 148 52 00 127 30 122 50 55 115 18 00 115 30 40 44 54 10 .30 .30 57 52 47 28 41 45 30 04 43 15 12 41 20 tW .52 30 00 48 (K) 00 N. B. — The longitude of Fort William was determined by the Boundary Line CoTuniissioners, after Franklin's departure for England, as being 80 22' -10". New Fort Norman is aljont 23 miles below the ruins of the Old Fort which was on the West side of the Mackenzie. 97 H-1 IIYETAL OR RAIN TABLE. — Dominion op Canada. — Localities. Precipitation Inches of Water. Over the westerly slojie of the CiiHcade AUountaiii and Vancouver Island ( )n eastern slope of Cascade Mountain On westtTii slo]H' of Hocky Moiiiitiiins On eastern dlope of Uocky Mountains Saskatchewan Valley Between Ked-Kiver and the Meridian of KM) degrees of West Longitude I*]ast\vard of Red-Kiver, including Lakes StiiH'rior, Michigan, Hiu'on and Krie In Ontario, East of Hamilton, covering Lake Ontario, Provinces of Quelxc, New Bnuiswick, Prince Edward Island aTul Nova Scotia Port Conger— Lat. 81' 44' Long. 04" 45'. During Greely Exi)edition. 1881-82 1882-83— .S.!)5 to 3. 82 inches, per year 20 2.5 20 15 25 30 3<; ■t 98 H-2. ■QuABTKKLY Avciagc Nuiubor of Days of Rain in the Dominion of Canada and in Nc^vfoundland, and tho Number of Days of Snow in each Mouth dur- ing the Year 18S6. NuinlxT of Days of Rain . I c 32 Ontario ]13 C^iul)fc I !t > s _. 90 Mart Apri 3 1 «•«' 24 )> 8!) 9-4 2-8 1 8-3 9-4 2 !) 88 7 11 2-(i 5 110 13 5-5 3 7 2 5-8 10 5 5-3 4 7 0-7 8 20 2-0 0-0 7 i)-7 12 5-7 s 1-4 S 9 G 1!) !) 0-4 4 5 3 00 2 1-8 5 2(1 4 1-2 1 3-3 5 9 9'7 5 11-3 3 !» 8 !) 7-!» 13 4 3 5-4 4-4! 7-3: 408 .5(1-8 4(1 2 37 3 54 34 4 30 3 181 55 5 I i i! 1' r K! TT'' 99 I Maximum Tliifknoss of Snlt Watoi- Ice nntl of Fresh Water Tee, Observed at various Polar Stations. .Stations. Liititiulo North. Date. Salt Wiitrrlc: IjMelvilU- IhIimkI . 2 Winter Island . 3 Port no\..'ii 4(;iilfof Mootliift., i") ( illlf of l$ootllill., (1 ( Julf of Hootliia. 7 Assistance May. S Walker liiiv . . . , '.» Dealy Island.. . 10 CainiiridL'e May 11 Camden Bay. . . 12 Wellington Channel. l.*? I'ort Kenni'dy 14 Sahine Island 15jFloeberg Beach 161 Discovery Harlx)ur. 17 Di.scovery Harbour. 18 Discovery liarlioiir. Frcxh W'ltcr Ice. 19 Lake Alexandra 20 Lake Alexandra. 21 Igloolili 74 47 (Hill 7:{ i;< (ill .")!» (i'l ,")!l (ill oil 71 4(1 71 X. 74 ."•(i (ill (•:» 70 OS May 17, .Mai'cli 7, .May 4, .\|.ril ;<0, .\pril ;}(l, March ;{] .May 10, .•\pi-il 1, .March 15, May 1, Jinie 1, 1820. 18-_'L>. 1825. 1H:1(I, ih:u . \KV2. 1K,51. 1852. 18.')X. 1K5;<. 18.54. 8144 8144 8144 8140 8140 Gi)21 75 31 iMarch24, 1854.. 72 01 April 11, 18.511.. 74 .'<2 May 21, 1870. . 82 27 May 4, 187(5.. A). HI :M), 187(j. , May 21, 1882. May 1, 1883. March 0, 1882. , May 21, 1883. June, 1823. , ThickneHH in Inches. !K) .55 8(i.5 nil 72 84 111 (i7.5 84 118 8(i 08 74 70 70.2 30.2 50.8 57.8 80 07 00.84 ReniarkH. W. X. side of Melville .Soiuid. N. side of Fox Channel, H. B sidi' of Regent Inlet, side of lioothia Felix, do do do do Cornwallis Island. McrChire Strait. .S. side .Melville Island. X. side I)ease Strait. I'olar >Sea (.'oast. West Mackenzie. Ascenfled 1)V Franklin. Bellot Strait. K. Coast of ( Jreeiiland. Coast of I'olar Sea. HoIm'sou Channel. Lady l''ranklin i5ay. Hall Masin. do do do do of R. W. of W. side Near Discovery Harbour. do do W. side of Fox Channel. H 100 ;i'i" \i Pi HV. 0^ o (M 00 Ol a — 01 £■2 .« (M r. ^ gift = a o © -4-> 03 c O a a 03 a ts III o o jt> .i?ht^ii.»,).i.»,[ ■i(.)Hj It; [[DjAvouy fS :S?? :§ •i|r>tii ii; ipijiini}! HA't!(i JO .i.Miiun>^ HA'll(l Jll .I.K|UIII_<|^ ■•''''•A .»H4 JOJ Above zero. 1 "3 i ■•'""A ^8.»Moq ^^ •is,iiii-l rH 1-1 Cs| 1 > + H- + + + ir? ift ^ lO 1^ ri Ti c t- M M ?! ::8.?::3^'S2.15': oi «! t; "T X — '~ in i-i ^ -Na-fii-i-Hi^^o • 1^ 1— 1 r- 1 1-1 «o 7S^Sgi»SSSJIS^^$ S85f?S'i5?lS§S'-.«3 « n r« lit CI I - -.i O SP * d t-lHl-l n 1— . 5"? I I © CO 1 - f ^ *?* CO ^ t- CO • © X i-. £ CO • iH • *t* M CO ^ s*; I I I © iM © ir; © ©. i.o © rtfo'if^f-s^'i'i-i I I I I + I I I w C^ ?C O C*^ 1^ 5 s X J * ?. 5 1 - ^1 X 1-1 5i CO -^»-l : -f © X © i;5 i« © ©. l-iTt X tt X 1 ^ ^ ifi ; + + h 15 f CO t> ?1 ;s 1?: 1-1 "^ '^ © Jo5?, ti ?i TO •^ © -H lO riin 4- 7 M 1—1 1—1 rt rH i-< X l-X + I 7 ■i|1.io\;h.)1)IHIii!'-j IS !M © © IS -f 1-1 IS n 01 IM iS *?? = isis M o Is?? ■)- I I &^?,'x^^2!:??§S?S???tTV- i."^ CO 1^ rs "8 *:?'■? _' r: nl '.^ n S /J ?J l-X © iS CO T ©Cis©©©-fi©©©o© U,^''-^.^ X IS Ti -r ■ 1— 1 'T .— 1 -1- • 1-1 -^ CO ti I i-l»OI 01 1 © 00 r:T:rHi-i-j^coco Qt -r '*' LS IS ■* ^ IS o iB s 11; li Em -r CO ©M ei c St t5 *• « © •.; X 1 CO IS CO 01 -r .- S : •>r 1" 1-1 >♦• 1 S X 3 3 ^ - :^ i^ IS ?, ?? -r 0) -r TE :-! f- i% i- 5 tS - S £ 1^ 1— t ?! © © l- ^: w ;t '* ^ r-l CO 01 7i ^ 5?5 iS '■r t 01 ?!?i'©- — coco r- 1 01 X •© © 01 -t rt •"+" -11 CO 01 01 -r X © X ti •© IS rr © IS iS •© CO •2 3i ai 5 I - lO 1-1 1-1 IS ■© © = iS © ot 01^1-1 CO I ++ I co~i ^^r>^t^ •r is -r © I'. 1-1 01 01 1" 01 iS 1—1 X 01 iH -r Q 1-011-© © 1-1 1-1 ©" © Ol © -f ^ CO 01 1 i-x © •© rt 1-1 -r II I s ot © ■© © CO •© -r -r is fi (£■3 Sq&h M-lpL| O^ k; « ■£ IS a 5 X It ^|3 73 S o i to a IS § g 00'* « V ^ 28 ^ fe « 1= .- ^ _^ » K, ^ J^ i ^ O o c 3 'J ? =" c4 ' X. ci 'c a io a: a i-M O iM r. a S fe it . -!': o SCO *J -M *J ^ '^ I" I" t" I'rf O C C fci^ to-:: a =; o ■" +J 4J -p (.< k. Th OhPhOm ^ c4 O » .'E^ a o u *j _) 3 ^ - '2 -^ S ~ i- 3t 5 ■£ ■£ 1 Eo3 3 ^1s iHWco-* lO 5et» GO a»©i-iiMeoiiio©i^x© ©i-iiMeoiiio©i^x©©i-ioicO"»<«5spt-gp© r-lrHrHi-li-lr-li-li-lrHi-l«NlN050Q*505en mi-WTF- teflijR 3?135S «5 f Oi I". 3!«!232 -■■SfT? w !55^5?5?{i? ??. ©OOXSOIOO 3i eo Ill' + 1 1 1 1 t-ooinoooN idn i^05e<5X©i-<.-iSiO.-i + + -f- + + + + + + I CC O O O O CO ^ W ?5 S ^ iC S ' ll« l^- <^ v^ T* ^J* ^* ^^ 5B -^ •. 2 22 2 ^ 2 fe ^ T' ^T ^' ^r **i 73 © f !t I- «0 T-H © © »^ ifi JO a: 0.232 v»^ li c4 a cpQ jj 1. P S^ c o c 5 > 3.= i*M.SP^ S 'CtJ [ij g^^ II E^^ I" ,.•'•■ u 1-5 »-S 'i OH^ «8 o wweoecwweisMeoM s. o bo J* ©35 1- •HH ' ^ sasa M 'li a ~. 33-r ^i-*i 1-3 0- to V^^ ■*lri-S OM fc. o a *i '» ' -2 in 1 5 S C "<-i .. CM CO ^ t- IT -* (N W- 1 "T Sn ■—If"* So 't: ^ i" i-rtc«j,©^^^3o ,<-' a -5 « 2 ,, ,r-i 3 P-e t-; ^ Oi «- S ? ;^Th3 •so;?; 0) c.« •HOPh — ^ X i! if J3 «• e X O fc* ^ a " " O J 3.3 ;-s g ® X ^ t ■£ ■£ s,c^ aj c o c a:EHH;2;f^^pH I P3 iH^ k 102 K RIVKU YUKON AND MACKKNZIK KIVKll KKCJIONS. 18S7-188S. ma(;nkti(' oushkvations. Place. Date. Yukon Hi fiion : — ] 1887. Lake Lviidciiiiui Tuuf 25 Marxli liiiki- Jidy 17 ( 'ai'ion do 24 Lewes River Aug h'ort Selkirk do White River do Stewart Kiver. . . Forty-Mile Uiver Boundnrv •lo ^ do I'orcupine River. . (hi LaPierres House . do Sept. Latitude. .59 47 1 00 21 60 42 62 04 62 47 63 11 (13 22 64 25 TiOiigitude. Mnckvv'Jf Reijion : — Mel'herson ( iood Hope Noriiian Mackenzie Hiver . . Simpson Ke.solution Cliipewyaii do " do 1888. •Ian. 3 Feb. (h> May do June ii ■ 28. It;. 20. 7. 64 41 (» 64 410 04 41 iiTt 43 (» 65 43 (» 67 23 do July do Aug. do Se]>t. Nov. do do 67 2 15 30 15 24 14 .32 13 08 58° 43' H. M. 15 .34 17 31 ; 18 44 18 36 16 1(> 13 52 61° 52' H. M. 16 05 18 39 19 14 19 02 Ki .56 14 08 67° 2(>' H. M. 17 30 24 (X) 24 00 24 00 lit 24 14 44 Hours sunlight in May do June Hours. 45() 4()2 404 423 Hours. .514 549 .530 467 Hours. 538 570 5.58 481 Hours. 592 662 625 519 Hours. 706 720 do July do August 684 527 Totals 1,805 2,060 2,147 2,398 2,637 I ''f 108 M FRAXFvLfX'S SKCOXD FA^I'KDITIOX. 1825, 182»; and 1827. Magnetic L'ole. Tho position of the .\[ii<:;netic Tokens conipiito8^ 31' west, whicii is l)etw('en Port IJowen and Fort Franklin, the former being situated in lat. 73^ 14' north, long. 88 5t' west, and tin; latter in lat. 05' 12' north, and long. 123 12'west.^ Bu' ^ N TXTFRXATrOXAL CIR(nJ^[POLAR STATFOXS. Established in 1882-1883. \ Government . Station. Latitude. \ Lonffitude. Chief. Austria-Hungary Jan Mayen , 1 )enmark (twlthaab .... Finland Sddankyla France Oranj,'*- Hav, Cape Horn Uerniany Kinj^awa 1' lord, Cunil)erland Sound ' (Jermany Koyal Bay, S. (ieorgiau, Ishuul.'s (treat Britain and | Canada Ft. Rae, Head N. K. Bmnch' of ( Jreat Slave Lake j Holland .■ DicksuMliaven ■ Norway Bo.ssfkop ! Kus.sia Lena Delta. Russia NovaZenil)la, KarnialukeBay Sweden Spitzltergen United States United States Denmark . Point Barrow. ...-.., Lady Franklin Bay. Kara Sea (About 70 o!) N.I S 2S \V. Lieut. Kmil von-Wohlge- I iniitli. ('.4 n X. !")! 41 W. A.sst. A. F. W. Faulst-n. (IT I'i N. 2ti »; F. .V:Jst. F. Biesf. .53 31 S. 70 21 W. Lieut. Courcelle-Seneuil. Cli 3(> N.! 07 14 W. Dr. \V. (iie.se. i .•)3 31 S. 30 5\V.!Dr. C. SchriMler. 02 .S!) N. 115 44 W. Capt. H. V. Dawson, K.A. 73 m N. HI K. Dr. M. Sn.'ll.n. OO ;")(( N. 23 F. .Vsst. .\. S. Stccn. *73 N. 124 40 F. Lieut. .lUrgfiis. *72 30 N. .53 F. Lieut Andr.-j.'w. . 7S 2S N. 15 45 F. Candidate N. Fkliolm. 71 IH N. 1,50 24 W. Lieut. P. H. Kav, Htli Inf. 81 44 N. 04 45 W. Lieut. A. W. (ireely, 5th Cav. 71 N. t)4 F. Lieut. A. P. Havgaard. *Fstiniate(l. ■r IS' F»A.RT V. lSr^TUEA.L RESOURCES. PRODUCTS AND TRADE, &e. f: !;l 106 IMPORTS OF COAL INTO THE DOMINION I>[JRING 1885-86-87-88. PiK)vince8. Ontario C^uebec Nova Scotia New lininswick Manitoba British Columbia Prince Edward Island . 1885. Tons. I,4!t2,4r)!» 3">r),ir)8 45,500 IL'.L'OO 870 i,',mo Total 1,!»33,()!)3 1880. 1887 1888. Tons. 1,587,372 344,150 20,04(5 43,7()7 3,4!»7 ()15 1,783 Tons. 2,180,35(5 413,370 23,040 3(),43.'j 1,834 777 2,073 Tons. 2,0! 1(5, 512 431,017 24,340 55,789 2,81(5 355 2,518 2,001,230 .',(558,485 ' 2,613,353 COAL PRODUCTION OF THE PRINCIPAL COUxVTRIES OF THE WORLD. For the mo&t part in 1887. Country. (ireat Britain United States Germany France Austria and Hungary Belgiun) Russia . Australia Canada Country. 1887 1887 188(5 1887 188(5 1887 1880 188(5 1887 Ton.s. 1(52,110,812 110,04!t,(!04 73,(537, 50(5 L'1,402,!I4!I 20,77!t,441 13,21(5,031 4,(5.50,000 2,830,175 2,3(58,81)0 Sjiain India, Bengid 188(5 .Iai>an New Zealand Italy Sweden Borneo Other countries Total 1 Year. Quantity. Tons. ' 188(5 1,000,000 188(5 051,001 ' 1884 !KIO,000 188(5 534,353 1880 314,145 1885 2(54,000 ( 1884 .5,8(5(5 ( 1887 5,000,000. 432,023,8(53 The following table shows the coal produced by the principal countries of the world, for tlic most part in 1888: — Country. Year. ( (Quantity. Great Britain United States (iermany France Austria and Hungary . Belgium Rui-sia Australia Canada Spain Italy Sweden Other coiintries Total. Tons. 160,035,219 126,819,406 81,8(53,811 22,951,940. 20,779,441 19,185,181 4,(550,000 2,830,175 2.(558,134 977,5.59 243,325 300,000 10,00,03() 413,3(i0 548,017 3,034,083 Total. Tons. 1,0.58,440 084,005 033,803 1,002, .305 1,034,081 1,123,803 1,424,(J35 1,487.182 1,811,708 1,8(m;,250 1.050,OMO 1,870,470 2,000,500 2,284,t;08 2,.537,28() 23,328,305 Pnovixcics. Value. British Colunihia Manitoba and North-West Territories New Brunswick Nova Scotia Ontario Prince Jklward Island C^uebec Home consumption— Ksti mated at Total production, exclusive of the catcl) by foreign fishermen . .3,348,(m;7 107,070 3,007,030 0,340,722 ],0(>3,122 880.430 1.870,107 17,055,250 13,4(M),000 31,0.55,25f; N.B. — The alH)ve rejjresents the " catch " from less tiian half of the Canadian tish<^ries, which are yet partly developed, esiiecially in British Columbia on the I'aciKc Coast, where the Fisheries are very valuable and e.xtensive. f^ 108 a 1 1 ^ 5 S^SlSiSSS'^ r ■^ a 8 c 91,352 19,112 63,522 23,615 93,933 16.610 62,707 33,i)09 ' iM < — •O ^.5| 1- * 1 i 'I' s; r-iwinoo i-o «^" ^-^si % §• H 5 r^ Oi Ih 'a .OS "S « i, M w o^^ 3, o, I - 2? W CC -^ itj 1-c Oi IS ec • §8 "^ 05s V 50O WRI-t^l-iO ^ 3-. rH 3C ^ r* ?-< to, 2 g?5 3B ■JM ^ • ^=1 2 ^ CO CJrHCO 1 «-^ iH ^ 00 00 iH o OS S . 1 33 i, , K 41 8 t^ -^ M ^ -^ X >-< » Q C W S t ■^ ■* I- 1- 1-1 ^^^ c< ^1^" K rH r^ 03 1 M IS -O S-. OC O M l^ ■* t^ S ;* 1-- X -p s t-it-XtMNrtt^ ^§1 N IN -3 I- .S T^ IS X -r ^ a -4^ m -«5 ■< 1 H ^ 03 W ! r: g - £ « O Id l^ IS C<5 « IS M C t- X h i-^ o !i< "< H ^ PI M ^'cT't M N O'l^ a £ ^ : ao-^'t. © X rH ,-1 a: c: sv a 3 s o J « c (M t« " ■*■ W'*r4' IS T- a 1 1" e-i LS iM r^ 'i es p . — -iS § i^ ."S 5 Ph 1 H i O X , ;^ o hi ;> o ( -♦■ 4- c i i 1 • ' SR f-^ g 1 1. a E- i > "c rth-West T vv Brunswic va Scotia. . is • ■E.<* a; c'E = 1 p: ;5 Y^ A V- •^ (X ■— ' J 109 GOLD TRODUCTION IN CAXABA, 18<;2 TO 1888, TXCLUSIVE. Year. BritiHli Columbia. Nova Scotia. Quebec. North West Turritories, including Yukon District. Ontario. Total. 18(12.. 1 4,24(i,2G(i 3,735,8.50 3,4!tl,205 2,(102, IOC. 2,48(1,808 2,372,072 1,774,078 1,.'{30,!).5<) $ / 141,871 1 272,448 300,340 400,357 401,401 532,.5(;3 400,555 348,427 :W7,302 9 9 9 1 4,6(i0,.585 18(;3 18(i4 m'M 18(i(). 4,]2(:,109 3,987,.')(12 3 153 507 18(;7 18r(8 3,013,431 2, 773,. 527 18(i!l 1870 2,123,405 1,724,348 1871 1.700.440 374,072 255,340 2,174,412 1872 I.(;i0.".)72 1,8(1(;,.321 1873 1,;<05,740 231,122 178,244 218,ti20 2.3.3, .585 320 205 245,2.53 208,328 257,823 1,5.30,871 1874 l,844.(il8 2,474,004 1,78(;,()48 1,008,182 l,275,2(i4 1,2!M),058 1,01.3.827 l,(t4(i,737 054,085 2,022, 802 1875. . ... 2,003 i<^i 187fi 1877 ... 12,057' 17,!I37 .32,972 .3:^.174 2,020,2.33 1,040,444 1878 187!) 1880 i,r);w,.304 1,591,358 1,304,824 18H1 , 200,7.55 5(i.(i(11 1,313,1.53 1882 275,0! K) 301,207 17,003 1 240 2()8 1883. 704,252 73(!.1(i5 17 787 1,113,240 1884. . . . 31.3,554 a; 720 4.32,071 2.V>0 1,058,4.30 1S85 ■ 713, 7;W 1,148,829 188(;. 003, ()51 455,5(54 413,(i31 430,939 .3,081 1,004 3,740 l,3(i.3,19() 1887 r.<)4.5,5!) 2,472,973 1888 610.731 62,100 6,700 1,12(5,210 Total 44,570,721 8,892,(575 207,846 62,100 (;,7(Hj .55,103,220 MINERALS. Canada's Mineral Products, 1880. Antimony Asl)esto.s Bricks liuilding stone. Cement Cluik'coal Coal Coke Cojjper . . . Fedspnr. . . Fertilizers Fire-clay Flag-stones. . . . (ilass (Jokl (iraiiite (iraphite (irindstone.s. . . . (iyiwum Iron 1, 5, Iron ore Lead Lime Limestone, for flux . 1, 1, 424, 252, 809, (59, 83, 570, 15.5, 855, 5, 26, 4, 1, 150, 11(5, 78, 1, 30, 193, 210, 151, 5, 2(55, 21, 100 350 (5(57 105 790 573 742 043 424 100 (S0<> 800 4(K) 000 145 624 (530 063 658 062 640 863 215,892 15,740,418 7,218,290' 1,290,180 210,928*34,895,503 24,093,953; 17,192,149! 4,899,088 882,875! 84,140,2.59 * Add coin and bullion exiiorted to (ireat Britain do do United States * Add estimated anioinit short returned at inhiud jwrts and e.\j)orted to United States ... X Add estimated amount short returned to inland ports and exported to United States J Add coin and bullion exixjrted to the United States 17,0751 1,949,270 -, .3(51,7511 2,708,901 11,905 "2,328,102 J2, 720, 80(5 89,189,107 TRADE, ETC. Period. Impohts. Exports. Plhi.ic Dkbt. Value Total Value. Entered for Con- Total Value. Gross Debt. Assets. Net Debt. sumption. 1 i « . $ « •*< •S Year ended 30th June, 18(58. . 73,459,(544 71,9^5,300 57,5(57,888 9(5,890,(5(50 21,139,5.31 75,757,135 do do 18(59.. 70,415,1(55 (57,402,170 (50,474,781 1]2,.3(51,998 3(5,.5()2,(579 75,859,319 do do 1870.. 74,814,339 71,237,(503 73,573,490 115,993,70(5 .37,783,9(54 78,209,742 do do 1871.. 90,092,971 8(5,947,482 74,173,(518 115,492,(582 37,78(5,1(55 77,700,517 do do 1872.. 111,430,527 107,709,110 82,(5.39,(503 122,400,179 40,21S,107 82,187,072 do do 1873.. 128,011,281 127,51 4,594 89,78i),922 129,743,4.32 29,8i)4,970 99,848,4(52 do do 1874.. 128,213,582 127,404,1(59 89,351,928 141,1(53,551 32,838,58(5 108,324,9(55 do do 1875.. 123,070,283 11!»,018,057 77,880,979 151,(5(53,401 35,(555,023 11(),(M»8,.378 do do 1870,. 93,210,340 94,733,218 80,9(5(5,4.35 101,204,(587 3(5,(553,173 124,551.514 do do 1877 . . 99,327,902 9(5.300,483 75,875,393 174,(575,834 41,440,525 133,235,309 do do 1878.. 9.3,081,787 91, 199, .577 79,.32.3,(5(57 174,9.57,2(58 34,595,199 140,302,009 do do 1879.. 81,9(54,427 80, .341, (508 71,491,255 179,48.3,871 3(5,493,(583 142,990,188 do do 1880. . 8(5,489,747 71,782,.349 87,911,458 194,(534,440 42,182,852 152,4.51,.588 do do 1881 . . 105,330,840 91,(511,(504 98,290,823 199,801, .537 44,4(5.5,7.57 1.55,395,780 do do 1882.. 119,419,500 112,(548,927 102,137,203 205,3(55,251 51,70.3,(501 1.53,(5(51,(550 do do 1883.. 1.32,254,022 12.3,1.37,01 s 23,72(),783 (l,88r>,7.'W 2,220,r)0.3 3,()42,r)r)7 2,30(),280 23,071,351 Kxcisf* . . . , 7,()Ol,42(! I'ust OHice 2,357,388 l'iil)lic Works .3,800,110 2,131,003 jVlisCt'lllUH'OUH Totals 3r),!K)8,4(J3 38,782,870 30,8(11, 3(i8 .30,8(11, 3(18 35,8,57,130 Kxpt'iiditurt' Surplus 1 4,004,238 1 NoTK. — Vox- fuller iuforniatimi rt'spcotiuK' the prothictM and trade, etc., of Canada, herein given, see the " Stati»ticitl Yciir Jiookn of f W)i,(((/((," eoin|iMed by S. C. 1). Roper, for the Department of Agriculture, at Ottawa, 7. KIT!!. 1(581 . 1(185. 1(J88 1602. 16!)5. 1608, 1706. 1710. 1720. 1721. 1734. 1765. AriH'iitH Tiiider Cultur»'. 11,448 21,!MK) 24,827 24,7!M> 28,(563 2(5,(5(50 28,110 32,524 43,(571 (53,032 (51,357 (52,145 163,111 Arj)fntH in PaHture. Whi'iit. < )lltH. 2,(542 3,505 5,150 8,018 10,132 12,203 17,657 HuHh. < )th.'r (trftiiiM. 100,071 80,762 120,154 l()O,078 2.'54,5(5(5 134, J30 282,700 737,802 13,810 1.3,0.-.5 21,707 28,554 (1) 1(5,807 (2) 27,200 (3) 33,552 50, H(; (4) 52,805 (52,053 (5) .55,400 (54,035 (6) (50,100 163,088 (7) 72,234 HofHOH, Horiiwl Cattle. Slu't'i). 3,107 86 i45 6,083 710 04 (5.808 572 15(5 7,474 787 218 7,710 l.(Mil 41 '0 7,45(1 0O3 580 0,181 018 (584 10,200 004 1,872 14,101 1,820 : 4,024 18,241 8.435 5,270 24,8(5(5 12,175 5,(503 23,388 13,823 5,05rn, 4,150 bush. ; jieas, 55,331. Not including 67,264 lbs. of flax and l,4181bs. of hemp. ((). ) Including 4,585 bush, of barley, .57,4(MJ bush, of peas and 205 bush, of corn. Not including 54,6.50 lbs. of tlax, 48,038 lbs. of tobacco and 2", 1(K) lbs. of hemp. (7.) Including 3,4(52 bush, of barley, (53,540 bush, of iwas, 5,223 bush, of corn. Not including 02,246 Ibd. of flax, 2,221 lbs. of hemp and 1(5(5,0.54 lbs. of tobacco. New France, \n 1765 comprised me three districts of Quebec, Three Rivers and Montreal, containing, on the north shore of the St. Lawrence, from Ile-aux-Coudres up to Cedars 58 parishes, and on the south side, from La- Prairie down to Gasp4 58 parishes. After 1765 the name of New France was changed to that of the " Province of Quebec." In 1791 it was changed, to Lower Canada. In 1841 to Canada East and in 1867 the old name of the " Province of Quebec " was restored. NoTK.— For further details, see Part IV. 8J 116 ' si; > o 00 a o o O w o -i W 8 02 Cm bX3 I T^ o m TT ITT iR 2' S g S I I 5f 3 S J3.S r 2 - M d 6 s ■« I' V >l J= « £ SQ 1/ I PQ 4J X 3 PQ 2 j» i i ft "JS ^ s I M I- (- te S I- » {-1 e sc "y o 'CI* ^1 ^1 X 00 7. I- 0\ X 1-1 §8 iM M ■f? * i s I; 5 £f S fr5 S3 §5 -^?3 -I i »« S SB 117 PROVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA. Called AciKliu by the Frciidi ; tVoia 1710 to 1708 it comprirtcd only the Peninsula. From 176.'J it included IK; St. -Jean (Prince Pidward Island) ; Cape Breton (lle-R(»yale) and N'l'W IJrunswick, till 1784. In 1819 Cape Breton wan reunited to Nova Seotia. We luivi! already mentioned the foundation of Port Royal, Acadia, in IMOo, its desertion in 1607, its reoecupation in 1610 and its deHtruction by Ar^all in 1618, durin<^ a time of peace between France and En<.(land. The follow- in«( century was marke i,!no 1,314 1,7!I0 008 ' 1,1(54 110 740 1,173 3(5 nm 101(5 10!(8 1701 73" ■ .301 iKniltry. 1,(510 fruit trees. 118 3. I- (M SI %■ m \t # I O o l> o O o H- 1 i T. O as ::3 O I— I X So 1-1 -r IN 5 c 3 e-f S^ 5 ^' §§ £ X 00 IM 00 00 o o 3; X S -S3 o PQ (4 i, 3 P3 3 in ci eo r-H §5 o C5 s §S 00 1-1 IM in IM 1—1 O « - E QJ 1; 3 © 171 54 CS 00 tH f5 o S3 X I- CI -r rt t- m § o - -E o I % a i § i •E PQ c o Q O ;?5 {2 S 119 M 'fl QO w op 3 ^ d I— ( ( O "M M I- 5 3 1-1 *» s 3C 1-^ S ?i C^l •r * ?1 fH * 1-H « r-i rH \ ^ 'f" t^ 15 3 ;S S ?i ^ : CO 5 c t— ' J«^ 'T H ?» cc s z^ I Is Ml I I 5 I" -^3 S « I fc 3 CD O IM 1< § S A O ^ 3 iSt X s s 120 'i ■7,, _ ■ ♦ ^': r. i QO ^ ■*^ ■:? s.s 53 y .s ■n 00.2 ^ Q O O 5 I— I O O ^ s ^§ o ^ I s *« o o O i^ ^- CO f-> S 1-1 -r ^ o IM "T O r-l » g§ fe 2 l^ TO 1-H C o o o 13 i I- o X 5 J3 5 i2 iS O t^ © « O l- (S i-i ■* « M » 1^ s iM iC CO l~ 1— I- e<5 •XnH •s^ooa Ja^o m ■sfOTiiBijoj; •UJOQ 01 PQ 01 PQ ViJiJ W •5H-it[A\>[aug ■*'B''4A\ PQ •pfHUAIi[UOU|"J^ 55 5H t-T X CO I- eo 1ft el i X IN 5S ,':3 X CO © © . 1— I • 10 ^ tg "S iti i 3 1 X O CO o2 3 S " o X ; ^ ^ P ' •uoi4BM,ino I ^^ ^- ;v V. .^- .lapiiil «rtaov I g g [:: 5S S I !2 I- i"r [^ S 5; ?5 o ^ ■ff »s__ ^ CO '^ '^ 15 i-H i-H m irt I- X i~ 1-. l-H o' X I- s co" 2 f S ^ * M CO X X X X X s? — W X <-' 5 3 S !2 121 PROVINCE OF MANITOBA. (Called Assiniboia till 1870.) Year. Lands Under CUL- Ca'itlk. TIVATION. AcreH. HorHcs. Horned Cattle. Sheep. Swine. 1831 1834 2,152 3,230 3,862i 4,041 5,003 5,380 6,392 8,806 410 630 1,113 1,292 1,570 2,360 2,085 2,681 2,953 5,003 5,340 5,915 6,201 6,217 6,014 9,615 362 2,053 1838 1840 1843 1846 1849 1856 457 1,897 3,.567 4,223 - 3,09(i 2,245 1,698 2,149 1,976 3,800 1,5()5 4,92<.) PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA. (Previously called New Caledonia — British Columbia, 1868-1871.) The returns of stock and crops published in 1870 cannot be relied on ; they being evidently erroneous. The mines were the great attractions. =^^ * CenHUs 1871. PROVINCE OF PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. (Called Ile-St.-Jean.) In 1763 annexed to Nova Scotia and separated in 1770. The name changed to Prince Edward Island in 1798-1800. Year. / Acres Cultnvated. 118,417 445,103 Acres Occupied. Horaes. Horned Cattle. Sheep. Swine. 18til 30(),055 1,018,240 5,8(K) 25,.329 18,9.51 62,984 .3:^,3.58 147,364 10,9(J2 52,514 1871.... 122 1,. 111 ;.t^ hi*. o pa m 3 e3 c3 #-^ O o o • P-H a • r-l a o p rd -M «4-l O CQ M H CQ 1^ <1 & t> t-< fH O <1 pi o Is S f CO 3 S i^ CO co- in i eo' 5>i a. 00 to I- rl £ ?8 e3 iS Clj 3 .-I •+ so «■! 0\ i-T rn" i OC 3C >-l I- -. o S 12 I i § ^' I- csococcxporsi- 3 1^ 5! rl iS 5l o ift I »»■ •— S-i l~ 1< CO I r- r-T rH 1-. cf cT ■^ 'p CC CO S X 0_ "0^ CO pq © I- ill i-T •if in" 15- s i '^ '^ a: c!5 ?2 ?g X Tp p C5 i-< i-l fi --T r-. j5 N t-i r-. ?i o I- CO -" s 93 cT t- co- pa ! §0 5J i- l^ Ci 00 __ 01_ I- C5^ "t S «5 eo & ?; X in iM CO ?■ © CI 2^ rH ^ it p; •S T. » 5% S 5 g rH r-l © i-l j-f irT CO cF C: © i-i 10 N ~ © t^ X © £] ifl C-. 1-1 1-1 X r: -T^^. .-I IS CO -r © rH r-T 1 5 cf CO r-- -if CO- ©. -f CO CM © M X CO© . 4S J= m t -4H •E ;«5 PP 1 123 6 -r c- 1 II t- -^ .-1 X 1?: g 'S iS ^ Iz ^ 2 fj 11 i< 1- : s ? i g' l^ s S? i; ^ 1- ?! r- ^ s ■ ri 1 ^ t = i X i 1 i ^ ?l i 1 s 1 i 1 :5 »* « 1' ri ^ i <£ V : 1 X u; tH ^ cc .-T w i_i 1: 05 (J- ? 5^ ^ ? " g' ^' ? ^' 1/ T— im" n 1 -^ • S <*J 1 ij r^ 1- c- ec' X CM ifi {; '1 — © 5 1 X B K 2j i^ ^ ^ i^ \r. 53 S f— ^ n ^- ^' 1 ^ i 1 i " « f :? " 5 i i? 0" rH ii . 1 > •/! 5 ^ ■-1 3 i s I- r* ^ • 1 s i 1 o I— ' x' ■r. cf l- " I i 1- IT 1 i o 1 C • r-t J? T i c ^ P ^ i^ i i i 1 rj r ^ . i -t I- 1- a 1 1 ?. £ 52 oe " ' s^" ^" 1 ^ s^ C f 1-H IS o 1^ 3 W^ T P ;£ 5b 5*5 -r -' ^ e<4 1 <^ p P5 pq 'S- ' b^' o- eo ^~ r- ^ O 1 1:? 3 3. 1 1 % i S s ^ 1— . 1 i 1 i^ 1 " 5 ; 1 1 s4" X 5^ '1 X 0- I- CO IS 5 (i; « I- X '^ t? x' 1-H — I- Is 1 -J o 3 12 , i i "' "i '" i i IN ec i 1 i-H 1 1 iS r^ ' Us t X t~ ec C<5 i-H g *— — — •t c r =2 OQ o t; I- ^ -t s- I- cc trt tr cc <^ »— 1 00 1-H ^ 1 _c f-' T i 3 i §? ^ X I- X 55 ■3 -r - o5_ - « •-" cT i-T ■* " X " c. W x" ' =5 J5 i^ ? X 1— 1H iM -t- T- 0" T-< ^^ rH 1 X t^ ^ ■ 2 > ^H I-I "l tN & 3g : t -2 o rH r1 ,M "2 i 'i rt 1 '? ci s •^ 1 1 1 •;3 > e2 1 IJ c M is 1 > i 1 •5 j: ) H o c ' ^ ;! a 3" I ^1 ■£ rt ^ 1 |4i^ i* v r 124 Comparative yield of Wheat and Potatoes in bushels, per acre, in Canada. I' Provinok. 1851. IWJl. 1871. 1881. 1888. Wheat. Po- tatoes. Wheat. Po- tatoes. Wheat. Po- tatoes. Wheat. Po- tat(H^s. Wheat. Po- tatoes. Ontario ■Quebec 15-8 7 4 03-7 00-4 17-7 10-8 111-0 107-5 10- 4 8-3 10-8 11-7 08- 1 140 it 137 105-7 14-C) i)-(l 12 7 11 7 130 20-1 21-2 21-8 104 1 104 1 i:i5-5 122 5 154 1291 110 1 141-7 (average 188;; SO. ) 18-0 118-7 New Brunswick Nova Scotia . . . Prince P](lward Island Manitoba (average 1883-87.) 20 (1884.) 21 1!I2 N o r t h - W e 8 t Territories . . . . 202 -J» British Colum- bia 1 Owing to the want of statistics, the average yield per acre can only be furnished in a few instances. The want of detail prevents the supplying of information touching the ratio existing between the quantities sown and reaped, &c. Table showing the yield of Wheat per acre in the Wheat-producing Countries of the World publishing returns. Countrie.i "V'ear. Yield. England ' 1885 ! Holland , 1871-1880 | Norway Average. \ i Denmark 1870-1881 Belgium ; 1878-1882 Sweden | 1878-1881 Germany j 1878-1882 Average. France 1874-1883 Austria . Sixain. . 1870 188") I Bushels. 30-8 24 7 24 3 24-2 23 19-8 18-2 10-4 15-5 15 4 Covmtries. Egypt 1871 Canada 1881 Greece 180/ United States 1878-1882 Italy : 1875-1880 Hungary | 1870-1880 Australia | 1878-1882 British Indies I 1884 Year. Yield, Russia . . Portugal Average. Bushels. 15 2 13 7 13 11 D 11 8 11-3 10-7 9-3 8-1 8 V Estimated wheat production of the world in 1889 — 2,041,075,627 bushels. 125 The average yield of wheat per acre in some of the principal wheat-producing countries is given below : — Country. Year. Yield ; jH'r acre. Country. Year. Yield l)er acre. Cirpat Britain 1889 1887 1888 1888 1888 1887 1888 1888 Bush. 1 2!t-8<» 17 (>r) lie 24 i 18 18 19-47 ; 8 !M; ; 9-21 10 80 ■ New South Wales 1889 Buah. 1.3 9.3 AuHtria Hungary France Victoria South Australia QueenHlai'id Mean of 16 years. 11 35 7-78 tO'.^li (iermany RuHHia Western Australia Tasinaiiia 11.71 18 • 31 India New .'"Zealand 2<)04 United States Canada * 18>«-S7 18-78 •Ontario and Manitoba. CANADA'S TRADE AND CONSUMPTION OF WHEAT. Bushels. The crop of 1881 was 32,350,269 The importations were 8,522,724 Total 40,872,993 To be deducted (for sowing) 4,141,120 "I -^ _^- ^„. And the exportations 11,600,054 j ^^' '*^' ^ '* Balance (home couGumption) 25,131,819 Canadian population, 1881, 4,324,810 ; consumption per head, 5*82 bushels, or 349 lbs. for the year. Table showing the production of Cereals — Wheat, Barley, Oats, Corn, Bnck- wheat and Rye, in the countries having agricultural statistics, according to the rank they occupy. Average 1881 to 1887. Countries. Production (in Bushels). 1 . United States | 2,720,(i24,(M)O 2. Russia I 1,7<)0,(K)0,(MK) 3. France i 8.S(),00(),OIK) 4. (Wnianv j 7.37, <>0(», 000 n. United Kingdom I .338,500,000 (). Hungary , 318,215,000 7. Austria ! .310,500,000 H Italy i 273,737,000 9. Canada 1.3(),000,000 10. Denmark 75,525,00 273,020,120 ior),ooo,o,000 14,187,50(t 8,512,.500 3, 819,080 10,802,5(M) 14,187,5CK) 47,588,101 2,153,049,403 * These are exiJorting countries which have a surplus of wheat. 127 » ) L 1) I) I) iO rt) Kt '5 )0 m M IX) 12 50 100 .00 .00 1)80 iOO )(Kt ttJl m NORTHERN LIMITS OF TRODUCTION OF CEREALS, ETC. Canada and Europe, etc. Ij(»t'alitit'« Latit»uU)H North Aldnkit, United States, Fort Yukon, atJuiietiouof Yukon an() Porcupine Rivt-rs, at iilH.utj 1,;<0() miles north-oaatward from Behring Sea. Cdnmlfi. New Fort Oood Hoi>(', on tln^ Mackcnzif Hiver, 120 niil«'s mnitliof OldFort, al)()\itH10mil«'M soutli of nioutli of the Macken- zie, on Polar (Jcean. Fort Xorniaii, on the Mackenzie, 170 miles south of New Fort (4oo(l Hope, 314 miles north of Fort iSimpHon. Fort Simjison, an island at jimc- tion of Mackenzie and Liard River, 793 miles south from mouth of the Mackenzie. Fort Providence, 4(1 i^iiles Ih-Iow (ireat Slave Lake, 1(J7 miles be- low Fort Resolution, 15S miles above Fort Simpson. Fort Chiijewyan, at lower or west end of Lake Athabasca, . 30(i miles aVK)ve Fort Resolution, 104 miles below Fort McMurray. Fort Liard or Halket, 20.") miles alxive FortSim])Hon, at junction of Rivers Liard and Mackenzie. Fort Dunvegan, on the Peace River branch (jf the River Mac- kenzie, (504 miles soutli west from Fort Chipewyan, Lake Atha- basca, 135 miles east of Rocky Mountain Portage. Kdmonton, on the North Saskat- chewan, 190 miles north of Cal- gary. 00 37 00 10 o 04 rA 18 01 52 (!1 30 58 42 38 50 56 08 : 118 13 Agricultural Products. tK> 145 20 Harley is grown at this station, together with various cereals, fruits etc. Russian records give {'>'f7' for July, 00' for August and 50"7^ for the mean of .luiie, .Tiily, August temper- ature. Klevation above the sea, 412 feet ; this was pn.bably taken by Capt. C. W. Ravinond, of U. S. C. of Plngineers, in 1800. 128 31 Turmi.s, onions, lettuce and jHitatoes the size of large liens' eggs. Ten kegs of 10 gallons give 25 kegs of same capacity. Mean tem- perature of July at Old Fort, -f .55-80^. 125 43 Barley, iH.tatoes, turiiiiis and other vegetables. Mean summer temperature, -t-.")0'87°. The Macikenzie at Fort Norman, 150 feet above Polar Sea. 121 25 12 Wheat, barley, jxitatoes, turnips, onions, let- tuce etc. Barley rii)ens 12 to 20 August. Wheat sometimes succeeds. Mean summer temperature, 4 .'".5'37". Klevation of river alKjve Polar Ocean, 241 feet. 117 12 Wheat, barley, iiotat(H's, turnij.s, onions, let- tuce etc. Barley is a sure crop. Sixty kegs of jXitatoes gave 1,400. ^[eaii August tem- i)erature, +43'00 . Klev.ation of (ireat Slave jake alM.ve I'olar Ocean, 301 feet. Ill 18 20 Wheat (W to 09 lbs. i.er biishel w(.n prize at the last Centennial Fxhibition. Barley and all sorts of vegetables. Mean summer tem- jHirature, -f53".'}7. Rain .")2 days. Snow ()7 days. Klevation of lake al^ive Polar Ocean, about 000 feet. 123 40 Wheat, barley, rye, oats, Indian com, potatoes, turnijis and other vegetables put in the ground towards lOtli May, are generally matm'e towards end of August. Flowers blossom first week of ^[ay. Wheat is a sure crop 4 years out of 5. Climate similar to that of Manitoba, but imi)rove(l by Chinook winds. Frost ))t>netrates ground alH)ut4 feet. River freezes over alwut middle of October. Wheat, barley, i)ease, corn and iK.tat(.es have Vieen raised here for abt)Ut 100 years, and have seldoni failed. Fifty lbs. of wheat sown 10th Ajtril gave 27 bushels 27th August ; 15 lbs. Kgyptian barley sown 18tli A[)riT yielded 15 bushels threshed of 00 lbs. t)er \)ushel. Squashes, beets, carrots, cauliflowers, cab- bages, onion' ■, beans, lettuce, cucumbers and turnips are abundant. (See Ogilvie's Rep. 1880). Mean summer temi)t'rature, +.52 ■.5"'. Mean yearly tem|)erature, +28 8". Klevation of Peace River abi>ve Polar Ocean at this Fort, [irobably 1,000 feet. Red Fife and Club wheat besides other grain and a varieU' of vegetables are grown suc- cessfully. Ladoga wheat would ripen two weeks earlier. Hif[hest summer temperature, + 88 • 0°. Lowest winter temjjerature, — 57 ' 0". Klevation of Saskatchewan above Atlantic, 2,253 feet. 113 30 128 ^$- NORTHERN LIMITS OF PRODUCTION OF CEREALS, ETC.— Con. Canada and Europe, etc. Lticalitit'M. CiiiMiUt — Con. Ctmil)('vliui(l HouHe, on «(iutli h\(\v. of Pint- Lake, n|K)n north wido of tlit^ Nortli HaHkiitclifwan, (>!MI niilfH sonthwt'st from York Factory, travelled distance i)er Franklin^ 425 niileH north west from Winnim^jf, (i48 miles east- Wiiid from Kdmonton. Valley of Kiver C^u'Apitelle west of t'ort Kllice. Eiiropf, Northern jH)rtion Norway, Drontheiin. . Sweden Russia, towards St. I'etersburgh . " Central trermany, Ho\jth-eaHt of Denmark . Latitudes North. .")3 ;■)() 40 51 07 30 07 (J.5 04 02 ((0 W .5i> .52 Ixmgitudes West. 102 10 41 Agriuidtural IVcKiuets. 100 to 105 Luxuriant vyo\)h of wheat, harley and corn, with all sorts of vegetables, are raised here. Meansunimerteni|)erature, +02.02". Kleva- tion of Pine Lake and North .Saskatchewan above t\w Atlantic per Col. Lefroy, iHMJ feet. Wild hoi)s grow luxuriantly in the valleys of the Red and (^u'Appelle Rivers. Thev also grow in the valley of the River Kaniinisti- quia, near lat. 40. Oats. Barley, Rye. Wheat. Maize. ^ dc d( d( d( H op i'v^\ Potn :•!♦.■ 129 NORTHERN LIMITS OF PROrUCTION OF CEREALS, Etc. TANADA AND OTHER COUNTRIES. •n, re. VA- nn et. iIho Hti- erea 8, &c. Barley, do do . do . do . do , La|)]and Poland Northern R\i8nia. Eastern do VVestern do AlaHka, U.S do .Canada. do ! do Rye Norway do Sweden do RuHHia . . do Canada . s 3 ■a *■> 'Ec e ; S7 () 145 20 (i4 54 3 125 43 58 (57 (;5 (!4 5!> 25 (I 11« OatH !Euroi)e (Northern). W 30 I do Norway <«> do Sweden (iS do Canada 5!) 0' 30 (» 123 40 do Scotland 58 Maize (Indian com). Europe 52 do do . . Canada. 5(5 do do do 53 Wheat Norway 04 40 8 118 13 .56 0;113 30 oo! do |Sw€'den do iCanada do 'Western Russia , do jCentral do do Canada ()2 01 00 50 59 do do fireat Britain . Canada Hops Canada Potatoe.s . . . Iceland . 52 0121 25 15 o| . . . 123 40 35 113 30 Fahhkn- -^ HKIT. Scg 123 40 a e 8 > a I 5. Ft. Remarks. ..69 70 59-87 150 ilO 01 00 1,000 Barley and rye generally ri|)t'n I 5" further north than wlieat. PotiittH's and turnips rij)en 1* nortli of barley in the various j localities. 412 At Fort Yukon at Junction of j Yukon iiiui I'orcupine Rivers, 1,300 miles from Behring Sea. !»5 At Fort Norman, Maeken/.ie River. At Fort Veniiilion, Peace River. Barley is the principal crop ; it thrives as far ns lat. 70" north. 02-62 'At Fort Halket on the Liard j ! River, near Rocky Mountains. Oats, rye and barley rii>en in F^urope ns far north as lat. (W. i»5 02-62 12 60 52-50 1,()00 62-52 51 m 30h 100 !)5 88 13 to 24 62-62 57 20 At F'ort Halket, on the Liard River branch of the Mac- kenzie. It renuires a siunnier of 65° Fah- renheit, with one month at (>7''. Fort Dunveg.in, on the Peace River branch of the Mackenzie Cvimberlaiid House, jiear the North Saskatchewan. Wheat in FiUroi)e is not much cultivated l)evond (>0° ; this range diminishes towards the east. The northern limit is generally 58" for a sure crop. At Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River, In vicinity of St. Petersburgh. At F'ort Halket wheat is a re- j liable crop 4 years out of 5. 2,253' At Fjdmonton, Red F'yfe and CluV) wheat. Lowest temiwr- ature— .57° F'ah., in winter. Valley, River Qu'Apix-lle. The climat', where hops grow is suitable for wheat. 241 The size of walnuts. hm u w 180 NORTIIEHN LIMITS OF I'RODUCTION OF CERKALS, kc.—Con. CANADA ANI> UTIIER C0IINTRIK8. C'crealN, &c. C'diiiitrieM. i PotatocH '. . . Canada (if. K! IL'H Ml Turnips do Luplaiid. , Canada . , (JraiK's do do Apples do Austria . . ( Jerniany. Canada . . . 72 (» (U) l(i 12« 31 30 )3 154 ;■)! OlOl 3(t Fahkkn- HKIT. It a ..3 a s ■X. - c n I Kuropi' . Canada . 04 to (10 (il U) 125 2r) Ji V ^ 9 > B i'Tuly I 55 HO ) .Tnlv ■)5«0 Ki'iiiai'ks, New Kort(i(Kid HojK', Markcn- /.if Hivcr. the si/.i- of Lens' I ^'YM^- Till' tcmpfnitiirc Kiven ! was rti'oniiMl liy l-'nuiklin in .liily, iS-Jil, at Old Kcirt ('. I Miipf, 120 mills fiirtlicr down till' Miickrn/.ic. 'I'lic tcinpcr- atnri' of tiie New l''ort must, th»'ri'fort', l)n grtiatcr. At New Fort (!dv, Au^fust, tile iiours of HunliKlit ai mt to 2, .'5! IS. At Ottawa tiicy amoinit to I, HO.'). On till' .\ssinil)()iiii I Fort Kllicf. north iif In Canada tlii' ai)pli' triM' yields on as wide an are.i as iiro- duees wheat. A colleetion of ajtiiles fioui Hamilton, Out., was )ironounee(l liy the judtfes of the London Industrial Kx- hihition of 1H()2, " As tlie best from any country." The An- naiK)liH Valley, Nova Scotia, (Tlie Liind of Kvanjjeline), is famed for the ([uantity and quality of its apple produi'- tions. ■ .'«)0,0(M( barrels of ap- ples were grown in the Coun- ties of Annapolis, Kings and Hants ill l.ssi). Hev Note* ♦ NoTK. -Hamilton is situated Lat. 43" 54' N., Long. 79° 57' W., and at 372 feet alnive the sea. Tlie AiniaiKiliif Valley is situated between Latitudes 44' 45' and 45° 15' N., and between Longitudes 04' anil m^ W. 181 CULTIVATTOX OF OETiEALS. Eiii'()|H', 'n\ this respect, ooiiipriHes tliri'c piinilU'l /oiu'h from tlic noutli-wi'st ti) tlic iiortli-c'iist, t'roiti tlic Atlantic to tlic Unil Mountains. Till' tii'st, or nortlicni zone, comprises tlie iHlands (»1" the Arctic Ocean, Scotlaiul mid itH islainds, Xorway, t/\\v i^reatest portion of Sweden, Finland, nortliern Russia and tlie Ural Mountains as far as the 59th degroe oi" latitude. Its principal i^rain consiats of oats. The sea)nd or central zone emhraccs England, Ireland, northern and co!itral France, Oerinany and Poland. Its j)rincipal graiiiH are huckwheat, harley and wheat, whi(!h are cultivated simultaneously or si'parately, or together with oats towards tlie north, and with Indian corn towards the south. The third or Houthern zone, which includes Spain, the south of France, Italy, Carniole, Oreece, Turkey, the I'riiicipalities ol the Danuhe, Hungary, southern Russia and the Crimea. Its chief grain is Indian corn, and in a lesser proportion, wheat. H»M' " Dietidimivirf j^i'iuTal (Ii^h Hci«'nc«'ti theoriques ut appli(|Uet'8 par DeHchaiU'l ct Foullon." BATES OF WHEAT < llOPS IN THE PRmCIPAL COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD. "Wheat grows almost everywhere on tlio surface of the Globe and is harvested n^^rly every month of the year. The following are the months during which it ripens in various countries : — January Australia, New Zealand, Argentine Republic. February and March... Rritish Indies and Upper Egypt. April Mexico, Egypt, Turkey of Asia, Persia, Syria, Asia ' Minor, Cuba. May Northern Africa, Central Asia, China, Japan, Texas, I Florida. June California, Spain, Portugal, Italy, Greece, Oregon, j Louisiana, Alabama, Georgia, Kansas, Colorado, I Missouri. July Roumania, Bulgaria, Hungary, Austria, France, Southern Russia, Nebraska, Minnesota, New Eng- land, Upper Canada. August England, I3elgium, Holland, Germany, Denmark, Poland, Lower Canada, Manitoba, North-West, British Columbia. September Northern Canada, Scotland, Sweden, Norway. October Nortliern Russia. November Peru, Southern Africa. -December Birmania. This continuous production of wheat has generated large commercial transactions. The nations not using bread made of wheat, are very few ; the countries not producing enongli for their wants, are supplied from the surplus of other countries. With steam and electricity there is no more fear of those famines which have destroyed so many thousand lives. Wheat can be carried to any place of the earth, in a comparatively short time. H M... P^KT VII. YUKON TERRITORY AND LAKE ST. JOHN REGION. il 134 #, %■ f III- MACKENZIE RIVER REGION. During the Session of 1888, a Select Committee Avas appointed by the Senate to enquire as to the vahio ot'tliat part ot'the Dominion lying north of the Saskatchewan water-sh(>d, east of the Rocky Mountains and west of Hudson's Bay, comprising the Great Mackenzie Basin, its extent ot navigable rivers, lakes and sea coast, of agricultural and pastoral lands, its fisheries, forests and mines. According to the report of this Committee, presented by their Chairman the Honourable John Schultz, M.D., 2nd May, 1888, they arrived attlie follow- ing conclusions : — REGARDINa NAVIGATION. 1st. The extent of the scope of the inquiry covers one million two hundi'cd and sixty thousand square statutory miles, which area includes none of the islands of the Arctic Archipelago. 2nd. Its coast line on the Arctic Ocean and Hudson's Bay measures about 5,000 miles, exclusive of inlets and deeply indented bays. 8rd. Over one-half of this coast line is easily accessible to whaling and sealing crafts. 4th. The navigable coast lines of the larger lakes of the region in question, amount to about 4,000 miles, while its total lacustrine area probably exceeds that of the eastern Canadian American chain of great lakes. 5th. That there is a river navigation of about 2,750 miles, of which 1,390 are suitable for stern-wheel steamers, which, with their barges, may carry 300 tons ; the remaining 1,360 miles, being deep enough for light draught sea-going steamers. 6th. That there is a total of about 6,500 miles of continuous lake, coast and river navigation, broken onl}^ in two places. 7th. That the two breaks in question are upon the Great Slave and Atha- basca Rivers, the first being now overcome by a 20 miles waggon road from Fort Smith southward on the Great Slave River, and the latter being a stretch of 70 miles on the Athabasca, of questionable navigation above Fort McMurray, down which Hat boats or scows descend but cannot ascend, and which about 50 miles of waggon road would overcome, while some improvement of the rapids might render the whole river navigable. 8th. That with suitable steam-crafts this river and lake navigation may be connected Avith Victoria and Vancouver, by way of the mouth of the River Mackenzie, the Arctic Ocean and Behring Stniits and Sea, and it is now con- nected on the south by 90 miles of waggon road between Athabasca Landing and Edmonton, with navigable waters m the Saskatchewan River. ARABLE AND PASTORAL LANDS. Probable ari'ii in Squiuv Miles. Suitable for the growth of potatoes 65»i,000 do barlev 407,000 do- whea"t _316,000 The pastoral area is estimated at 800,000, of which 26,000 is open prairie, with occasional groves, the remainder being weeded more or less; 274,000 square miles, including the prairie, may be considered as arable land. 135 Spring Jlowers and the buds of deciduous trees appear as early, north of Great Slave Lake, as at Winnipeg, St. Paul, Minneapolis, Kingston or Ottawa, and earlier along the Peace, Liard and other western atHuents of the Great Mackenzie Kiver, where the climate resembles tliat of Western Ontario. FISHERIES, FORESTS AND MINES. According to the evidence received b}' the Committee, the quantity of sea and fresh water fishes is sufficient to supply a great portion of the North American Continent. The forest area has upon it a growth of trees w^ell suited for all purposes of house and shi[) building, for mining, railway and bridging purposes, far in excess of its own needs. As regards the mines of this vast region, little is known of tlie portion east of the Mackenzie River and north of the Great Slave Lake. On the westtrn side of the Mackenzie and along the head waters of its affiuents, the Peel, Liard and Peace Rivers the auriferous area is estimated at from 150,000 to 200,000 square miles. Silver is found on the Upper Liard and Peace Rivers, copper on the Copper-Mine River which may be connected with au eastern arm of Great Boar Lake by a tramway of 40 miles. Iron, graphite, ochre, brick and pottery clay, mica, g^^psum, lime and sandstone, sand for glass and moulding, and asphaltum are all known to exist. The petroleum area along the Athabasca River, Great Slave River, Little Slave and (ireat Slave Lakes and the Mackenzie River, is so extensive as to justify the belief that it is the greatest in America, if not in the world, and that eventually it Avill supply the larger part of North America and be shipped from Churchill or some other great northern Hudson's Bay port to England. The Committee recommend that a tract of about 40,000 square miles of the petroleum region be reserved from sale, between Athabasca Lake, Peace River ai;i Little Slave Lake. Salt and sulphur deposits are less extensive, but the former is found in crystals equid in purity to the best rock salt and in highly saline springs, while the latter is found in the form of pyrites. There are extensive coal and lignite deposits on the lower Mackenzie and elsewhere. Scientific exploration has ni)t yet extended north of Great Slave Lake. The chief present commercial product of the country is its furs ; the region in (question is the last great fur preserve of the world. The Indian population is sparse, and, having never lived in large com- nmnities, is peaceable. According to the evidence received, the distances which separate the navigable waters of the Mackenzie Basin from the eastern and western sea coasts, and from navigable rivers and railways to the south and south-east, are as follows : — From the Head of Great Slave Lake to head of Chesterfield Inlet, 320 miles ; from the head of Athabasca Lake to the harbour of Churchill, 440 miles ; from Fort McMurray at the junction of the Clearwater with the Atha- basca, below the 70 miles of questionable navigation, to the following places on the Saskatchewan : Pi'ince Albert, 300 miles ; Fort Pitt, 220 miles ; Vic- toria, 179 miles; Edmonton, 225 miles; from Calgary, on the Canadian Pacific Railway, to Athabasca Landing, on the Athabasca River, 250 miles ; from head of Little Slave Lake to Peace River Landing on the Peace River, 65 136 miles ; from ITazleton, on the Skeena River, to Peace River, in the Pass, 150 miles ; from Port Mumford, on the Stikeen River to Fort Liard, on the Liard River, 370 miles. The Committee state that the region in (question occupies an area greater than the Australian continent or two-thirds of Europe, covering part of the British Islands, Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Austria and a part of France and Russia. w^ HI . I- ! I' MACKENZIE RIVER. The first expedition down this river was that of Alexander Mackenzie, who had heen employed during eight years at the trading post of Chipewyan, on Lake Athabasca. He left the fort 3rd June, 1789, descended the Great Slave River, reached Great Slave ]jake on the 9th and the Mackenzie ou the 29th. He passed the outlet of Great Bear Lake River 5th July, and reached the end of Whale Island at the mouth of the Mackenzie, on the Polar Ocean, 15th -July. On his voyage down the river he found various encampments of Indians, most of whom refused to accompany him to the Polar Ocean, being in dread of the Esquimaux who resided along the coast. The various forts from Chipewyan down the Mackenzie to the ]*olar Sea had not apparently been built at the time of Mackenzie's journey in 1789. They appear to have been erected prior to the two expeditions of Sir John Franklin, 1819 to 1822 and 1825 to 1827, except Fort Confidence, which was erected in 1825 by Sir John Richardson, one of his staff, at the north-east end of Great Bear Lake and Fort Enterprise, which was erected in August and September, 1820, by Franklin himself during his journey to the Copper-Mine River. The Hudson's Bay and North-West (companies buili forts in opposition to each other, until theii coalition in 1826-27. Franklin descended the river to its mouth in August, 1825, and returned to spend the winter at a fort built by the North- West Company at the foot or west end of (Jreat liear Lake in September. This fort was named Franklin. He descended the river a second time to its mouth, with his assistants. Back and Richardson, 24th June, 1826. From the mouth he proceeded westward with two boats along the coast of the Polar Sea to Icy Reef, and Richardson proceeded also with two boats eastward to the mouth of the Copper-Mine River. Franklin returned by the Mackenzie to Fort Franklin, 21st September, 1826. Richardson returned by the Copper-Mine River and the portage at east end of Great Bear Lake to Fort Franklin, 1st September, 1826. 1 r 1: 1: t] o r( ii For further particulars hw in Tart IV, '"'nuikliuH Tiirei' Expeditions.) 137 MACKENZIE RIVER. Average width from Fort Simpson to Polar Sea, IJ miles. Sixteen to twenty-seven fathoms deep at mouth, in the ocean. Shoalest portions 7 to 8 feet, up stream. Narrowest portion h a mile. • • Widest portion 3 to 4 miles with islands. From mouth on Polar Ocean up to Fort Good Hope the distance is estimated at ahout 310 Stat. M. Thence up to Fort Simpson 484 do Thence to Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake 324-5 do Total statute miles 1,118*5 There arc rapids near Fort Good Hope at about 310 miles above the mouth of the Mackenzie; but boats ascend them with lines without unloading. In June, July and August the temperature is generally very hot, with occasional thunderstorms and rains ; the nights are very cold ; summer rains begin about the first of May ; snow falls about the tenth of October ; tho river freezes over about the same time, and the ice breaks up about the lirst of June. Forest Trees. — Birch, poplar, balsams, hemlock, pine and the red willow. Minerals. — Red earth, sulphur, coal, salt, white earth, limestone, iron- stone, sandstone. Plants. — Strawberries, gooseberries, cranberries, blueberries, lichens or tripe {\ la rochc, wild tea. All along the Mackenzie and the Athabasca, the fur animals are : — Beaver, marten, silver fox, lynx, otter, cross fox, blue fox, red fox, musquash or musk- rat, mink, black and cinnamon bears, wolves, wolverines, moose-deer and hares. The food animals amongst these are the beaver and l)ear, moose and hares. Towards the ocean, the musk-ox and reitideer are found along the coast. — Ser lists of furs sold in 1887, ?'n London, mid of furs received in Montreal, 188 < -88-89, on next page. In the valley of the ^lackenzie, wood and white partridges, geese of all kinds (spring and fall), cranes, wavies, swans and ducks are abundant ; the ducks and geese arrive about middle of May, and leave about beginning of October. The fi&i^ in the river are chiefly loche, whiteflsh, and the inconnu, resembling sfJmon, averaging 10 to 12 pounds and sometimes 30 to 40 pounds in weight ; in the adjacent lakes whitefish and trout are chiefly found. Along the coast, seals, porpoises and whales are numerous. Steamers can navigate the Mackenzie throughout, from 1st of July to Isr of October. 138 MACKENZIE RIVER REGION. Northern Furs chiefly from the Mackenzie Basin. One year's catch oitered for sale in 1887, in London, by the Hudson's Bay Com- pany, and by C. M. Lampson & Co., consignees of many of the furs of British North America. '. mt De8crij)tion. Badger Hear, all kinds BeavtT Krinine Fisher Fox, blue do cross do grey do kitt do red do silver . . . . do white . . . . Hair seal, dry. Lynx Marten Mink Musk Ox Musquash CK) extra Uack. Otter Rabbit Sable Skunk Swan Wolf... Wolverine 14,520 !».S,84:i 37(;,223 1!I8 ,485,308 13,1(44 14,43!l 114,824 3,517 ()82,7!t4 57 7,15() 1,581 'i-r I % 1 ■ 1 ^^t Some idea of the size and importance of the fur trade may be obtained from the following figures of the receipts of furs at the Hudson's Bay Company's warehouse, in Montreal, during the last tliroe years. The figures have been kindly furnished by the manager in Montreal ; — Bear. . . Beaver . Fisher. . Fox .... Lyir:. . . Marten Mink . . Musquash . ( )tter Sk\nik . . . . Wolverine. Kinds of Furs. Number of Skins. 1887 Total . 3!t!) 848 197 (>(;<) ()55 2(i4 0(>2 103 708 228 24 142,157 1, V.K 10 81, '} 1888. 1,528 22,174 1,120 ',50 3,830 18,!I8G 7,757 74,572 2,550 420 21 188!». 2,037 18,787 1,377 1,150 4,107 10,708 0,420 55,285 3,010 • 478 07 133,714 10!t,38() s There has been, it will be seen, a steady falling oft' in the number of skins, though the three years aggregate a total of 385,257 skins, and it seems evident that some such course as that suggested by the committee of the Senate is, if feasible, highly dtsirable, if the principal fur-bearing animals are to be saved from gradual extinction. (See Year Book — Dep. of Agriculture, 1880, Ottawa. 139 MACKENZIE RIVER REGION. Openino and Closing of Navigation. KORT McMURKAY Latitude 5(1' 40'. Year. Ico Broke Up. First Drift Ice. Ice Set. River Closed. 1878 18th April No record 2iid Mav 2l8t April 24th do 25th do 27th do !lth do ifith do 27th do ...... 4th May 27th October 2(ith do 14th Xovcinber 14th October.— The river became c! 'sir of ice for Home time, after which drift ice again aj>i)eared, until finally the ice set and clo.sed the river. . . 1st Novemljer 30th (Jctober 18th do No record. 187!). 1st November. 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 No record. 12tli November. 8th d(( Kith do 28tli October. 1885 1886 1887 time, after which drift ice .again api)eared, until filially the ice set and closed the river 4th Ni)vember 22iid ( )ctober 13th November. 14th do 24tli ( )ctober. 1888 3rd November !tth November. MACKENZIE RIVER REGION. Opening and Closing of Navigation, etc. FORT SIMP.SON- Latitude (il' 52' N. Year. Ice Broke Up. First Drift Ice. River Closed. 1876 14th May 8th do 8th do 3rd d(j 4th November 1st do Kith October 12th Novemljer 7th N 28th 2()th 20th ovember. 1877 do 1878 do 1879 do 1880 1881 7th do 13th do 7th do Ist do 12th do 2nd do I3th do 2nd do 12th October 26th 18th do do 1882 1883 1384 1885 188() 1st November 25th October. The first drift ice in the Mackenzie this year was seen 1st Nov ... 11th October 28th do 13tli do 30th 20th 18th 20tl> 25th do do do do do The dates of the breaking of the ice in the Mackenzie, above the Liard, for the same year are as follows : — 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 Not given 1882 1883 1884 188.0 20th May. 5th do 14th do 7th do 19th May 17th do 19th do 19th do 19th do 1886 27th do 140 The river is always open some time before the lake. In the latter, the ice floats around for some weeks before it is sufficiently broken up to pass down the river. In 1888 it was well on in July before the lake was clear enough to enable the steamer to proceed to Fort Smith, but that was an un- usually late season. As a rule, navigation on the lake, opens in the last days of June. At Fort McPherson on Peel River, the ice does not gener- ally leave until the Ist of June. On Lake Athabasca the ice goes a little earlier than on Great Slave Lake, but this does not aftect the question of the navigability of the Mackenzie, which cannot be reached until Great Slave Lake is clear. MACKENZIE EIVER REGION. Opening and Closing of Navigation, etc. NEW FORT NORMAN- Latitude (J4" 54' 3" N. Year. Ice Broke Up. First Snow. First Ice Formed. River Closed. 1872 1873 1874 1875 187(i 1877 1878 1870. Not given 28th September 28th do loth October Not given 10th October 7ch October 8th November. 17th May 25th do 24th do 21»t do 12th do 2nd November 23rd O(!tober 13th do 18th do 22nd do 20th do 22nd do 7th do 14th do 24th do No record 18th do 0th do 10th do 12th do Not givtn 0th May 22nd do Not given llth May nth do River was not clear of ice this year until 28th May 28th May No record do .. 24th May .'..... 10th do 0th do 25th September 28th do 3rd October 7th do Not given. 17th November 7th do 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 188.5 188(i 1887 1888 12th do 2nd do 12th do Oth do 14th do 0th do 10th do :' ■^. Rest of record lost. . . No record lie. No record. i' ■•; " 18th October 5th do 13th November. .'j. 23rd September 8th do : ■'■' II 141 I MACKENZIE RIVER REGION. INDIAN POPULATION. Places. Resolution, (ireat Slave Lake Fort .Smith, (ireat Slave River Chiioewyan, Lake Athabasca Fond tlu Lac do Vermilion, Peace River McMurray, Junction of Athabasca .and Clearwater Rivers , Total. Total. 37-0 2 724 Fort McMurrav do do . .. 83 2,807 2 OilO Atlialtasca Ijake Fort diipewyan Lake Athabasca, north side. . 1 .•?,(M>1 3,103 3,117 .3,.307 3,428 3,474 3,0.32 3 VOO Fort Smith t'ortage do Foot of I'ortajje. Fort ReHolut ion, onsoutii side of (Jreat Slave Lake (Jreat Slave River do west side. . ilo 14 West end of (ireat Slave Lake (ireat Slave Lake Fort Providence Between Beaver and Little Lake, on the Mackenzie River Fort Simjison On Island at .Junction of Riv- ers Maok"n/,ie and Liard. . . Fort Wri(?ley Fort Xornian, 22 uiileH below Old Kort ^lacken/.ie River. .. ... do .3,040 (ireat Bear River, F.wt Ramparts New Fort (Jood Hope do do • • ■ • • 3,040-2 4,l(M)-« 4,115-4 4,3.30 4,3.58-0 4,425-0 do Red Ri ver. West do Peel River .Tuuctiim 32 miles l^low Fort McPher- son .... Mouth of River Mackenzie. . On the Polar Ocean Totals 2!>2 2,204 !»7 1,7720 4,426 2 *■' ■ m al. 148 OOMPARATTVE DISTANCES, WmNTPEG TO LIVERPOOL, ENGLAND. RllUtCH. WiimiiM'K to York Factory, or moiitli of NuIhou Uivfr, on wcMt Hide of Htul- Hon Hay ^ ^ Yoi^k l''ai'tory to HiuImou Strait, at |)ijf^fi'H iHlaiidw HikImou Strait to Atlantic, at Koutli end of Kcnolution Island, on north xidc, or to Cup)' Clnullt'i^li, on Hinitli ttide of ontlet of Strait, into the ( )ct'an ._ From Hiulson Strait, acronn tlic Atlantic, to LiveriMK)], Finjifland Statute ' Ot'Offrapliical Mil.'s. Miles. 7riO (iao "Total \V'innii«'K tn liivcr|Hiol, riil York Factory, Hudson's Hay, Winnipc^f to <,hi('li('(', liy Canadian I'acific Railway, direct, riil St. Martin'H .hinetion, not eallin),' at Montreal <2uelK'e to FiiveriMMtl, ria Strait of Helle Isle I 4,042 1, !■)(!!» 3,(Mi7 tTotal Wiiinii)eg to Liverpool, im (^uelwc Smniner Rinite. 4,<>3() Winnipeg' to Montreal, ri<1 f^anadian Pacific Railway, f. Montreal to St. .lolm, New Mriniswick, n'<1 Short Line, Sherhr and in some places fertile, while on the north side it is rocky or covered with boulders, hilly and mostly barren. Hon. Mr. Christie, who was examined before the Schultz Committee in 1888, states that the country is not adapted for agriculture near Athabasca and Great Slave Lakes. The country north of Athabasca Lake is crossed by lower part of Peace River, the elevation of which is from 600 to 700 feet above the sea. The water in the lake is deep and is clear, except at the west end where the muddy water of the Athabasca River is received and also part of the Peace River at high water. The lake in the neighbourhood of the R. C. Mission at Chipewyan freezes to a depth of 4 feet, The ice breaks up a little earlier than on Great Slave La^e, where navi- gation generally onens during the last days of June. Fish : — "Whitefish, trout of several kinds, pike and carp, etc., are abundant. FORT CHIPEWYA:N' (Chipiouyan). Lat., 58° 42' 38" K ; Long., 111° 1 8' 20" W.— Franklin, 1820. do 58° 42' 32" K; do 111° 19' 0"^y.— Franklin, lS2b. do 58° 43' O'N. : do 111° 18' T'W.—Lefroy. Variation, 25° 29' 37 '.—11th July, 1825. Near outlet "W. end of Lake Athabasca, N. side. • P^levation above the sea, 600 feet. Anglican Episcopal Mission, under Bishop R. Young. Roman Catholic Mission — Xativite de la Vierge Marie, comprising a convent, 6 Grey nuns, 25 pupils. This Mission is under the care of Rev. Albert Pascal and L, Ledoussal, O.M.L, in the Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. Henri J. Faraud, O.M.I. (The latter died 27th September, 1890, since this was written.) Mgr. Isidore Glut, his Auxiliary, is to transfer his headquarters there in 1890. Franklin's winter quarters, 26th March to 18th July, 1820. Alexander Mackenzie had charge of this fort in 1781, and resided there several years. His first expedition to the Polar Sea in 1789, and his second expedition, 1792-1793 across the Rocky Mountains to the ]*acific Ocean, were both from this fort. Franklin and Dr. Richardson returned here 15tli and left 25th July, on their first Journey down the Mackenzie. This Fort (Chipewyan) was built by the North-West Company, with a lofty tower to watch the Indians, who had threatened to massacre all the whites. It is a very extensive establishment on a lofty liill upon the north shore of the lake. The tower was built towards 1812. The Indian population in the vicinity of this fort numbers about 500. 149 (( II u a 1886 — Mean temperature, June, >h\\y, August, -|-63"97 to + 58*70. do do January, February, December, 4-lo-57 to - 3'33. Highest do in summer, -f 83*30. Lowest do in winter, - 49*00. Mean do during an entire year, -|- 24*41 to 27*52. Number of days' rain, 52 during u year. do snow, 67 do Inches of rain — 0*74 during a year. do snow — 78*40 do Percentage of cloudy weather, 54*00. 1887. Hours of sunlight : 514inMay, 549 in June, 530 in July, 467 in August. " Total hours of sunlight at Chipewyau — 2,060, summer months, do do at Ottawa — 1,805 do On the north side of Athabasca Lake, around Chipewyan, there is little or no soil of any description, the country being all bare Laurentian rock. The country around the fort is wooded with pine, spruce, tamarac and poplar. The Hudson's Bay Corr^^ny have a garden at the fort, of upwards of an acre in extent, and the Anglican Mission one of smaller area, but the soil is very sandy. The Roman Catholic Mission have a garden also, most of which they obtained by draining a bog. In the season of 1883, which was a favourable one in that district, being free from summer frosts, the Hudson Bay Company raised about four hundred bushels of potatoes, the Anglican Mission thirty bushel on a small patch, and the Roman Catholic Mission about live hundred bushels. Many of the retired Hudson Bay Company's servants also have small patches which they cultivate ; potatoes and fish being the principal articles of food used during the winter. Wheat, barley, rye and oats sown about 10th May are reaped about 10th August. Turnips and other vegetables, strawberries and gooseberries are also grown here with success. The wheat grown here weighs 'rom 6S to 69 lbs. per bushel ; it was awarded a prize by the last Centennial Exhibition. WIIITEFISH. In 1888, during the autumn, the Hudson Bay Company required 36,000 whitefish for the use of their post, the R. C. Mission 12,000 and the rest of the population at least 30,000 more. Most of these were caught within three weeks, while Mr. Ogilvie was there. (See his report, 16th July, 1889). Fresh fish is abundant at all the posts along the lake ; they are frozen for preservation during the winter. WILD GEESE. From 30,000 to 40,000 wild geese are killed here in the course of autumn from year to year. COAL. Coal, four to five feet thick, is found in the limestone rock of the moun- tain ; it is older, much harder and better than the lignite coal. 150 K: I I f FORT CHURCHILL HARBOUR AND RIVER, ON WEST SIDE OF HUDSON'S BAY. 1886— Lat. 58° 43' N.— Long. 94° 10' W.— Lieut. Gordon's Expeditions, 1884, 1885, 1886. A few turnips are grown with difficulty. Cattle are raised and bred, and excellent butter is made. • See evidence of Hon. Mr. Christie, Schultz Committee, 1 888. In summer, the twilight lasts a couple of hours ; the remainder of the day is all day light. In Avinter the nights are very long ; darkness begins at about half past three or four in the afternoon and lasts until 9 a.m. the next day. TEMPERATURE, ETC. .Tune, July, August, 1886— Mean +40 00. December, 1885, January, February, 1886 — Mean — 42-89. July, August, 1886— Highest + 43-33. February, 1886 —Lowest —55-00. Frost never leaves the ground except for a few inches, 10 to 30. Days' rain, Sept., 1885, to Sept., 1886, 65 during 12 months. Days, snow, Sept., 1885, to Sept., 1886, ^7 during 12 months. Hours of fog, Sept., 1885 to Sept., 1886, 418 during 12 months. Depth of snow on level ground varies from 2 to 3 feet. Average of most windy day 24-81 M. per hour, during 12 months, 1885-86. Ice forms in harbour about 15th November every year. Ice breaks up in river about 28th June, and the river is clear about 15th July. Ice breaks up in harbour about the IStli June. Ice near Marble Island is 7A feet thick. The factor at Churchill states that the ice in the bay never extends far enough to intercept the view of open water. The bay is navigable early in June. Spring tides rise 15h feet in the bay. Neap tides rise 8 feet in the bay. CHURCHILL IIARHOUR. This is the best and only safe harbour on the western coast of Hudson's Bay. It is 2,841 Geog. M.=3,272 Stat. M. from Liverpool. The basin for anchorage is about 1,500 yards north and south by cibout 1,000 east and west, and has a depth of four fathoms at low water. The holding ground is excellent, the bottom being mud, and though the tide runs very rapidly, about six knots at half tide, this harbour is an emin- ently safe one. It is admirably suited for a raihvay terminus. The necessary docks could be easily and cheaply built, and the deep water basin enlarged at small cost. Stone is lying at the water's edge ready to be laid into docks and piers and nature seems to have left little to be done in order to make this a capacious port for doing a business of great magnitude. CHURCHILL RIVER. White whales (porpoises) ascend the river with the tide, each day, in great numbers. Eacli porpoise is worth about )|100. 161 In 1883, the Company secured nearly 200 in one tide at Churchill. Whitefish, salmon and trout are abundant in this and all the streams around the bay. For further details see " Hudson's Bay." FORT CONFIDENCE, AT K E. END OF GREAT BEAR LAKE. Is the most northerly habitation of white men. It is beyond the Arctic circle, or at 66'' 53' 36" of north latitude, and 118° 40' 0" of west longitude. Erected and named by Simpson in 1837. Simpson and Dease were there three winters, 1836-37, 1837-38, 1838-39. They never failed a single day to have an abundant supply of food. Although the lake was closed ten months out of the twelve, the season being exceptionally severe, they had abundance of fish, deer, musk-ox and meat of other kinds, at all times. CUMBERLAND HOUSE. On south side of Pino Lake, north sid-: of North River Saskatchewan. Lat. 53° 56' 40" N. ; Long. 10'2° lo 0" W.— Franklin, 22 Nov., 1819. Yar. 17° 17' 29" Dip. North 83° 12' 50" do do Lat. 53° 57' 33" N. ; Lor-. 102° 21' 46" W,— Franklin, 28 JiDic, 1825. Var. 19° 14' 21" E. ; Dip. N. 80^ 21' 7" do do These observations were» taken by Sir John Franklin, who remained at this post 22nd October, 1819, to 18th January, 1820, on his outward journey during his first expedition, and returned here on his outward journey during his second expedition, 15th June, 1825. Supposed elevation above the Atlantic, according to Colonel Lefroy, 900 feet. 690 miles, south-west from York Factory — travelled distance, per Franklin. 425 miles north-west from Winnipeg. 648 miles eastward from Edmonton. Mean summer temperature +62'62°. Temperature observed by Chief Factor John Lee Lewis, in 1839-40, from 23rd to 30th May, 78° to 93° Fah. ; October 1—68° Fah. above zero. Luxuriant crops of wheat, corn and barley, together with all sorts of vegetables, are grown here. The Roman Catholic Indians in the Cumberland District number 490 Maskegons, in 1890 ; they are in the diocese of Mgr. Vital Grandin, who resides at St. Albert, about 12 miles north-west of Edmonton. On 1st October, 1840, potatoes being ripe were harvested. They were planted 13th May. FORT DUNVEGAN, ON PEACE RIVER. Latitude, 56° 08' ; longitude, 118° 13', per Ogilvie. 100 miles west of west end of Little Slave Lake, in a direct line ; 604 miles south-westward from Fort Chipewyan, Lake Athabaska ; 60 miles west above the Forks of Peace and Smoke Rivers, towards Peace River Landing; 135 miles eastward from Rocky Mountain Portage ; elevation above the sea said to be 1,600 feet. Anglican Episcopal Mission, under Rev. Mr. Brick, in the Diocese of Bishop R. Young. 162 1 1 v i >*: i II ^ I ' Roman Catholic Mission of St. Charles, under Rev. Le Serrec, Sup., and Le Tresto, O.M.I., in the Diocese of Mgr. Henri J. Faraud. Roman Catholic Indian School under the same in 1886. Mean temperature — Summer f 52-3°; year ♦ 28-8°. Snow disappears about middle of April ; cultivation begins towards May ; the river begins to freeze in November ; the depth of snow is about 2 feet during winter ; in 18X.3, only 20 days of rainy weather. At Bunvegan, notwithstanding the severity of the frosts, the crops are very good both in quality and (iuantity. When I was there (188H) the Roman Catholic missionaries had threshed their grain, samples of which I brought back. The yield was as follows : — 50 pounds of wheat were sown on the 10th April and reaped on the 20th August, and 27 bushels threshed of good clear grain ; 15 pounds of Egyptian barley sown on the 18th April and reaped 20th August, and 15 bushels threshed, weighing fully 60 pounds to the bushel. The Hudson's Bay Company and Episcopal Mission had not threshed, and could not give their returns ; but they were well satisfied with their crops of all kinds. The Rev. Mr. Brick, of the Episcopal Mission, was already using bread, when I was there, made from wheat of the present year's growth (1888). See report of Mr. Ogilvic, lOtli July, 1889. The Hudson's Bay Company have raised wheat, barley and potatoes for upwards of a hundred years at this post ; the crops have seldom failed. In 1886 a magnificent crop of wheat, l)arley, peas, potatoes, turnips, sciuashes, beets, carrots, cauliflowers, cabbages, onions, beans, lettuce, cucum- bers, &c., was raised on the prairie land, sou'e 36 miles from Dunvegan. The Rev. Tissier, a Roman Catholic missionary for some years at the latter place, tried oats and obtained an astonishing return. EDMOXTOK At 196 miles, by trail or waggon road, north from Calgary. 413 miles b}' the North Saskatchewan River, west from Lake Winnipeg. 1,073 miles by North Saskatchewan and Lake Winnipeg from City of Winnipeg. 96 miles, by trail or waggon road, south from Athabasca Landing. Lat. 53° 35' N. ; Long. 113" 30' W. Elevation above the sea, 2,253 feet. Mean temperature, summer 57*2; year -f- 3 1*7. It has three churches, Anglican, Catholic and Methodist ; a sawmill, two grist mills, one or more hotels, a telegraph office and several stores. Mgr. Vital Grandin, biphop of the Roman Catholic Diocese of St. Albert, resides at St. Albert, about 9 miles further north-westward. The vicinity of Edmonton is rich in coal, gold, and other minerals ; the coal is now being worked. Red pine and spruce are abundant ; the leaves begin to appear in May. Grain and vegetal)les of various kinds are raised successfully. Three steaml)oats run regularly between Edmonton and Winnipeg. During ordinary seasons navigation is open from April to the middle of October. For details ^^ee further on. See also in Addenda the Mission of Lake Ste. Anne, the first that was founded, at 50 miles from Edmonton. 153 Highest temperature f 88° suniinor months. Lowest do — 57" winter do Mean do -f-8-33° do do Numher of days rain fell, 15 ; inchcH of rain, 4"53. do snow fell, 26 ; do 20-90. FORT FOND DU LAC. On north side of Lake Atbalmsca, towards east end. Latitude, about 59"^ 45' ; Longitude, nearly 108°. 140 statute miles, north-east from Fort Chipewyan, which is situated at lower end of lake. There is a Roman Catholic Mission here, named Xotre Dame des Sept Douleurs, under the care of Rev. A. H. De Chambreuil, O.M.L, in the Vicariate Apostolic ot Mgr. Tl. J. Faraud. The number of Lidians in the vicinity of, or frequenting, this station, according to the Rev. Grouard, O.M.L, Roman Catholic Missionery at Chipe- wyan, is about 250. Bishop Clut states that the post here is for trading dry provisions and grease from the Chipewyans who hunt the reindeer on the barren grounds. It is a great resort, he says, for wild fowl passing south in the fall. Geese and swans alisrht there in millions to feed. «r FORT AT FRANCIS LAKE. Established by Campbell in 1842. Campbell discovered the Pelly River in 1840. Bell discovered the Lower Yukon, 1845. The latter went down the Porcupine or Rat River in three days, in 1842. Yukon, established 1847. Selkirk, established 1848, FORT FRANKLIN. At lower or south-west end, near outlet of Great Bear Lake. Latitude 65° 11' 56" N. ; Longitude 123° 12' 44" W. ; Variation 38° 59 20" E.— Per Franklin, 19th September, 1825. 1826 — Summer, moan temprature i 50°-20. — June, July, August. 1825-26— Winter do — 17"-00.— Dec, Jany., February. 1826— Highest temperature 4 60^26.— July. 1826-Lowest do | Z49°'-00.-^''dr'^''during two days. Franklin left this Fort with Lieut. "Back and Dr. Richardson, on 24th June, 1826, for the Polar Sea, after having spent the winter there since September, 1825. He returned there from the Polar Sea on the 21st September, 1826, and remained until middle of May, 1827. For further details, see Great Bear Lake, 154 r ,?•• ir %'' I- a m''- TEMPERATURE. Fort Franklin and Fort Rae. Mean Teiniierature during Fort Franklin, liat. (15' 12'. Fort Rae, L;it. ()2" 40". May •Tune . . . Fah. 3.5" -2 5r-4 52° .50" (i Fah. 27--7 .51" -4 July (sr 2 August 5G"5 FORT GOOD HOPE (New or Upper). Latitude, 66° 16'; Longitude, 128^ 31'. On east side of the Mackenzie ; 120 miles above site of the Old Fort Good Hope on west side ; 2} miles above the Hare Indian River and 2 below the Ramparts; 170 miles below Fort Norman ; 274-7 miles above Fort MePher- son, the most nortlierly fort. Fort Good is near the Arctic CircL-. In 1836 the Fort had been moved up to the Upper Manitou Island, whence it was swept by a flood, and was afterwards built on its present site. Franklin, on his way down the Mackenzie to the Polar Ocean, passed at Old Fort Good Hope 1st July, 1826, for which he gives latitude 67° 28' 21", and longitude 130° 54' 38", the variation of compass being 47^ 28' 41" east. The temperature recorded by him, 1st to 7th July, 1826, on his way from the fort down to the mouth of the xVlackenzie, varies from -f41°-6 to 55°*8 Fahrenheit. The Hudson's Bay Company has half a dozen house's here and some stables. The R. C. Mission of Notre Dame de Bonne Esperance, comprising the convent of the Sisters of Charity, at this post has been under the Rev. Jean Seguin, O.M.I., during the past 30 years ; he is assisted by the Rev. Mr. Giroux, O.M.I. This mission is in the Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. Faraud, of whom Mgr. Clut is the Auxiliary. The interior of the Mission Church is one C' the best finished in the country. Many of the buildings and fences are painted with a dull red colouring matter, consisting of the ashes of wood that had lain several years in the river. The white population at or in the vicinity of this post is 26, and the Indian population is about 583. The sun does not rise here from 1st November to 11th January. The hours of sunlight, compared with Ottawa, are as follows : — At New Fort Good Hope : 592 in May, 662 in June, 625 in July, 519 in August. At Ottawa : 456 in May, 462 in June, 464 in July, 423 in August. Total number of hours of sunlight at New Fort Good Hope ... 2,398 do do Ottawa 1,805 Greatest cold, December, January, February, 1885, varied from — 14° to -^50° per Centigrade thermometer. 155 Greatest cold, December, 1884, January and February, 1886, — 14° to —50°. Greatest cold, 2l8t and 29th January, 1887, —53°. In July and August, 1888, the days were pleasant and warm, and the nights not unpleasantly cool. Turnips, carrots, onions, lettuce and potatoes are raised at this post, and wild roses are abundant. Tlie potatoes are the size of large hons' eggs. Flour delivered here, costs $30 per bag of 100 lbs. In winter und in summer, tliose who reside at this post live mainly on fish and barley soup. GREAT BEAR LAKE AND THE COPPER-MINE RIVER. Greatest length of lake, 175 statute miles in a direct line from Fort Con» fidencc at head or east end of lake, in latitude 66° 53' 36" and longitude 118° 40" to Fort Franklin, at lower or south-west end, above outlet of lake, latitude 65° 11^ 56'' north, and longitude 173'' 12' 44 west. Length along navigation line, 250 miles. Breadth varies generally from 25 to 30 and 45 or more miles. Greatest breadth from McTavish Bay, south-east side to head of Smith's Bay, north-west side of lake, 185 statute miles. Depth, over 270 feet. Area, about 11,200 square miles. Height above the sea, per Dr. Richardson of the Franklin expedition, 200 feet. Lake begins to freeze over, latter part of September. Centre of it, not frozen until late in December and even in January. Ice goes out towards end of .June. Dr. Richardson left Fort Franklin, in company with Franklin, 24th June, 1826, descended Bear River, and the Mackenzie ; reached the Polar Sea 7tli .) uly. Franklin with Back and a portion of party went westward with two boats some 374 miles to Icy Reef which he reached 31st July ; he left there Ist August on his return journey and arrived at Fort Franklin 21st September. Dr. Richardson with the remainder of the party and two boats, coasted eastward ; he reached the mouth of the Copper-Mine, latitude 57*^ 58', longitude 115" 18', 8th August ; the thermometer that day was at 86*^ in the sun ; he ascended the river until the 13th and crossed overland to north-east end of Great Bear Lake, which he reached on the 18tli, at 115 miles from the mouth of the Copper-Mine ; he coasted some 318 miles along the lake shore, partly by boat and partly by canoe and arrived back at Fort Franklin, 1st September, 1826. lie states that the first 40 miles of the Copper-Mine, are full of rapids and that the riv^er is practicable onl}* for boats drawing a few inches of water. GREAT BEAR LAKE. The temperature at sunset was +62°. He saw small herds of reindeer, passed stunted spruce and fir groves, and encamped lltli August, among small pines in latitude 67" 33' ; saw many grey marmots. to 166 't. ■ >^- ■ If* I ! 1- Uh ir- if' On the 13th he left the Copper-Mine ; going direct overland to the Great Bear Lake. The rocks were red old sandstone, clay, slate and greenstone ; he passed scattered and thin clumps of pine ; saw wolves in the mountains ; temperature was ^ bS*^. Sandflies were trouhlesome. On the 14th to 17th, saw patridgea (latitude 67*^ 10) and met with wooded valleys. Saw much wood in the valleys tar to the west and north. Bog whirtle berries were abundant. On the 17th Indians came laden with tongues and fat halt-dressed meat; two deer killed. 17th to 19th August. Passed over rising ground covered with white spruce. 20th to 2l8t August. Fished in Great Bear Lake where pike, carp and white tish were caught. 22nd August to 1st September. Journey over lake to Fort Franklin. Dr. Richardson during his journey from the Polar Ocean, met with wooded valleys, had iish and deer meat every day, occasionally partridges, and musk- ox one day. Hcarn in his two expeditions, 1769-70 to discover Copper-Mine River, found (leer plentiful, swans, geese and partridges and killed three musk-oxen ; on the barren grounds west of Hudson's Bay he says that foxes were very plentiful, sIbo lynk, the polar and grizzly bear and the wolverine. Sir John Richardson states that in 1825-1.6 when he Avas wintering on the northern arm of Great Bear Lake, he took out 50,000 whitefish and over 8,800 trout in eighteen months, weighing from 5 to 80 lbs. each, and that other fish were there in innumerable quantities. The temperature varied from 53° to 62° in the evening at sun-down dur- ing the summer months. GREAT SLAVE LAKE. Greatest length, 300 to 320 statute miles, per map, Department of Literior, 1887, from ruins of Fort Reliance at east end to Fort Providence, 46 miles below west end of lake. Greatest breadth, 180 statute miles ; from south side up to head of North Arm, 40 miles beyond Fort Rae. General breadth varies from 10 to 60 statute miles. Area, about 10,100 square miles. Height above the Mackenzie at Fort Simpson, 150 feet, or about 391 above the sea. Its waters are transparent, like those of the great lakes of the St. Lawrence. Great Slave Lake was sounded with a 65-fathom line (390 feet) without reaching the bottom, which is below the sea. It is supposed to be as deep as Lake Superior. This lake, owing to its great depth, is seldom completely frozen over before the last week of November, and the ice, which is generally 7 feet thick, breaks up about the middle of June, three weeks later than the ice of the Great Tiave River. Navigation generally opens towards July. The only known outlet to this vast body of water which receives numerous streams on its north and south shores, is the Mackenzie River. The eastern shores are very imperfectly known. 167 The Indians say there is a communication from its eastern extremity, hy a chain of hikes, with a shallow river which discharges its waters into the Polar Sea ; this stream, which they call the Thlouee-tessy, is navigable only for small canoes. On the north side of the lake, there is an arm comprising two extensive hays which stretch far towards the north-westward, 40 miles heyond Fort Rae ; the upper bay receives the water of a river which communicates with Marten Lake. The Indians ••eport that there are extensive deposits of mica on the south side of the lake. Bituminous limestone and tar springs are also found along the lake. In 1883 the Hudson's Bay Company caught and used 75,000 whitotish in this lake ; they weighed about 2 J lbs. each, or in all al)Out 190,000 lbs. There arc many other varieties of iish ; trout are often caught, weighing 40 lbs. FORT HALKET. On the Riviere aux Liards, near Rocky Mountains ; 150 miles south- westward of Fort aux Liards, which is in Lat. 60° 5' and Long. 121° 20' or thereabout at 145 miles south of Fort Simpson, River Mackenzie. Lat. about 59° N. ; Long, about 123'^ 40' per map. Men. Women, lioy.s. (lirls. Total. White population 7 4 4 5 20 per Census, 1881. Indian do 46 47 75 48 216 do 58 51 79 63 236 R. C. Mission of St. Raphael, under the supervision of Revs. II. Lecomte and J. Gourdon, O.M.I., in the Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. H. J. Faraud. The climate here is severe in winter and to a certain extent similar to that of Manitoba, owing no doubt to the Chinook winds. All kinds of grain and garden plants and vegetables come to maturity here, according to Chief Trader McDougall ; he states that l)arley ripens most years as far as the Arctic Circle or say to 66^° of latitude N. Wheat, barley, rye, oats, Indian corn, sown about 10th of May, turnips, potatoes and other vegetables planted in May, are generally mature towards end of August. Strawberries and gooseberries ripen at an earlier date. The llowers begin to blossom towards the first week of May. Wheat is a reliable crop, four years out of five. Frost penetrates the soil about four feet ; the river freezes over, about the middle of October and opens about the 8th of May. HUDSON'S BAY AND STRAITS. This bay extends from 51° to 63° of north latitude, a distance of about 825 statute miles in length and from 78° to 95° of west longitude, a distance of about 600 statute or of 521 geographical miles in breadth. Hudson's Strait is about 500 statute miles in length and 100 in breadth, or 434 geographical miles in length and 87 in breadth. NAVIGATION. The Bay is navigable early in June, its waters being warmer than those of the Straits. « 158 h • ■'t . The period of navigation during an ordinary year in the Bay and Straits is estimated as heing from 15th .'uly to 15th October, witli a possibility of a fortnight longer in spring and autumn for strongly l)uilt vessels with pro- pellers of small dimensions, well down in the water. FISHERIES. The fish and mammals possessing commercial value in these waters are — The right whale, the white whale, the tuirwhal or unicorn, the walrus, seals of various kinds, salmon, trout and whitotish. Tlie right whale ascends into the (iulf of Boothia, beyond the 70th degree of latitude. Codfish are very plentiful in all the coves and iidets of Ungava Bay, but not beyond it. FAUNA. The terrestrial mammalia of the Straits and northern part of the Bay are chiefly : the [)olar bear, white, grey, red and black foxes, reindeer, wolves and hares. Geese, swans, ducks, ptarmigans and other kinds of game birds, are plentiful. FOREST TREES. Spruce, tamarac, balsam-fir, canoe-birch, aspen and balsam-poplar are reported to exist in the interior of Northern Labrador, at some distance from the coast of the Atlantic and the Straits, except along the rivers and brooks, which are generally fringed with spruce and tamarac. On the west side of Hudson's Bay spruce is found in considerable quan- tities all along the coast. PRINCE OF WALES SOUND— HUDSON'S STRAITS. V"' FAUNA AND FLORA. The fauna and flora observed by F. F. Payne, assistant in the meteoro- logical service of Canada, when he was in charge of the Stupart's Bay station, on the north-west coast of the Sound, are fully described in Lieut. Gordon's report of 1886. According to a list given in this report respecting the flora, the plants are in hud at dates varying from the 20th of May to the 27th of June. They are in leaf generally in the course of June and in flower during July. The seeds ripen in August, and the plants wither between the 20th of August and the 15th of September. GEOLOGY OF HUDSON'S BAY AND STRAITS. The shores along the Straits consist chiefly of gneiss. The specimens of rock collected on the west coast of the Bay indicate that the Huronian series covers a large extent of the Hudson's Bay region ; this series is the principal repository of the economic materials. l.^O ECONOMTO MINERALS OF THE HUDSON'S BAY TERRITOBIES IN GENERAL. Dr. Bell in his report of 1885, enumerates tlie following useful minerals, describing the location whore they arc to be found : — Iron, cluy-ironstone, copper, lead, zinc, molybdenum, silver, gold, gypsum, salt, soapstone, lignite, anthracite, petroleum and asphalt, mica, graphite, asbestos, chromic iron, apatite, iron pyrites, lime, hydraulic cement, building stones, glass-sand, fire-clays and clays for y)fick-making, moulding-sand, shell- marl for manure, ochre, peat, flagstones, roofing slates and other substances, as well as various ornamental stones and rare minerals of scientific interest. Judging from the information obtained and his researches up to 1887, he regards the north-west of Hudson's Bay as one of the most promising in valuable economic materials of the yet imexplored territories. See Lieut. Gordon's reports on his expeditions to Ifudson's Bay, 1884-1885-188G. LA BICHE LAKE. Mean latitude, 54° 48' north. Mean longitude, 112'. Nearly 24 miles long ; lies in a shallow alluvial basin, and is surrounded by good land of a nearly level character ; it discharges into the Athabasca. It is 70 miles east by water and 40 in a direct line from Athabasca Landing. It is in the Diocese of the R. R, Bishop Grandin, and is the residence of the Right Reverend II. J. Faraud, Bishop of the Vicariate Apostolic of Athabasca Mackenzie, Bishop of Anemour, consecrated 30th November, 1863. His Auxiliary, Mgr. Isidore Glut, up to 1889, resided at Fort i'rovidence, near lower end of Great Slave Lake. The Roman Catholic Mission of Notre-Dame des Victoires at this post, comprises St. Joseph's Academy, with about 30 pupite. The Sisters of Charity have a convent there and also an Orphan Asylum, and a Hospital. The Ilalf-breeds and Indians raise a good amount of wheat and other cereals, together with potatoes and other vegetables. Wheat seldom sutlers there from frost. Nearly 1,000 Ilalf-breeds and 500 Cree Indians are living around the Lake or m its vicinity. The Methodists have an important Cree Mission at 40 milcr; south of this Lake. In the Mackenzie Basin there are about 20,000 Indians in all, between its source and the Arctic Sea. LIAR I) RIVER. Tliis affluent of the Mackenzie is navigable from its outlet at Fort Simp- son for 240 miles, southward and westward towards the Rocky Mountains. It freezes over about the 15th of October. The breaking up of the ice on this stream, from 1876 to 1886, inclusive, has varied from the 5th to 27th of May. The river is always open some time before the ice leaves Great Slave Lake. Frost penetrates the ground about 4 feet. Winds are frequent during the winter season, in the vicinity of the Fort aux Liards. 160 LITTLE SLAVE LAKE. Lat, 55i° to 55|° K Long., 114§ to 116i W. Elevation above the sea, 1,800 feet. Greatest length, 65 Statute miles. Greatest breadth, 12 Statute miles. General breadth, 4 to 8*5 Statute miles. Area, about 500 square miles. R.C. Mission of St. Bernard, at west end of lake and upon its north side, under the Rev. D. Collignon, Supr., and Rev. Desmarais, O.M.I., in the Diocese of Mgr. Vital Grandin. R.C. Lidian School — 45 pupils (Crees) descendants of the Algonquin Tribes — under the same missionaries. Anglican Mission and three Protestant ministers, in the Dioctse of Bishop R. Young. Hudson's Bay Company's Post. Mean temperature in summer, -r54°.6. Barley has been found in stack here as early as the 12th of August. FORT McLEOD— NORTH, WEST OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS. Lat., 55° K Long., 123°, 15' W., per Map, Dept. Int., 1887. One of the tirst posts of the Hudson's Bay was established here in 1805, at the foot of Trout Lake, now McLeod Lake, which discharges into the Parsnip River, a branch of Peace River, on the route followed by Sir Alexander Mackenzie across the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Ocean in 1793, via Salmon River. One branch of the Peace River takes its rise at the Fort where it is called the Parsnip. There is not a rapid in the river from Finlay Forks to McLeod. FORT McLEOD— SOUTH. On the Belly River, about 95 miles south-eastward from Calgary, and about 55 miles by trail north of United States Boundary. Thence to Fort Shaw, U.S., 120 miles. Lat. 49° 45' N. ; Long. 113° 25' W., per Map, Dept. Int. The Indian population in the vicinity comprises about : -^ 1,000 on the Piegan Reserve, south and west of Fort McLeod. 2,400 do Blood do east of do These Indians are attended to by the R.C. Missionaries : Rev. A. Lacombe, O.M.I., of Fort McLeod. L. VanTighen, O.M.I., of Lethbridge. Emile Legal, O.M.I., of the Blood Reserve. Donat Foisy, O.M.I., of Belly River. There is an Anglican Mission here, under Rev. Mr. Hilton. These Reserves and the Blackfeet Reserve of 2.150 Indians, which begin midway between Strathmore and N"amaka or at 43 miles east from Calgary and end at Crowfoot at 7'> miles from Calgary, and are along the south side of the Canadian Pacific Railway, are all in the R.C. Diocese of Mgr. Grandin and in the Anglican Diocese of Bishop W. C. Pinkhara. The Blackfeet Indians are attended to by the Rev. Leon iJoucet, O.M.I., and by the Rev. Mr. Tims of the Church of England. 161 fin of md FORT McMURRAY LANDING. Junction of Rivers Athabasca and Clearwater at about 225 miles north of Edmonton and IGO miles north-west from Lac h la Crosse, H. B. C. post. Lat. 56'^ 40' N. ; Long. 111° 30', per map, Dep. Int. Indian population in the vicinity of this fort, 150 per Rev. Grouard, O.M.I., 1888. R. C. Mission — Notre Dame des Sept Douleurs — Rev. A. H. De Chambreuil, in the Diocese of Mgr. H. J. Faraud, O.M I. This fort is at the foot of a long series of rapids on the Athabasca River. From 1878 to 1888 inclusive, the river was closed by ice between 24th October and 14th November ; there was drifting ice in it from l&th October to 14th November ; the ice broke up between 9th April and 4th JNIay. Specimens of wheat and barley have been obtained here which have astonished every one who saw them. Afany of the ears contained 100 grains and the weight of both wheat and barley was nearly 10 per cent, over the ordinary weight. Further west, there is a vast country which Sir George Simpson, one of the Governors of the Hudson's Bay Company, calls the very Eden of the North. Rye, oats, potatoes, turnips, strawberries and gooseberries grow here with facility. Grain sown about the 10th May, is reaped about the 10th of August. FORT Mcpherson. Lat. about 67° 26' N. ; Long. 134° 57" W. (See W. Ogilvie's Report.., Dep. Int., 1888-1880.) This fort is built on the east bank of the Peel River, some 14 miles abo"i the point where it divides and joins the Mackenzie delta which is common to both, at about 32 miles from the fort. This is the most northerly point at w^hich any one is permanently settled in this district. A Roman Catholic Mission is to be established here in 1890-1891 by Bishop Isidore Clut. Archdeacon McDonald, formerly stationed at Fort Yukon and aftcrw\irds at Rampart House, had charge of the Anglican Mission work at this station in 1887. .Tune 20 .[ulv 1 to ;w. to ;u. Mean temperature -h02-0 -f 64*7 in 1888 Highest do +74-0 +78-0 do Lowest do 4-37-3 do Mean minimum temperature -h 43*33 +45"4 do May. .lunc. July. Aug. Total hours of sunlight... .vu 720 684 527=2.637— Ft. McPherson. do do ... 456 462 464 423=1,808— Ottawa. The soil, as seen along the Mackenzie, is good for agricultural purposes. AYhen W. Ogilvie, D.L.S., arrived at Fort McPherson on 20th June, the new buds on the trees were just perceptible, and on the evening of the 22nd, the trees Avere almost fully in leaf. The combination t)f favorable temperature and long hours of sunlight, he states, promises well for vegetable growth, but there are interfering causes. 11 162 I i' h * |i' Unfortunately snow storms are apt to come at any time in the year. On 2nd July five inches of snow fell and the thermometer went down to 25*^ (7° below freezing point), yet, strange to say, the frost did not appear to hurt anything. No attempt at cultivating cereals or roots has been made as yet, it appears, although scarcely more than one degree further north than Fort Good Hope. White population, Fort Mcpherson, including La Pierre's House at head of the Porcupine, 38. Indian population in the vicinity of Fort McPherson, 351. Esquimaux frequenting this fort, 350. MISTASSINI LAKE. Between 50^° and 51i° Lat. N., and between 72i° and 74° Long. W., at about 150 miles N.-W. from Lake St. John. West portion of lake about 92 miles in length, and from 13 to 17 miles in breadth with a range of islands along the centre ; east portion of lake about 60 miles in length, and from 5 to 10 miles in breadth. Area, as scaled on map, about 2,000 miles. It discharges westward through the River Rupert, pbuut 213 miles in length, into eTames' Bay near the south-eastern end of James' Bay. This river is said to be much larger than the Saguenay. Richardson, in his report o^ 1870, states that the land in the region of the Great Lake is a level plain not more than 30 feet above the lake, and that the soil, which is calcareous, is fertile and excellent for cultivation. Blackbeiries were ripe 5th and 6th July ; raspberries, 7th and 8th Jul}^ ; timothy was 2 feet high and coarse grass was 4 feet high on 9th July. He saw quantities of wild grapes in the surrounding countr}^ MOOSE FACTORY. Say Lat. 51° 10' K, Long. 80° 45' W. At head or southern end and west side of James' Bay, which forms part of Hudson's Bay. Projected railway from Moose Factory to Lake Abitibi, Lake Temis- kaming and to North Bay of Lake Nipissing, 350 miles in length. Company chai'tcred in '884 for its construction. See details of Lake Abitibi. Mean temperature, June, July, August +62*20 do January, February, December — 12-00 do entire year +35*76 Highest temperature, June +*.'2"10 Lowest do January — 35*90 Rain fell 100 days. Rainfall in inches, 21*0 in 1878. Snow fell 83 days. Snowfall in inches, 15*4 in ls78. Percentage of cloud}* days during twelve months 66*0. First rain. 1877 to 1881, varied from 9th March to 4th April. First snow do 16th to 21st October. River frozen over do 2nd November to 9th Decen.,jer. River open do 9th May. Thunder and lightning, April, June, July. Depth of snow in woods, varied from 10 to 30 inches, February and Decern l)cr. Average summer temperature, 62°.20. t t c r o 168 m^ Liid Turnips, beets, carrots, cabbages, onions, tomatoee., spinach, potatoes, mus- tard, cress, rhubarb, radishes and cauliflowers are raised here in abundance. The caulillower appears to be one of the surest crops, and is sometimes ready for the table as early as the first of August. Vegetables are sown about 18th May, and potatoes planted towards 'Jlst May. Barley, oats, beans, pease and rye ripen well. The crops of the Windsor bean and Kidney bean are surprising. Fall wheat grows very well, notwithstanding the severity of the winter frosts. Eighty heads of cattle, besides horses, pigs and sheep, are kept here by the Hudson's Bay establishment. Whether viewed in reference to size, quantity or quality the crops at Moose Factory and MataAvagaming, 2G0 miles further south, will compare favourably with those in the best potatoo-growing districts in Ontario. The Anglican Bishop, J. Ilorden, whose diocese of Moosonee embraces the territory around Hudson's Bay, resides at Moose Factory. The Roman Catholic missions, east and west of James' Bay from 70° to 91° of longitude, are in the Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. Lorrain who resides at Pembroke. The Bev. J. M. IS'edelec, O.M.I., one of his missionarie? visits the Factory occasionally after attending the mission of Lake AbitiLi. He resides at Mattawa. There are 250 Protestant and many Catholic Indians at Moose Factory. Wild animals and feathered game abound in the surrounding region. FORT NELSOK On east branch of River aux Liards, Rocky Mountains. Lat. 58° 30' K; Long, about 120° W. R. C. Mission, ISTotre Dame dcs Neiges. Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. H. J. Faraud. Rev. Gourdon, O.M.I. LAKE NIITGOK Lat. 49° 30' to 50° 15' N; Long. 88° to 89° nearly, W. Distance by Xipigon River to Lake Superior about 30 miles. Length about 00 miles, north and south. Breadth about 40 miles, east and west. Depth — No bottom found at 540 feet. The lake comprises numerous islands ; its waters are deep and contain, in abundance, flsh of every description taken in Lake Superior. The land is good on the south-western side of the lake, and the country becomes more level, receding from the lake and in the direction towards Winnipeg. The country north of the hilly region around Lake Superior, between the Pic River and Lake Xipigon, is comparatively level, with a sandy soil, generally dry, but in places th .e are shallow swamps and low rocky ridges. The sand soil is underlaid by a light coloured clay which occasionally comes to the surface. Oats and barley are successfully cultivated at Long Lake House, eastward of Lake Nipigon ; hay, potatoes and all the onlinary vegetables thrive remarkably well. Potatoe tops are not touched by frost before the first week of October. Hi 164 •i'i: Climate: — At Pie the mean temperature recorded was (!2-88 in July; 63'54 in August; G4'U) in September and 50-02 in October ; weather very fine during these months. The temperature was nearly the same as at Toronto during July and August, and warmer in September and October, taking the avor.age of 29 years, and although Toronto is al)out five degrees further south. LAKE NIPISSING. Lat. 46° r to 46° 23' N. ; Long. V.P 30' to 8^= 6' W. Greatest length, east and west, about 40 miles. Greatest breadth, north and south, about 20 miles. Area about &00 square miles. Elevation above the sea 665 feet. The northerly shores of the lake are low, generally of flat rock and sand and the water shoal upon a sandy bottom. Its waters pass out into French River by three outlets through myriads of islands, and are discharged into Georgian Bay, Lake Huron, which is 578 feet above the sea. From Lake Nipissing to Georgian Bay the diiitanco is about 40 miles, and the navigation is obstructed by falls and rapids. The scenery along French River surpasses that of the Thousand Islands of the St. Lawrence below Kingston. FORT NORMAN (NEW). On the "Mackenzie River, 314 miles north of Fort Simpson, 1 69 south of New Fort (:}ood Hope, 289 south of Old Fort, and 380 south of Fort McPher- son. Old Fort, latitude, 64° 40' 38" X. ; longitude, 124^ 44' 47" W., per Frank- lin, 7th June, 1826; variation, 39° 57' 52".' Xew Fort, latitude, 64'^ 54' 3"; longitude, 125'' 43' 1"— Ogilvie, 1888. Elevation of the Mackenzie at Fort Xorman above the Polar Sea, about 150 feet. Xew Fort Xorman is situated on the east bank of the Mackenzie, just above the outlet of Great Bear Lake River, On 5th July, 1789. Alex. \Lackenzie passed here on his journey down to the Polar Sea. Franklin reached this point 7th August, 1825, and 25th Jiuie, 1826, goir:' down the River Mackenzie. In 18i.- the old fort was situated 23 miles above its present site and on the wesc bank of the Mackenzie. Mean summer temperature, June, July, August, -|-69'87 at new fort. The white population here amounts to about 9 persons, and the Indian population in the vicinity to about 254 persons. There is an Anglican Mission here, in the Diocese of Bishop W. C. Bom- pas, and also the Roman Catholic Mission of Ste. Tht^rcse, which is under the Rev. X. C. DucAt, O.M.L, who has resided upwards of 22 years at the post, in the Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. II. J. Faruud. W. Ogilvie, D. L.S., who stopped there in 1888, states in his report of 16tb July, 1889 :— 165 At Fort Norman the lIudBon's Bay (bmpany had a garden planted with turnips, potatoes and other garden produce. I was at that point during the last days of July, at which time potatoes were about six inches high and did not promise a good yield. The Roman Catholic Mission had two patches, together about an acre in extent, planted with potatoes. The soil here was much better than in the first patch, being a warm clay loam, while in the other it was nearly all decay- ing vegetable, commonly called "muck." The mission potatoes were much stronger in the vines than the Hudson's Bay Company's, and at that time nearly covered the ground. The Anglican missionary had planted a small piece of ground near the river, on a sheltered bench below the top of the bank, and facing the south. Here the growth was much stronger than at either of the other places. Some barley had been sown in it and was well grown, the stalks averaging from two to two and a half feet high, and the heads being long and just beginning to fill. The growth of grass on this flat is luxuriant, and nettles grow as strong and large as any I have seen elsewhere. Near the edge of the woods, wild vetches grow as long and vigourous as they do near Edmonton. 1872 TO 1888, INCLUSIVE. First snow at New Fort Norman, 23rd September to 15th October. First ice formed on the Mackenzie, 5th October to 2nd Noveml^er. Navigation closed do '2nd November to 18tli November. Ice broke up do 9th May to 28th May. NORWAY HOUSE. to m of At the north-east end of Lake Winnipeg. Lat. 53° 41' 38" N. ; long. 98° 1' 24" W. About 130 miles westward of Oxford House and 345 miles westward of York Factory. Malcolm McLeod, who was examined before the Schultz Committee in 1888, states that: — "There was plenty of ground for cultivation, but that everyone was so busy at more urgent work that no one tried to farm or to cultivate." Col. Crofton states that : — " Corn, pease, rhubarb, cabbages and other vegetables were grown successfully at this station when he was there." OXFORD HOUSE. On the Hayes and Hill River route from York Factory to Lake Winnipeg, 215 miles westward from York Factory, Hudson's Bay; 130 miles eastward from Norway House, at north end or foot of Lake VV^innipeg. Lat. 54' 58' N. ; long. 95" 45' W., per map, Dep. Int., 1887. Malcolm McLeod stated before the Schultz Committee, in 1888, that although this station is on the summit of the Laurentian range, he saw a fine garden, growing potatoes abundantly. Barley and vegetables are grown here and much farther north in the Mackenzie River region. 16t) PEACE RIVER. \v., ', i-.i-/' » This affluent of the Mackenzie stretches from beyond i'ort McLeod, west of the Rocky Mountains, down to Great Slave River, below Fort Chipewyan of Lake Athabasca, or from Long. 123° and Lat. 54^° to Long. 111|° and Lat. 5HJ°. The upper Peace River is navigable for steamers drawing 3 to 4 feet of wator ; with some improvement at two points, a draught of 5 to 6 feet might be obtained. It atfbrds a navigable stretch of 557 miles down to the falls, some 50 miles below Fort Vermillion. The lower portion of the river is navigable for about 220 miles from the falls down to Lake Athal)asca, except- ing a rapid of about 2 miles in length. This stream was the route selected by Mackenzie during his journey across the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific Ocean in 1793. Peace River Landing is about 63 miles by trail or wag;gon road north- eastward from the west end of Little Slave Lake. Before a Select Committee of the Senate, in 1888, Prof. Macoun said : — " The waters of the Peace River are like those of the Mississippi, of a milky colour. It is a mighty river, 1,000 yards wide. ^ ^ ^ ^ When we reached the bank of the river, we came upon it like as if we were walking across this room ; there was no appearance of a riv^er at all. The country was perfectly level and there was no appearance of the river until wo came upon the verge almost of a steeD bank — we could see the country on the opposite side of the river. Seven hundred feet below us there wound a mighty river : I have never seen a river like it in any sense. You can picture to yourself a river 800 yards wide, meandering through a narrow but very deep valley, because we were 700 feet above the water of the river. We covdd look to the left up the Smoky River and to the right to the sandstone cliffs, miles below us. That was in September, 1872. PEACE RIVER REGIOK This is a vast tract of fertile land embracing about 10 degrees of latitude and 13 of longitude. It IS a terraced land of rich rolling prairie, a park-like land of wood, glade and meadow where the jumping deer glance through the dry grass and trees. The trees are of great size and of splendid growth ; they are like the magnificent trees around Kensington Park. The country is so crowded with animals that it has the appearance, in some places, of a stall yard. On the Ppper Peace River the snow fall is from 18 to 36 inches in depth ; the snow disappears towards the 5th of April, and anemones blossom towards the 20th, at which time mosquitoes begin to appear. The climate is mild owing to the influence of the Japan Sea, the great gulf stream of the Pacific, which tempers it to such an extent that wheat may be grown at Fort Simpson in Lat. 61° 52', and barley as far north as Fort Nor- man in Lat. 64" 5 1' 3", although it is 1,200 miles further north than Quebec. The general level of the portion of the river between the Rocky Moun- tains and Smoky River is about 2,000 feet above the sea. Between Peace River and Athabasca Lake, the elevation does not exceed 1,000 feet ; it diminishes northward. «■* 1G7 » . According to Capt. Palisser, the temperature lowers three degrees for every 1,000 feet of elevation above the sea. PEEL RIVER. This stream joins the Mackenzie below Fort McPherson, on its west side ; it is navigable and navigated a distance of about 60 miles by the Hudson's Bay steamer " Wrigley," which ascends it with supplies and returns with the furs collected at the fort. At the fort, the river is seldom clear of ice before the month of June. PRINCE ALBERT Is on the north side of the North Saskatchewan River, at 353 miles west of Lake Winnipeg and 460 miles east of Edmonton. Latitude, 53^^ 10' north. Longitude, 105° 40' west, per map. Department Interior. Population, say 5,000 Spi'ing begins generally in April ; harvesting is done from the second week of August until the tirst week of Su[)teml)cr. Early frost comes about 17th August and the latest about 1st September. Cattle must be fed as a rule from the time the heavy snow falls in No- vember until March. Wheat, cats, [)ease, barley, potatoes, carrots, parsnips and other vege- tables are generally raised with success. Oats have yielded from 50 to 60 bushels ]>er acre. Strawberries, raspberries, cranberries, saskatoon and other berries are found in abundance. North of I'rince Albert there is an extensive belt of spruce and poplar. FORT I'ROVIDENCE (NEW). Latitude, about 61" 30' north. Longitude, al)Out 117° 12', per map, Deville. 167 miles westward from Fort Resolution on south side of Great Slave Lake. 157i miles south-eastward of Fort Simpson on the Mackenzie. This Fort is 17 miles below Beaver Lake and 24 miles above Little Lake, or at 46 miles below west end of Great Slave Lake. It is on the north bank of the river, some 15 to 25 feet al)0ve the water, and oi)posite an island a mile or more in len<>;tli and lialf-a mile from the shore ; the main channel is on the south side of this island ; south of this island there is another island. The Hudson's Bay Com[)any have a trading post here, comprising various buildings. Up to 1890 this station has been the headquarters of the Ronum Catholic Bishop Glut, who has built a church, hospital, orphan asylum and a school, which are under the care of Rev. A. L. Lecorre and Audenard, CM. I., and of eight Grey Nuns who now have 46 pupils. White population at this ]wst, about 42 ; Indian population in its vicinity, not increased since census of 1881, which gave 456. 168 \i '' W. Ogilvie in his report 16th July, 1889, to Department of Interior, states : — At Fort Providence the usual garden produce is grown every year and generally turns out well. Barley is also grown with success; but in 1888 it was, as ever^Mvhere else in the valley, much retarded by cool weather. Up to my departure from the i)ost, the lowest t(!m])orature, exclusive of 2nd July, was Bl'S*^ on 29th August. The mean minimum for August was -|-43°. When I was there the barley was bogitming to change colour, and unless a very sc .re frost came soon after, would rii)en. Wh !at has i>een grown here for many years by the Hudson's Bay Company, generall}'- being fairly ripe be- fore it is touched by frost, and sometimes escaping altogether. FORT RAE. Polar Station of Great Britain and Canada. Lat. 62^^ 39' N. ; Long. 115^^ 44' W. Towards north end of north arm of Great Slave Lake. Ronum Catholic Mission of St. Michel, in the Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. IL J. Faraud. Rev. Bruno Roure and Victor F. Ladct, O.M.I. According to last census, 1881, the white population comprised 8 men, 4 women, 8 boys and girls, in all 2(J. The Indian population comprised 128 men, 147 women, 188 boys, 152 girls, in all 015. Mr. W. Ogilvie in his report, I6th July, 1889, to the Department of the Interior, states : — I was informed that small potatoes were grown in a garden at Fort Rae ; but according to report there is not niuch land around the lake available for farming, even were the climate suitable, as it is nearly all rock. Samples of seed were received from the Experimental Farm of Ottawa, but too late for planting in 1888. Mean summer temperature — June, July, August, -+- 55*53. Mean winter do December, January, February, - 17*60. l.K 75 —Highest, August, +85-00, 1875 — Lowest, February, - 5P00. 1875 — Number of days rain fell, 11. 1875 — do snow fell, 44. (None in June, July and August. 1875 — r«l umber of inches rain, 4*13. 1875— do snow, 19-20. SnoAv falls about the 27th September ; the lake freezes over about the middle of October ; the snow begins to disappear in April ; the trees show signs of budding about 10th May ; the ice breaks up towards 3rd June, and the trees begin to loose their leaves towards the tirst September. FORT RELIANCE. On the Yukon River. * Lat about 64^ 15' ; Long, about 140° 30'. There is a flat here of some 1,500 acres. Messrs. Harper and McQuestion have lived there for some j^ears ; it appears they never made any agricultural experiments, believing that they would be futile. 169 FORT RESOLUTION. Lat. 61° 10' 26" N., Long. 113° 45' 00" W., on 30th July, 1825, by Franklin. Lat. 61° 10-5' K, Long. 113^' 46-5' W., Capt. Lefroy, 1842-44. Near the outlet of Slave River into Great Slave Lake, .ore the Hudson's Bay Comi)any has the usual trading station huiklingg, ana he Anglican Cliurch Mission Society of the Diocese of Bishop AV. C. Bonipas, has a small mission. The Roman Catholic Mission of St. Joseph, in the Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. n. J. Faraud, is on an island in the lake some distance from the fort. It is under the Rev. L. F. Dupire, O.M.I. Indian population in the vieinity, about 300. June 19. Lake ice solid west of fort, do 28. Many plants in flower. July 2. Ice very solid in various places. W. Ogilvie, in his report, 31st December, 1889, states: — At Fort Resolution the Hudson's Bay Company were growing potatoes, turnips and barley. The iirst two were of good quality and size, but there would be no yield of the last. The Anglican missionary also had a garden, in which were potatoes, cabbages, caulillowers, turnips, onions and pease, the latter still green on the 2l8t of September. The potatoes and cauliflowers were both good in size and flavour. Samples of grain weie received from the Experimental Farm of Ottawa, but two late for planting in 1888. SASKATCHEWAN RIVER. According to Capt, Palisser the altitude of the upper portion of the plain of the Saskatchewan River is 2,700 feet, and that of the lower portion 1,600 feet above the sea. The temperature lowers 3 degrees for every 1,000 feet of elevation above the sea. FORT SIMPSON. Lat. 62-11° N. ; long. 121° 38' W., per Franklin, 5th August, 1825. Lat. 61° 52' N. ; long. 121° 25-2' W., per Capt. Lefroy, 1842-44. Var., 37° 42' E., per Franklin, 5th August, 1825. Situated on an island just below the junction of the Mackenzie and Liard Rivers, at about 800 miles from the mouth of the Mackenzie, 158 miles north- westward of Fort Providence, 180 miles below Fort Liard, in an air line, and about 300 miles below the source of the Mackenzie. Elevation of the Mackenzie at Fort Simpson, 241 feet above the Polar Sea at the mouth, and 150 feet below the level of Great Slave Lake. This post comprises the headquarters of Hudson's Bay Company for the district, together with the Roman Catholic Mission of the Sacre Coeur, under Rev. P. Nouel de Kranque, Vicariate Apostolic of Mgr. II. J. Faraud, and an Anglican Mission in the Diocese of Bishop W. C. Bompas. White population at this station, about 39 ; Indians in vicinity, about 500. I ii 170 *; Mean temperature, .Time, July, August +')5-37 do December, February, December. — 14'70' Highest temperature during summer +69'30' Days rain, 103 ; snow 10, (hiring the year. Hours ofsuidight, 538 in May, 570 in June, 558 in July, 481 in Augusts Total liours of sunlight at Fort Simpso-n, 2,147, May, June, July, August. do do Ottawa, 1,805 do do Around the fort, the timber, consisting gimerally of hemlock, pof)lar, birch and tir, is very large and is used for building purposes. The fort is built of srpiared timber. Potatoes of the same size as in Ontario are grown in abundance, and sui)plies of them are sent by boat to Fort Good Kope, ^2 I iniles further north on the Mackenzie. Turnips, onions, lettuce and barley are also raised. On 24th August, 1888, Mr. Ogilvie says, they looked as good as the same kinds seen on the Ottawa market, although this post is 1,150 miles further north than Ottawa.. Strawberries blossom about 7th June. Garden products are availalde in August. Wheat has been tried, but with inditferent success. Cows and oxen are kept here all winter, and fed ou native grass. There are large numbers of cariboo and moose deer and rabbits, silver ■ fox, beaver, marten, lynx, and foxes of all kinds, geese and ducks, in the Simpson district. The tisli used there, are whitefish and trout, 5 to 12 pounds, from Great Slave Lake. A fish called " la loche," of 30 to 40 pounds, is caught, but is generally used to feed the dogs,, In winter the ice on the Mackenzie is fully 6 feet thick. It breaks up and descends from 1st to 14th of ^fay. The river remains open until !7th tO' 30th November, previous to which drift icv descends from 11th October to 12th November. Snow 2 to 3 feet deep in winter. FORT SMITH. On west side of Great Slave River. Lat. al)out G0° N. : Long, about 112° 20' W. 116^ miles below Fort Chipewyan on Lake Athabasca; 190| miles above Fort Resolution, on south side of Great Slave Lake; 1,27'Sh miles above Fort McPherson, on the lower Mackenzie. Fort Smith is at the lower end of a cart road, along the west side, over which the outfits for the posts on the Mackenzie are hauled from the head to the foot of the rapids. At this station the Hudson's Ray Company have a few buildings, and there is also a Roman Catholic Mission called St. Isidore by Mgr. Faraud, who gave it the name of his Auxiliary, Mgr. Isidore Clut ; the Mission is under the Rev. A. Laity, O.M.I., assisted by a lay brother. There are about 200 Indians in the vicinity of this post. Large deposits of salt are reported on Great Salt River, some miles from the Fort. The salt is used all over the Peace, Athabasca and Mackenzie districts, and to the taste is pure. Mr. McConnell, of the Geological Survey^ visited the deposits in the fall of 1887. 171 FORT SMOKE RIVER OR FORT BOUCANK. Aliout 5 miles above junction of Peace River, or 7 above Peace River Landing, wbicb is 03 miles by trail north-westward from west end of Little Slave Lake. Landing, Lat. 56° 15' N. ; Long. 117° IfJ' W. Arission, Lat. 5«) ' 10' N. ; Long. 117° 23' W. The R. C. Mission at this station is attended to by the missionaries in charge of the St. Charles Mission : — Rev. Aug. Ifusson and Desmarais under Mgr. Faraud and Mgr. Clut, his Auxiliary. The soil along the road between Little Slave Lake and the mouth of Smoking River is ot a superior quality On the borders of the Peace and Liard Rivers there are sevtjral magniticent sections of good alhivial huids. For details respecting land, trees, climate, etc., see Peace River District. Note.— Hee "Lake Stc. Aiiiic .Missinii " ill A(l Little Rapid," but has received the name it now bears in honou.r of the presetit Chief Comndssioner of the IFudsoTi's Ray Com])any. W. Ogilvie, in his re]>ort of l(!tli July, I'^HO, states : " S(mie slight attem[»ts at cultivation had been nnide, but I do not consider them a fair test of the capabilities of the place. When 1 w.is there on 15th August, 1888. tlu^ |)(>o|>le wrvc gatlnu'iug bluebcrvies, then fully ripe and as large and well llavo.ired as they are in ( )ntario. Lipe strawberries weri' tbund on 0th August 00 miles below this and a few raspberries soon afterwards. Above the Fort, wild gooseberries and V)lack currants were found in al)undance, some of the small islands being literally covered with the bushes. The goose- 175 'borries were largo and well Havoured, juid the ourrauts would coini)are favour- ably with the Banio fruit as cultivated in the vieinitv i>f Ottawa, the black cur- rants beini; espeeiallv laru'e and mellow. This was in the middle of jVuy'Ust, in latitude' 63'. Notk.— See '' White b'ish Lake" in Addenda. YORK FACTORY. On west side of Hudson's Bav and on a tonijue of land between the Rivers Nelson and Hayes. Lat. 67' 0' 3'' ; Lon.,^ 92^' 28'.— (Lieut. Gordon.) The (^liui'eh of Eni2;laml has a Mission here for the Indians, the number of whom lias not been ascertained. No ]{X\ Mission at this station. Sunnuer mean teni])erature +58-17 in 1886 — Lieut. Gordon. Winter do — 17-1!) do do llijL^hest temperature +68-30 Julv, 1882 do . '■ , f— 27-26 daii., 1882 do jA)\vest do ■; . , ,,,. . . (^ — a2-U0 certain years. Number of days' rain in 1886, M ; inclu's of rain, 2r)-10. do " snow in 1886, 135 : do snow, 70-10. . Haves River opens itth Mav lo 1st June— 1828 to 181)0. do closes 3rd Nov. to Dth Dec— 1828 to 1800. This river is the route followed hv thc^ H. B. Comiianv's boats towards < It/ Norway House at the foot or nortli end of Lake Winni[)eii:. Trout, salmon and a very tine s))ecies of whitt'tish an* abundant in the Nelson and Hayes Rivi-rs. Nelson liiver freezes to a dejjth of 5*75 feet in Dec., dan.. Feb., March. Hayes do do 6'50 do do In April an(i May the soil is iVo/.en to a depth of from 30 to 48 inclu^s. Jn -luni', .luly and August the tliaw jteieti-ates the g-rountl from 10 to 40 inches, and sometimes more, according;- to locality. A short distaiu'c in the country, the li-ronnd is not iro/en in sunuaer. Tt is completely thawed oiit : drove pole 6 fe(»tin tiTound — no frost — Dr. Belt, 1880. Snov; seldom falls duriiii;- the last three montlis of the year. Potatoes are i>'rown at this station every year ; also turnips, radishes and plants. 1^'or more than 200 vears from two to five sailiny; vessels, on an avera2;e, freciuently with war-shi]»s convoying;- them, have sailed amiually from I<]ui'o[)e and American jwrts to I'ort Nelson (Vork Factory) and other ports on Hudson liay, and ri'turned witli cari'-oes the same season. Tbe aveiaice dati' of IK! arrivals of tbe Hudson's Uay Oomjiany's shii)S at York Factory, is about 4tli Sept. Of tbe 116 ari'ivals, 48 wi're in Auy-ust, the earliest being on the 6th : the latest was on tlu' 7th of Ot-tober, on which occasit)n the vesst>l wintered in tbe bay. liieut. Gordon, in bis report of 1S8(), states that the estuary of the N«'lson Jxivcr is one ot" tbe most (langerous placi's Ibr vessels to go to, and I bat no oxj)enditure of money can make it a desirable i>lace for shipping. His sbip was lying !♦ miles from tlu' nearest land and 2S miles from the proposed terminus of the railway from Winnipeg and was yet but little more tban a mile from tbe \)o\\d of a shoal, witb only 6 feet of water on it and a tide of nearly 3 knots. For further details, see Hiulson's Bay. 176 ! y- FORT YUKON. In Alaska, United States Territory, at junction of Yukon and Porcupine Rivers. Lat. 66° 3V K ; Long. 145° 20' W., per Map, Dept. Int., 1887. Barley is groAvn at this station. YUKON DISTRICT. Yukon River and Triuutaries. From Chilkoot Pass, or Jjake Benndt, to the Alaska boundary^ west of Fort Reliance. From Lat. 60° and Long. 135° to Lat. 65° 15' and Long. 141° Mr. W. Ogilvie, Dominion Land Surveyor, in his report of 16tli July, 1889, describes the country traversed by him in the Yukon District and else- where in 1887. After describing the country seen along his route, from the Chilkoot Pass to the boundary beyond Fort Reliance, he ^♦•ates : — "Without the discovery and development of large mineral wealth, it is not likely that the slender agricultural revenues of the region will ever attract attention, at least until the better parts of our Territories are crowded. In the event of such discovery, some of the land might be used for the production of vegetables for the miners ; . -^t even in that case, with the transport facilities which the district comman .s, it is very doubtful if it could compete profitably with the south and east. The Yukon has a course of 2,200 miles from its source to the ocean. The river is not generally clear of ice until between the 25th of May and the Ist of June, and heavy frosts occur early in September, and sometimes earlier. At the boundary, 687*55 miles from Haines Mission, Chilkoot Inlet, there are two flats of several hundreds of acres each ; one on the west side, the other three miles above it, on the east side. Both of these are covered with poplar, spruce and white birch, also, with some willows and some small pine. In making preparations for the foundation of our house at our winter quarters near the boundary, Ave iiad to excavate in the bank of the river, and in an exposed place, where the sun's rays would reach the surface without hindrance from trees or other shade, we fo'ind the depth to the perpetually frozen ground to be not more than two feet. In the woods where the ground is covered with over a foot of moss, the froze i ground is immediately below the moss. On this the timber is generally small and of very slow growth, as is evident from the number of anmuil ring's of growth. I have seen trees of only three or four inches in diameter which were upwards of one hundred and fifty years old. YUKON RIVER NAVIGATION. From the mouth of the river on Behring Sea, across United Statto Terri- tory, the distance to the International Boundary Line at 141° of west longitude is about 1,500 miles ; thence across Canadian Territory to the confluence of Lake Bennett, the distance is about 639*34 miles. The confluence of the Yukon and Porcupine Rivers is about 200 miles N. W. from the International Boundary Line, according to Capt. C. W. Ray- 177 mond of the United States Corps of Engineers, who was there for some time in 1860. It is 412 feet above the sea, which gives a fall of 1*9 per mile on the 200 miles. Throe steamboats, the " Yukon," the " St. Michel " and the " Explorer," belonging to the Alaska Commercial and Fur Trading Company, navigate the river ; they are small and carry little or no freight, but they tow loaded barges ; the Company intended to put a larger boat, on the river in 1888, one that would curry 120 to 200 tons of freight and make 5 to 7 miles per hour up stream on the upper portion of the ri\^er, instead of the present stern-wheel boats Avhich scarcely reach 3 or 4 miles an hour. There is auotlier steamer, the " New Rocket," which takes supplies to the Forty Mile River; she is about 40 feet long, 9 to 10 feet beam, with about 2 feet draught ; she was 22 days out from St. Michel's Island near the mouth of the Yukon ; she endeavoured to ascend the Stewart River with supplies for the miners but could not overcome the current. YUKON DISTRICT. e )f Fisir. "With the exception of a small species locally called the Arctic trout, fish are not numerous in the district. On the way down, salmon were first seen twenty or twenty-five miles above Five Finger Rapids, 316'74 miles below Lake Bennett. After coming up the river Yukon lor a distance of 2,000 miles from the sea, they are poor, and would not realize much on the market. PLANTS. A small collection of plants was made along the river, and those obtained above the Pelly, were taken home by 'Dr. Dawson of the Geological Survey. {See Appendix of Ogilvio's Report). SNOW, ICE, ETC. First snow of the season on tli mountain tops, 10th Sept., 1^87. do in the valley, 23rd Sept., 1887. Temperature of river water, +88' 1st Oct., 1887. During v^'inter, at the International Boundary Line, the temperature was as follows : — Mean Miiiiimiiu Mean Miniiinim at 7:'M a.m. at 1:.'W ii.iii. 1887— October -, 18-5 November - 5'1 - December -33-6 -27-6 1888— January -25-3 -15-3 ' February -16-8 -4-3 First ice drifting i > river, on 21st Oct., 1887. Ice set in river, on 15th Xov., 1 -^87. Thickness of ice, 14.^ inches, on 1st Dec , 1887. do 40i do on 3rd Jan., 1888. do 48" do on 3rd Feb. 1888. do 48.; do on 2nd March, 1888. J2 178 YUKON DISTRICT. ANIMALS. The principal furs procured in the district are the silver-grey and black fox, the number of which bears a greater ratio to the number of red foxes than in any other part of the country. Marten and sable are numerous, also lynx ; but otter are scarce, and beaver almost unknown. Game is not now as abundant as before mining began, and it is difficult, in fact impossible, to get any close to the river. The Indians have to ascend the tributary streams to get anything worth going after. On the uplands, vast herds of cariboo still wander, and when the Indians encounter a herd, they allow very few to escape, although they do not require the meat. The mountain sheep (Big-horn) and mountain goats exist everywhere in the territory ; they are seldom seen from the river. BIRDS. These are scarce. Some ravens, magpies and partridges were seen, together with a few white-headed eagles, and some owls. Wild geese and ducks are plentiful in their season, and of ducks there are many more species than in any other part of the territory. Most of these were observed towards the head of the River Porcupine. MINERALS. A seam of coal was found on the Lewes River, about six miles above Five Finger Rapids. This seam is about three feet thick ; the coal looks good. G. C. Iloifman describes it as a lignite coal. Dr. Dawson made an examination of this seam. Coal seams were also seen six miles below Five Finger Rapids and near Coal Creek, five miles below Forty-Mile River. Some of the seams measure five feet and one of them seven feet. METALS. Mr. Ogilvie states : It is probable that wo have not less than 1,400 miles of stream in the Canadian part of the Yukon district, upon all of which gold can be found. Stewart River is the first in the district on which mining to any extent has been done. I have heard the amount of gold found there in 1885-86 estimated at ^300,000. The highest amount of any one man's earnings was about |6,000. This may be true, as many agree that ^^30 per day per man was common on many of the bars on the Stewart River. The quantity of gold found in 1885-8»i, by about forty niinerb, on the Forty Mile River, is esthnated at from |!1] 2,500 to $130,000. 179 YUKON AND ATHABASCA DISTRICTS. Freight Bates. Messrs. Harper, McQuestion and Co., are the only persons who have been doing business in the country, apart from gold mining, since 1873. They occu- pied Fort Reliance for some years and afterwards established a trading post at Stewart River in 1886 on account of the miners who were working there. In 1887 they establishtsd a post at Forty-Mile River, whither nearly all the miners went when coarse gold had been found. They do a sort of commission business for the Alaska Commercial and Fur Trading Company. Their freight charges are $30 per ton for goods paid for in furs and $125 per ton for goods paid for in cash, for the use of tlie miners. The prices paid in 1887, were $17.50 for flour per 100 lbs. ; $40 for bacon per 100 ; $18 for beans per bushel ; $30 tor sugar per 100 ; $1.25 for tea per lb. Their sales during the season, amount to about $60,000. ATHABASCA DISTRICT. From Calgary on the Canadian Pacific Railway to Edmonton on the North Saskatchewan, the distance by cart trail is about 196 miles, or 192 in a direct line. All the material brought into the northern district has to be freighted along this trail and the machinery for several steam mills has been hauled over it. The freight rates from Calgary to Edmonton are from one and a-half to three cents per pound, according to the state of the roads, and the necessities of the importers. YUKON TERRITORY. From Chilkoot Inlet at the head of Lynn Inlet on the Pacific Coast. lilos ctent )-86 was man the HaiiK's Mission, Ciiilkoot Inlet :it the liciid (if Lynn Cinmnel, to cntranci' of Taiya Inlet '.. Head of Taiya Inlet ..... . Head of caiu)e navigation. Taiya River .... Forks of Taiya River Sinnniit of Taiya Pass , Jiimding at Lake Lyndenian j l"\)(>r of Lake [.ivudenian Head of Lake Meniiett Boi.i.dary line Bf. and N.W.T. (Lat. GO ) Foot of Lake Bennett Foot of Carilioo Crossing (Lak Xares of Scliwatka) F(M)t of Tagi-li Lake j Head of Marsh Lake I I'liot of .\larsli Lake | I lead of ( 'afton . . . , , Foot of ( ,'ivf;i>n I Miles. 4 Til 20 12 2(i 02 2S ■ 50 34 .S8 4;il8 47 (Jl 48-21 5S 21 TA'M 70 ■;■■)(; its 37 !»8-27 117-33 143-00 143 -(58 Distances from Haines Mission. Head of White Horse Hajiids Foot of Wllite Hoise Ka])ids Talik-heena River Head of Lake I,abarge l'"U A liirj(e river entering on the east Hide, name unknown 120 LiMin River. ... Hare I ndian River Fort ( Jood Hope Ramparts Beaver River Sans Sant Ra|)ids Mountain River Caraeajou River (Jreat iiear River Fort Norman (travel River Riv. le V'ieiix (Jrand Lac Fort W'rigley 250 272 274 283 2!)5 322 323 328 444 444 r)0!> ijoO ()24 River V)etweeii Two Mountains. Willow Lake River Ne-hauner l{iver Fort SimjiHon Heafl of Line Yellow Knife River Little Lake Fort Providence ( rreat Slave Lake Hay River . . . IJntfalo River Buffalo Creek Fort Resolution Fort Smith Head of Rapids Peace River Fort Chipewyan (■)28 (iC.7 ()H3 7r)8 82!t 8*).-) 8it2 *M(; !t(12 !MI7 024 071 083 273 287- 3r)S 300 {See Reiwrt of W. Ogilvie, Kith July, 188!).) YUKON DISTRICT.=i^ Proposed route to gold mines, at head waters of the Yukon River, and to the Cassiar Mines, B. C. : — Mile.s. Waggon road, Edmonton to head of Pelly River 840 Edmonton to Athabasca Landing (road built) 90 Post, Lesser Slave Lake 160 Lesser Slave Lake to Peace River Landing (road built) 90 Peace River Landing to Fort Halket on the Liard 300 Fort Halket to Lake Frances, head of Pelly River 200 840 The cost going to the mines by the Coast, with two years' supplies, at least, S400. The cost by the proposed new route would be ^250. By the coast route supplies must be purchased in Duncan or Sitka, in American territory. The Pelly is navigable from Iloule Rapids, 25 miles from l^lly Banks Post to junction of Porcupine River — 1,000 miles without a break, while on the other hand the Lewis River, down which miners from the coast must travel, is broken by numerous rapids and three lakes, out of which the ice does not move until July. The present cost of provisions on the Yukon, is : — P(>r 100 lbs. Per lOO lbs. Flour $10 Bacon 25 Beans $25 Apples 25 *Sec Report of Senator Schultz' Committee, 1888, p. 155. PART A^III. BOUNDARIES BETWEEN CANADA AND THE UNITED STATES AND OF THE PROVINCES OF N A SCOTIA, NEW BRUNSWICK AND QUEBEC —OF THE LABRADOR COAST UNDER THE GOVERNMENT OF NEWFOUNDLAND,-OF THE PROVINCES OF ONTARIO, MANI- TOBA AND BRITISH COLUMBIA, AND ALSO OF THE PROVISIONAL DISTRICTS OF KEEWATIN, ASSINIBOIA, SASKAT- CHEWAN, ALBERTA AND ATHABASCA. 182 Authority by which the Boundaries op Canada and op the Provinces AND Provisional Districts were Fixed. CANADA. Convention between Great Britain and the United States, 1818. Decision of Commissioners under VI and VII Articles of the Treaty of Ghent, 18-2. Southern boundaries commencing from the East ; — Ashburton Treaty, 1842. Washington Treaty, 1846. Decision of the Emperor of Germany, 1872. Described by Bouchette. Nova Scotia. New Brunswick. Imperial Act, 14 and 15 Vic, cap. 63, 1851-52, and Ashburton Treaty, 1842. Quebec and Labrador'. Southern boundary by 14 and 15 Vic, cap. 63, 1851-52, and Ashburton Treaty, 1842. Western boundary by Governor General's Proclamation, Novendjer, 1791, and 23 Vic, ciip. 21, 1860. Xorthern boundary between Provinces and North-East Territories — dis- puted. Xorth-Eastern boundary between Province and North-East Coast of Labrador, under Government of Newfoundland, as described in Governor Bannermau's Commission, 10th August, 1863. Out/ trio. Southerly boundary by VI Article of the Treaty of Ghent, 24th December, 1814, and the decision of Commissioners appointed thereunder, 18th June, 1822. 44 Vic, cap. 14, 1881. Manitoba. British Columbia. 1884. Paris Convention, 1825. 29 and 30 Vic, cap. 67, sec. 7, 1866-67 ; 47 Vic, cap. 14, Statutes B. C. PROVISIONAL DISTRICTS. Keewatin. 39 Vict., cap. 21, 1876. Proclamation, 7th May, 1886. Assiniboia, Saskatcheiraa, Alberta, Athabasca. Order hi Council, 8th May, 1882. 183 DESCRIPTION OF BOUNDARIES. CANADA. of ty, ;on 91, iis- of lor er, 90 C, "By the Ashburton Treaty, 1842, it was agreed that the line of boundary should be as follows : — Begiimiug at tho monument at the source of the St. Croix, thence north following the exploring line run in 1817 and 1818 to its intersection with the River St. John; thence up the middle of the main channel of that river to the mouth of the River St. Francis ; thence up the channel of the River St. Francis to the outlet of Lake Pohenagamook ; thence south-westerly in a straight line to a point on the north-west branch of the River St. John which point shall be ten miles distant from the main branch of the St. John and seven miles from the summit of the highlands which divide the rivers which empty themselves into the River St. Lawrence from those which fall into the River St. .fohn ; thence in a straight line about south, 8 degrees west to the point where the parallel of latitude 46° 25' north intersects the south-west branch of the St. John's ; thence southerly by the said branch to the source thereof in the high- lands at the Metgarmette Portage; thence down along the said highlands to the head of Hall's Stream ; thence down the middle of said stream till the line thus run intersects the old line of boundarv surveved bv Valentine and Collins previously to 1774 as the 45th degree of north latitude, and from said point of intersection west along the said line to the St. Lawrence River. By the decision of Commissioners appointed under the Vltli Article Oi' the Treaty of Ghent, signed at Utica 18th June, 1822, the boundary Avas carried west as follows : — Beginning at a stone monument erected b}' Andrew Ellicott in 1817 on the south shore of the St. Lawrence, which monument bears south 74^ 45 West and 1840 yards distant from the stone church in the village of St. Regis and indicates the point at whieh the 45th parallel of north latitude strikes the said river ; thence running north .35 deg. 45 sec. west into the river on a line at right angles with the southern shore to a point 100 yards south of Cornwall Island ; thence turning westerly and passing around the southern and Avesterly sides of said island keeping 100 yards distant therefrom and following the curvature of the shores to a point opposite the north-west corner or angle of said Island ; thence to and along the middle of the main river — as expressed in detail in the said de- cision—to the south of Grand or Long Island, keeping near its southern shore and passing to the north of Carbon Island until it arrives opposite to the south-west- ern point of said Long Island in Lake Ontario; thence passing to the north of Grenadier, Fox, Stoney and the Gallops Islands in Lake Ontario, and to the south of the islands called "the Ducks" to the middle of the said lake; thence westerly along the middle of the said lake, to a point opposite the mouth of the Niagara River ; thence to and up the middle of the said river — as described in said decision — to Lake Erie ; thence southerly and westerly along the middle of Lake Erie in a direction to enter the passage immediately south of Middle Island ; thence along the said passage proceeding to the north of Cunningham's Island and of the three Bass Islands and of the Western Sister and to the south of the Hen and Chickens and of the Eastern and Middle Sisters ; thence to the middle of the Detroit River in a direction to enter the cliannel which divides 184 ■• ' >^ It r? Bois-lUiuicand Sugar IsIjiikIs ; thence up the said cliiinnol — as doseribed in said decision — to Lake St. Clair; thence through the niichlle of ^^aid hike in a direc- tion to enter the Kivcr St. Clair through the ohl ship cliannol ; tiionco along tlie middle of said chainu-l — as described in said decision — to Lake Huron; thence through tlie niiddli! of Lake Huron in a direction to enter the strait or passage between Drummond's island iind the Little Manitou Island ; thence through the middle of the passage; thence turning northerly and westerly around the eastern and northern shores of Di-unnnond's Island — as more particularly described in said decision — until it strikes a line [lassing across the river at the head of St. Joseph's Island and at the foot of the Neebish Rapids. The same Commissioners were authorized to determine the line from the water communication bcitween Lake Huron and Lake Superior to the most north-western point of tlie Lake of the Woods. By the Convention between Great I Jri tain and the United States, signed at London, October 20, 1818, it was agreed tiiat ;■ line drawn from the most north-western point of the Lake of the Woods along the 41>tli parallel of north latitude, or, if the said point shall not be on the s^,id parallel, then that a line drawn from the said point due north or south, as the case may be, until the said line shall intersect the said parallel, and from the point of such intersection due west along and with tlu; said parallel, shall be the line of demarcation between the two countries from the Lake of the Woods to the Stonev Mountains. By the Treaty signed at Washington, loth June, 1846, the line of boundary was continued westward along the said 49th })iirallel of north latitude to the middk' of the channel which separates the continent from Vancouver's Island ; and thence southerly, through the middle of tlie said channel and of Fuca's Straits to the Pacific Ocean. A ditference of opinion having arisen hetween the two countries, a treaty was made at Washington, on 8th 5lay, 1871, by which the matter was left to the Emperor of German}'. On 21st October, 1872, he decided that the claim of the Government of the United States, viz : — that the line of boundary between the United States and Canada, should be run through the canal of Haro, as most in accordance Avith the Washington Treaty of 1846. NOVA SCOTIA. {InchuUing Cape Breton.) The Province is an extensive peninsula connected with the Continent of North America by a narrow isthmus of about 15 miles in width, between Bay Verte, in the Straits of Northumberland, and mberland Basin, at the eastern extremity of the Bay of Fundy. It is situat-^ between 48^^ 25 and 47'^ north latitude and 59" 40' and QG' 30' longitude west from Greenwich. It is bounded on the north-west by the Bay of Fundy and by the boundary line extending from Cumberland Basin, in Chignecto Bay, to the Bay Verte, which separates it from the County of Westmoreland in New Brunswick ; on the north and west by the Gulf of St. Lawrence ; and on the south, east and south- east by the Atlantic Ocean. CAPE BRETON. The Isltind of Cape Breton, which is aeixirair/! from (he w (inland Inj the Gut of Canso, derived its name from the Bas(/ue Jinhermen v)ho first ijavc it to eastein promontory of the island in rememhrance of their old home near Bayimne. The Indian name vjas ^^Coonumahf/hfeJ' It isahont 110 ynilrs lonr; by HO miles wide. After its capture on 26th July, 1758, it remained, a separate province until 1th Oct, vc„'^ ▼-^o. .o3>^^.,.% IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V // I 4^ /iV<^ ' 1.0 I.I 1^12^ 12.5 U Uii "« (40 mil 2.0 11.25 ■ 1.4 1^ 1.6 ■V] <^ o5^ /] 7: M ^ ^^ %' 7 /A vy:"^ .. ^ ^\^ *.^ f c^ l^ p 6^ 186 ]SIEMORA>r)UAI •, 1 llKsl'E(TIX(i • Tlie Nortlierii Boiiiiilary Line of llie Froviiice iif (}iiHipc, ADDRKSSKD TO THE COMMTTTEKOF THE LECTSLATIVE ASSEMBLY AP1*(HNTEI» TC) EXt^IHE INTO THIS .MATTER. The Province of Ontario, as an integral part of tliis section of Xortli America, formerly known as New France, lays claim to an extension of territory reaching northward to the southern shore of .lames" liay. The superficies of the territory thus claimed is ahout one hundred and twelve thousand two hundn-d and forty square miles. The space lying between the meridian of the conlluence of the Mississippi and the Ohio, and the line of separation between the waters of the St. Lawrence and those of Hudson's Bay towards the west (comprising about (5,000 miles) is not included within this superficies. The I'rovince of Quebec, forming also a part of what was once Xew France, owes it to herself to reclaim, as part of her heritage, a similar augmen- tation of territory, relying also, therefor, upon tlie i»retentions and rights of the French Crown betbre the cession, the French having been admitted to be justly entitled, as first occupants, to the whole of the country of Canada, or New France, as far as the Arctic Circle. It is not, however, upon such pretentions that the Goverimients of Ontario and Quebec may now rely, but upon the data and the facts discussed during the negotiations which took place between France and England ri'specting the positions to be held by their respective nationalities in America, at the time of the Treatv of Utrecht. It appears from the result of the searches made by the Abbe Verreau at the Ministry of Foreign Aflfairs in Paris, (extract from the Utreiht negotiations respecting Xorth America, — ^memorandum of I'ontchartriiin, 2nd Jamiary, 1712, — date of the Treaty of Utrecht, 1718) — that " the English envoys, on their maps, established the limits of Hudson's Bay by drawing a straight line from the coasts of Labrador to those of the Pacific. The IVench line deviated from this only from Cap Enchante to the foot of Lake Xemisko, where it connected again with the tirst line. This concession is made in order to fiicilitate matters. But however these lines may be disposed and settled, it must be specified in tlie first case, that the line shall conmience at the bottom of La Bale du Sud, shall strike immediately below and to the south of Lake Xemisko, and thence ruiming west shall pass eight leagues above and to the north of Lac Superieur des Sauvages Sioux. In the second case it will be necessary to specify, that the line shall commence twelve leagues above smd to the north of Cap Enchante, shall pass one league above and to the north of I^ake Mistassini, and thence miming west shall pass six leagues alx)ve and to the north of Lac Suponeur des Sauvages Sioux." 187 It is well to remark that "Lac Superienr des Suuvages Sioux" here referred to, cannot be the great " Lake Superior " properly so-called. This vast fresh water sea has never been named, on any map with which I am acquainted, " Lake of the Sioux Indians." It is named Lake Superior, Lake Tracy, Grand Lake, etc. On Ducreux's map of New France, 1660, inscribed in Latin, it is called "Lacus Superior"; — on that of Franquelin, 1688, " Lac Sup/irieur." The " Relations of the .lesuits " say nothing else on this subject. But the Lake of the Sioux Indians is a distinct lake, clearly indicated on Franquelin's map, 168H, on which it is named " Lac Buado,* or des " Isatis " or Lake of the Sioux Nation. It is designated in the same way on Mitchell's map, 1755 ; on the map of the United States, by Lattre, 1784 ; and on that of North America by Herman Moll. See copies herewith. The position of Lake of the Sioux corresponds nearly with that of " Lac Seul " t)n the maps of the [tresent dny. Then, if a line be drawn eight leagues north of this lake, running eastward, it should strike the head of .lames' Bay, pass by the foot and to the north of Lake Nemisko, and meet a line drawn from Cape (irrimmington, a few miles north of Lake Mistassini. In this way, the two lines referred to in the preceding extract, although established accord- ing to the somewhat imperfect geografthical knowledge of the last century, meet exactly where it was intended they should, and as they are laid down on the most recent and carefully drawn maps of our own time. The boundary line thus laid down must have been accepted, for it maybe seen, in part, clearly indicated on the English map published by Mitchell in 1755, an acknowledged authority. See copy herewith. The adjustment of the northern boundary line of the I'rovince of (itiebec, should, it appears to nie, under those circumstances, meet with the full appro- val of our Legislature. Unfortunately there are obstacles in the way of the execution of such a scheme in its entirety, which involve the adoption of cer- tain niodilicatioiis suggested by the actual condition of atfairs. Thus, all that portion ot the Atlantic coast known as Labrador, has been ceded by Fngland to the Government of Newfoundland, and has for a long time been under the jurisdiction of the lattt-r. To attempt now to reclaim this territory would lead to (lii»lomatic complications which the Federal Government woidd certainly not bring about. But it appears to me that there is a middle course which might be adopted and which would provt- acceptable to all the parties inter- ested. The pretentions of the old French regime, thus modifietl, would still com- j)rise a vast regiou of the higliest importance to (Quebec, and which in extent and vaku' would be a fair efjuivalent of the territory claimed by Ontario. Tlie claim of the I'rovince of Quebec might be deHned as follows: — All the country bounded on the west by a prolongation of the present boundary line between Ontario and Quebecr to the south shore ol' dames" Bay, and by the shore line of this bay as far as the mouth of Fast Main River ; on tht; north by the right bank of East Main River from its mouth to its source, thence by a line drawn to the northernmost waters of the Grand River Esquimaux, Ashuanipi or Hamilton, and by the left bank of this river to its mouth in Rigolet Bay (Hamilton's Inlet), on the eas^t and north-east by the meridian of the easternmost jioint of the sources of the River St. Paul or Little Esquinuiux, and on the east by this same river to the tifty-second degree of north latitude, following this parallel to its intersection by the meridian of Anse au Blanc Sablon, the present recognized boimdary of this province. 188 »l This (letiiiition comprises a territorial increiise of about ll«j,550 miles in superficies. To j)retena to ifo further, as far as Hudson's Strait, >vould be in my opinion to include too much. This immense boreal territory, eonipris- in^ an extent of about 2H2,80() s(|uare mib's, would eventually become a source of considerable wealth, but for a long time to conu' would, if oidy <>ii account of the administration of justice, involve great expense, while the amount of revenue from it would be very problenuitical. Furthi-r, a careful study of the accounts of the deliberations which were held apart from the Utrecht negotia- tions, will show that the French settlenn'Uts iwver extended very far towards the north on the east coast f)f Hudson's Hav, and that they never reached the south shore of Hudson's Strait. The arguments of the Fihglish Commissioners on this point appear to me very strong. On the other hand, the proof furnished by the French Commissioners, of ])rior possession by their Camidian compatriots of the south and south-west shores ot this bay is so clear and convincing that it completely justifies the claim of Ontario, at the same time that it establishes the rights of (Quebec to the lands in rear of the present boundaries beyond the height of land, which arc about comprised within the general description given above, ^o' report of Mr. Douglas Brynmer, Archivist, 1883, p.p. 173 to 201. The boundaries or descriptions t(» which I have just alluded are shown on the nuip of thi' Dominion of Canada marked " A.'" hereto annexed, and to which I have the honour to direct special attention for the better compre- hension of the subject. (Sird.) E. K TACHF, A. C. C. L. Department of Crown Lands, Quebec, 2l)th May, 1886. Copy received from E. E. Tache, Asssistant Commissioner of Crown Lands, Quebec. f G. F. B.mi.i.airuk, See Xo. 94638, 10-12 January, 188U. \ Dep. Min. Pub. Wks , Canada. [The Gozi'fte, Montreal, Tuesday. 4th February. ls' west, and includes Blanc Sablon and the Woody Islands. The northern boundary is CapeChud- leigh, in latitude 00^37' north, longitudi; 05'^ west. — Sec Adilciiiln heieinafter. The above (h'scription will be better understood by the following : — Their jurisdiction extends westward to the line .')7° !>' of west longitude, ?'unuing due north from Blanc Sablon on the Strait of I5elle-Ilc (including lUanc Sablon and the Woody Islantis) on the jKuallel of 51^ 25' of north latitude to the parallel of 52° of north latitude, and tlu'uce along the east coast of Labrador \\\\ to Capi' Chudh-igh at . Whekkas, the Senate and Commons of Canada ni Parliament assembled, liMve presented to Her Majesty the Queen, the address set forth in the schedule ti. this Ai't, respecting the boundaries of the Province of Ontario : And, whereas, the Govenirnent of the Province of Ontario have assented to the boundaiii's mentioned in that Address: And, whereas, such lioundaries so far as the Province of Ontario adjoins the Province of (Quebec are identical with those fixed by the Proclamation of the Governor (Jeneral issued in November, one thousane it theretore enacted hy tlie Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal and Commons, in this l*arliament assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows : 1. This Act may be cited as the Canada (Ontario Boundary) Act, 1889. 2. It is hereby declared that the westerly, northerly and easterly bound- aries of the ]*rovince of Ontario are those * of Canada, in Parliament Assembled, humbly approacli Your Majesty with the recpiest that Your Majesty may lu' graciously pleased to cause a measure to be submitted to the Parliament of tlie United Kingdom, declaring and providing the following to be the westerly, northerly and easterly boundaries of the Province of ()ntario, that is to say : — Commencing at the point whei-e tlu' international boundary between the United States of America and Canada strikes the western shores of Lake Sufierior, thence westerly along the said boundary to the north-west angle of the Lake of the Woods ; tlu'nce along a line drawn due north until it strikes the middle line of the course of the river discharging the waters of the lake called Lac Seul, or the Lonely Lake, whether above or below its conlluence with the stream ilowing from the Lake of the Woods towards Lake Winnipeg ; and thence proct-eding eastward from the point at which the liefore mentioned line strikes the middle line of the course of the river last aforesaid, along the middle line of the course of the same river (whether called by tl»e name of the English Kiv«r, or, as to the part below the confluence, by the name of the Ri\er Winnipeg) up to Lac Seul, or the Loiu'ly Lake and thence along the middle line ot Lac Seul or the Lonely Lake, to the hcjid of that lake ; and thence by a straight line to the nearest point of the mid the point of intersection of the 141st degree of west longitude (of the same meridian) ; and from the said point of intersection along the line of the 141st degree in its prolongation as far as the Frozen Ocean. By 29 and 30 Vic, cap. 67, sec 7, it was directed that British Columbia should comprise all such territories within the dominions of Her Majesty, as are bounded to the south by the territories of the United States, to the west by the Pacific Ocean and the frontier of the Russian territories in North America, to the north by the 00th parallel of north latitude, and to the east from the Itoundarv of the United States northwards, bv the Rockv Mountains and the 120th meridian of west longitude. By 47th Vic, cap. 14, Statutes B. C. (1884), there was granted to the Dominion Government 3,500,000 acres of land in that portion of the Peace River district lying east of tlie Rocky Mountains, and adjoining the North- AVest Territory of Canada, to be located by the Dominion in one rectangular block. 102 KEEWATIX. By ('hap. /)•}, Revised Statutes of Cunada, the boundaries of Keevvatin are thus lU'soribed : — lieginiiinji; at the point of intorrtection of the uortluTu boundsirv of Majiitoba and tlie western whore of Lake AV'iiuiipeg ; thence northerly, foliowiufif the western shore of Lake Winnipeg and of the Nelson River to the point where tlie latter is intirseeted by the eighteenth correction line in the system ot Dominion Lands surveys; tlience west along the said coneetion line to a point where the same would be intersected by a line drawn due north from the north end of the portage leading from the lusad of Lake Winni|»ego8is into Cedar J^ake, known as the " (-edar " or " Mossy " portage ; tlience due north to the northerly limits of Canada ; thence easterly, following upon the said northerly limits of Camida to the northerly extremity of Hudson's Bay; thence southerly, following upon the westerly shore of the said Hudson's Bay to the point where it W(Mdd be interscct(>d by a line diawn due north from a pi>int where the westerly boundary ot the Province of Ontario intersects the international boundary line dividing (/anada from the Inited States; tlience due south to the said northerly boundary of the said Province of Manitoba ; thence westerly, along the said northerly boundary, to the place of beginning. This description was made before the western boundary of Ontario was fixed by the Imperial Act of 1889. PROVISIONAL DISTRICTS— NORTH-WEST TERRITORIES. In view of the rapid development of the North-West Territories, beyond the boundaries of Manitoba, consequent ui)on the near I'onipletion of the Canadian Pacific Kiiilway, it was deemed desirable that a portion of these vast territories should be divided into Provisional Districts for the convenienci' of settlers and for postal purposes. As the country is being rapidly settlcaourablc the Privy Council, approved by Ilis Excellency the Governor General in Council, 8th May, 1882. On a Memorandum from tlie Minister of the Interior, hereunto annexed, submitting that for the convenience of settlers and for postal purposes, a por- tion of the North- West Territories should be divided into provisional districts and their boundaries defined : The Committee concur in tlie recommendations contained in the said Memorandum, and submit the same ibr Your Excellency's approval. JOHN J. McGEE. 198 T)epartmbnt ok the Intkrior, Ottawa, 8th May, 1882. Tlie iindersipiu'il hu^ tlie lioiK>ur to report : — That in his opinion, it is oxpetlient for tlie convenience of settlers in the North-Went Ti-rritories, atul for postal purposes, that a portion of sueh Terri- tories Hhoiild be divided into I*r<>visional Districts, and ho reconnnends that four sut'h districts l)e at once describetl and their hotmdarioB settled. He recomnieuds that the four such districts be named Aasiniboia, S(tskat- chcwart, Albcrtn, and Athnlxisoi. He further recommends that the boundaries of such districts be as follows : ].v/. AfiSinihniil. The District of Asainiboia, alK)Ut 95,000 square miles in extent, to be bounded on the south by the International boundary line, the 49th i)arallel ; on the east by the western boundary of Manitoba ; on the north by the 9th correction line of the Dominion Lands system of survey into townships, which is near to the 52nd parallel of latitude ; on the west by the line dividing the 10th and 11th ranges of townships, numbered from the fourth initial meridian of the Dominion liands svstem aforesaid. 2nil. S<(sk(if('lirwan. The District of Saskatchewan, about 114,000 square miles hi extent, to be bounded on the south by the District of Asainiboia and by Manitoba ; on the east by Lake AViunipeg and the Nelson River, flowing therefrom into Hudson's Hay ; on the nortli by the 18th correction line of the Dominion Lands Survey system ; and on the west by the line of that system dividing the 10th and 11th ranges of townships numbered from the fourth initial meridian. 3;v/. Alba'tn. The District of Alberta, about 100,000 square miles in extent, to be bounded on the south by the International boundary ; on the east by the District of Assiniboia ; on the west by the Province of British Columbia ; and on the north by the 18th correction line before mentioned, which is near the o5th parallel of latitude. 4^/'. Athidasca. The District of Athabasca, about 122,000 square miles in extent, to be bounded on the south by the District of Alberta ; on the east by the line between the 10th and 11th ranges of the Dominion Lands townships, before mentioned, until, in proceeding northward, that line intersects the Athabasca River; then by that river and t^> Athabasca Lake and Slave River to the intersection of the last with the . 'hern boundary of the district, which is to be the 32nd correction line of the Dominion Lands township system, and is very nearly on the tJOth parallel of north latitude ; westward by the Pro- vince of British Columbia. A map of the proposed districts is hereunto annexed. All of which is recommended. (Signed) JOHN A. MACDONALD, Minister of the Interior. 13 194 A CESSION OF ALASKA, ETC., BY RUSSIA TO UNITED STATES. CONVENTION FOR THE CESSION OF THE RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS IN NORTH AMERICA TO THE UNITED STATES. (CONCLUDED 30tH MARCH, 1867. PROCLAIMED 20tH JUNE, 1867.) His Majesty the Emperor of all the Russians agrees to cede to the United States all the territory and dominion now possessed by His Majesty on the Continent of America and in the adjacent islands, the same being contained within the geographical limits herein set forth, to wit : The eastern limit is the line of demarcation between the Russian and the British possessions in North America, as established by the convention between Russia and Great Britain, of February 28-16, 1825, and described in Articles III. and IV. of said convention in the following terms : " Commencing from the southernmost point of the island called Prince of Wales Island, which point lies in the parallel of 54° 40' north latitude, and between the 131st and 133rd degree of west longitude, the said line shall ascend to the north, along the channel called Portland Channel, as far as the point of the continent where it strikes the 56th degree of north latitude ; from this last-mentioned point, the line of demarcation shall follow the summit of the mountains situated parallel to the coast, as far as the point of intersection of the 141st degree of west longitude, and, finally, from the said point of intersection, the said meridian line of the 141st degree, in its prolongation as far as the Frozen Ocean. IV. With reference to the line of demarcation laid down in the preceding article, it is understood : " 1st. That the island called Prince of Wales Island shall belong wholly to Russia (now by this cession to the Ignited States). " 2nd. That whenever the summit of the mountains, which extend in a direction parallel to tbe coast from the 56th degree of north latitude to the point of intersQction of the 14l8t degree of west longitude, shall prove to be at the distance of more than ten marine leagues irom the ocean, the limit between the British possessions and the line of coast, which is to belong to Russia, as above mentioned (that is to say, the limit to the possessions ceded by this convention), shall be formed by a line parallel to the winding of the coast, and which shall never exceed the distance of ten marine leagues there- from. "The western limit, within which the territories and dominion conveyed arc contained, passes through a point in Beliring's Straits, on the parallel of 65° 30' north latitude, at its intersection by '^^he meridian which passes mid- way between the islands of Krusenstern or Ignalook and the island of Rat- manoif or Noonarbook, and proceeds due north without limitation into the same Frozen Ocean. The same western limit, beginning at the same initial point, proceeds thence in a course nearly south-west through Behring's Straits and Beliring's Sea, so as to pass midway between the north-west point of the island of St. Lawrence and the south-east point of Cape Choukotski to the meridian of 172° west longitude ; thence, from the intersection of that meridian, in a south-westerly direction, so as to pass midway between the island of Attou and the Copper Island of the Kormandorski couplet or group in the North Pacific Ocean, to the meridian of 193° west longitude, so as to include in the territory conveyed the whole of the Aleutian Islands east of that meridian." PART IX. CHRONOLO(i ICAL E.\ CMEIUTK )N or VOYAGES OF DISCOVERY IN THE NORTH, IN SEARCH OF A NORTHERN COMMUNICATION BETWFFT^^ THE ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC OCEANS, INCLUDING SUCH OTHER VOYAGES AS HAVE B^EN CON DUCIVE TO THE ADVANCEMENT OF DISCOVERY IN THE NORTH. m 197 CuRONOLOurrAL cmimeratioii of Voyages undertaken by the diftVrcnt Nations of tlu' AVorld in Hearcli of a Nortlu'rn connnunicatiun hetwcen tiie Atlantic and Pacific Oceans; including such ;tther voyages as have been oonducivo to the advancement of Discovery in the North. Da. DhiuhIi |)ii. Diiti'li. K. Kitiicli. N. Nnrwcifian. Abhreviations. I*. Purtiiffiifw, K. HiiHHiun. S|i. S|iniiiMh. Sw. Swidisli. r.S. liiit.Ml Stntfi*. \. N'fiictiiin. W. Welch. Hkkdhk Cmkist. :mo. A.I>. H(il. m't t..H7o. S74. AUnitHiNi. AlHMit!l7(». !W'2. AlKuit!)Sii. Ir 14(i4. 1 »!••_'. 14! 14? 14!»7. l.MMt. I'KJl. vm. ir><>4. 1.')y Pythfiit, tin- FrciU'li iiavi(fiitoi'y one NiwIcIckIH, ii Scnndiiiuviaii pirutf, aiul ciillfd liy him SfliiH'cliiiid or Snowliiiiil. Ic»']rtii(l vixitcd liy a Swede of the iiiuiie of y one Fjoeke, who named it Iceland. Iceland visited l>y Injfolf imd Lief (Hjorleifr), who formed a Mcttleinent tliere aUiut four .years afterwards. Ohthere coasted aloii}? the west thore of Norway towards the north annt |>art of thn-e years in exploring it. He named it (Ireenland. .A cojoni/.ini.,' voy:i);enndertakei. liy Kric Kanda to (ireenlaml. witii a fleet of 25 vessels, not alMive one-half of whic',. .-eiM-htKl their destination. Hiorn, while on a voya^je to (Greenland, in searcli of liis father, was driven out of his com-se liy a storm, and wcideiitallv discovered Wi4dany a party of the natives. A voyage to Winlann tlie ciKist of (ireenland, himself and many of his retinue died. Some part of .\niericaor the West Indies, said tolM- discovered liy MadiK', son of Owen (Iiiyneth, Prime of North Wales. .Nicholas Zeiio, in a vova^e from Shetland or Feme, visited the coast of (ireenland. .\iitonio /eno visited I' eland and (Ireenland, and, as some sup|Mis<', Winland also. •lolili Vny. f'osta (^'r ereal, on a voyajfe towards the N.W., is said to have dis- covered the 'I'l'i'i'i de Haccalhaos, afiewards named Newfoundlaml. (^'olumliiis, in a voyajfe iindeitaken for the discovery of a western jiassap- to India, dis- covered the West Indies, •lohii ('alxit, and Seliastian his son, are said to have discovered Newfoundland, and called it IVinia Vista? .America discovered tiy Sehastian CalKii, when on a voyaife in search of % North-West pa-ssajfe to lii'lia, an7|! to .'■W . (iaspar Cortereal, with two ship i, fitted out for re-search towanls the North-West visited (Ireenlaml and liidirador, and di.scovered the River .St. liawrence, together with sonic islands contiguous to the .American coast, (iaspar Cortereal underto<)k a second voya^'e in searcli of a N.-W. passage with two j shijis; he made the coast of (ireenland, luit heiiij,' separated from his consort in a Htorni, was never heard of afterwards. Hisc^insort returned home safe. .Michm-l Cortereal, with three ships, prcK'ceded in search of hislirotlier( JasparCorteial, when himself and ship's conii>an.y likewise perished. The two other ships under his flirection, however, got safe home. Newfoundland and CajH- Brettin visited l>y the Biscayners ami liretons, for the pur|xise of fishing. Jean Denis, with Caniart, » native of Rouen, as ])il'>t, sailed from Honfleurto-Newfound- I land, .'Hid is said to have l)eeii the first who laid down a chart of this country. The c<«ist of Newfoundland examined li.y one Auln-rt, in a .ship called the " I'ensee." Juan V'erazzani . -tailed to .Vmerica, and proceeded ah ng the coast alxnit 7')(( leag les. j Thid part, incluih'd l)etween the parallels of jH-rhaps 'M North and fAi North was named New France. 'Kstevan (Jomer, towards the N.-W. Nc) discovery a|^>|iears to have been made. Two ships, one of which was called the " Doniinus Vobiscum," were sent out for icli lit' <-xiiiiiiiii'(| ,14 lii^li aH Miiiiti'i of ( loiTs .Mercy, K.xeter , Sound, anu Totness Hoad. l.'iSti. E. A se<-on(l voya^fe towards the N.-W. for trading and discovery, was undeitaken by ' l)avis. He saw more of (ireeiiland and Lalirailor than any former navigator; lint made no disj'oveiy of moment. ( )ne of his vessels, a pimuwre of 1(( tons, was hmt, and all hands. 1.")H7. ' K. Davis embarked on his third \iiya(.fe for discovery towards the .N W. ( 'n thin (K'casion he discovered l>avis' Strait, liondon (Niiist, etc., and nami'd Lmnley's Inlet, Warwick's Koreland, ('ai«' ('hidley, Ac l.'WK. Sp. .\ pretended voyaj^e, by .Maldonado, tlironj^h a strait ciUled .\nian. l.'iid'. .Sp. .Iiian de Kiu'a performed a voyiiKc t l.VM. l.")7ti. Sp. I)a. 1.-.77. K. ir.7M. K. l.')K(». ]•:. 1. ■!«•_'. sp i.'.Ka. K. l.'iK,-.. i:. 199 CiiRONoLoaicAL List of Voyages — Cont'mucd. A.I). l.V.Ki. Ill 7. ir.iiK. F. lf.(IL'. Sp. llioM. i;. Uio."i. Du i(;i)i',. Da 1 I'll Ml. Iv inos. K. llill'.l. Dii. ir.lo. E. v.. mil or mil. 1)11. mil. 1 I)n. v.. mil to iiiLi).' K. mil?. KM 4. lom. |)ii. Ittm-iit/., onii third \oyiivtf for diMcoviTV towiirV tlif .\ aii'l K , with two H|ii|(M, I (ilNi'oNfifd Mfiir luiaiii!, now I'liiifd ( 'hcrii' IhIhikI, mid S|iii/.l«'rK''>i- Miiicnty., w it h OIK' shi|i'>< la; iiioHt of his ('oiii|iiiiiioiiN f{ot lioiiii- till* iii-\t HiiiiiiiH-r in two o|M-ii IhiiiI.'h, Imt hiiiiMi'lf and sonic iithri'H dii'd. •S|i. i.Si-haHliaiio \'i/.c.iino s.nh'd aUiVf HMI hnKncs to the iioithuard, aloii^ (he wt-st cojixt of .Vint'iica. In one placi- hr iane, as Admiral of an e\|M'dilion of tlirci- \es-els, intciidea. Hall, in a third viiva|/e, with two ships, in the same direction, only reached ('ape r'aicvvcll, theirew having mutinied. K. Heiiiv Hudson, ill a vdyanc towards the North I'oli', with one small vessel only, dis- covered the !•;. coast of ( ireeiilanil, as hi^li as latitude "'.'.. N'ouiik's ("ape, Moinit of (iod's .Mercy, anil Hold with Hope, were |Hisiliolls discovered anil liameil liy him : I he same viiya^c he v is it eel Spit/.lieineii, and sailed to t he lal itude of aliout SI . In his second vnya^'c, with one vessel, in search of a N. I'l. passaK"'. Hudson laailed on .Nova Zciiilila. Hudson, in his third voyage, in the Hutch service, sailed to tlie eastward of I he N'orlli ( 'ape, tlieii westerly to Newfoundland, and aloiiK the .\merican co;i>i to f ic southwaid. The desi^rn of this curious navigation is not known. Hudson's fourth voya^'e, in search of a North West passage, was importanl. With only one vessel he discovered (■') and passed Hudson's Strait, and discovered Hudson's liav, where lie wintered. The crew of the vessel afterwards muliiiied, and forciii;^' Hudson and ei^dit other |H-rsons into a Uiat, left tliein to perish. In a voyage for trade and iliscov cry towards the north hy .lonas I'oulc, Horn .Sound, I )cer Sound, and some other positions in Spit/.l^eif^en, were discovered and naiii< d. The whole of the iciuiitry he named ( ireenlaiid. .V voya^'e liy a ship iH'loiit^ing to Holland, is said to have lieeii made aliout this time, in w liicli a distance of I (M( leagues to the eastward of .Nova Zemlila was accom- plished {''.). Till .slaiid of .Ian .Mayeii is suited to have Imm-ii discovered in this year, liy the person .V hose name it hears: it is prolialile, however, that the discovery w;ih not made until a year or two later. \ voyap' towards tiie north, with two vessels, the princiiia'i oliject ot which was to attempt the whale lisheiy, was undertaken liy .lonas I'ikiIc ; he sailed to l.ititiide Ml) N. and also the .S. \V., fniiii thence until lie was lU.'i le:iKues to the west- ward of ( 'herie Island. Moth ships were lost, liUt the crews Were saved. (Ileal part of the west coast of Spit/lii'i>fen was e\aiiiiiied, and some liays discovered. Our whale (ishers, in their early voyaj,'es, li:id ^'en.-rally a discovery vessel alon^' with I them. Their researches aiMiut the co;i«t Were productive of several discoveries, , amorit,' wliii h, liesides hays, harliours and headlands, were Hope, Hear, Aliliot's, ! Kdtrc's, Si oil's. Wester, llelinK. .Sir Thomas Siiiit lis, and various other islands. K. Sir Thomas Mutton, with two ships, sailed in search of a N. W. passage hy the way of Hudson's IJay. He discovered Xelson's Hivei, Southainiiton Island, Mani'cl's Island, \c., and t,'ave names to several reinarkalile headlanils. K. .lames Hall emliarked towards the N. W. for the discovery of a passage or trea- sure, liein^f his fourth voyaKe, and wiiH killed liy an KM(|iiiiiiaux. (Jiic;kiii Sound discovered. K. (Captain (lililMHis, in alteniplinK to find a N. W. passage, ^;iit licHct, and spent the s)>asiiii in a hay in Ijalirador ; this place is .said to nave Im-cii named in derision ' " ( JililHins his Hole." K. HoU'rt h'otherliy, having aloni^' with him the ci'lcliratcd Katiin, att43(>. 1(>43. 1«4(). 1(547. 1G48. lt>7«. 1<>. 1707. 200 CHRONoLOOirAii List of Voyau'es — ContinuoJ. E. lt>17. E. Kiiy. Da. ( 1620?. E. 1(>31. E. Ell. Da. Ru. Du. K. R. R. 1''52. Da. 1()53. Da. Da KM. Du. l().-)5. Du KIDO. KilW. Po. E. H. Du. William liatHii, aiipointi'd as |>il(it tuasmall vessel, nf wliieli Hylot wax nia-st^r, in i«-ardi- illK f<>'' a >s.-\V. passage, disccivcreil and (ircuiiiiiavigatcd tin- liay iK-ariutr his name. AmoiiK ntlier disooveiies in this )iay tluit are eniimer.«t«-,'es"( "a|ie, Wostenhulm S)und. Whale .Si iinid. Ilakluyt's Island, Sir Tlmmas Smith's .Siiund, Carey's Islanrls, Aideniian Junes" Sound, ."^ii- .lames I,anc'astfr's Sound, iVe. Wiches Liind, afterwards named l)y tiie Duteli liylce Yse's Ixhuids, dist-oven-d liyone of tile I'ln^flish whale fishers. Two vessels, \mder the direction of .lens M\ink, were sent out for th«* disci iv«-r>- of a N'.-W. passable. They wintered in Hudson's \V.\\, where all the |i(-uple. sixty-four in numher, e.\i'ei)tin(;f Munk and two others, aiv statevas made, and the ships employed in it. are uncertain. .V consiromontories and liays. .Vnionj^ the islands he named Sir Thomas Ivowe's Welcome, Brooke f'ol)liam, Hriggs his Mathematics, itc. ; .among heiwlhuids, Cape Maria, Cape Dorchester, King Charles his Pn»nion- torie, &c. A similar route to that taken hy Eox, was i)urs\ied l>y Tiioma« Janie!>, who |iassed the winter in Hudson's Hay, yet disco\ered nothing. (Ireenland was visited, in seaii'h for treasure, hy a vessel or vessels, fitted out by the Danish (Jreenland Company. The navigation of the Frozen .Sea commenced 1)V the Russians, wlio forniwl estitWish- ments on the l)anks of the Lena. A voyage in the ships "Castricom " and "Hri^skes," under the command of Martin Herizoom Van Vriez and H. C. Schaep, was undertaken from .la pan towards the north. Hetween the Island of Ternate, from whence they sailed, and the latitude of 47", 'oeyond which they navigated, se>-eral islandH, including ]ierha|M the Kiu'iles, were discovered. The rivers .lana, Jndighirsa, Alasei and Kovima, having l>'en discoveretil within ten years preceding this date, a voyage for trade and research from the Kovima towards the east, the first in this jiosition, was undertaken l>y Isai Ignatiew, with a party of I'nmiyschleni, mxler his direction : Tliey traded with the Tcluiktchi. A second trading voyage, with four kotches, from the Kovima towards the east, was attemjited under tile direction of the Kossak. Semoen De.schnew or Deshneff : This altogether failed. Seven kotches, from the Kovima, itc, in one of which Semoen Desclinew again sailwl, wen dis[iatclied toward; the east. Six, if not all of these i-ss«-ls, apjtear to have heen wrecked ; hut one of them, (ommanded liy Deschu' w, previously iiccom- plished the passage, it is snjiposed, rtmnd the great promontory of the Tcliuktchi* to the east sideof Kamtciiatka, and was lost near the River Olutora or Aliutori. An expedition of two ships, under Captain Danell, was st'iit out for 4", to Cai>e Farewell. Three ships, sent out for the discovery of a N.-E. i)as.sage, passed the Weigatz. l)ut discovei'ed nothing. (iale Hamkens Land, on tlie east coast of (Ireenland, intimate*! hy the Dutch charts. as having been discovered hy a (Ireenland trad.er of the same name. The Land of Edam, east side of (ireenland, latituile 7''^", marked in the Dutch charts as having heen discovered. David Melguer, said to have reverseil the N.-E. passage. A |>retended voyage. A voyage into Hudson's Hav, anloring the j west side of 1 )avis' Strait, in tlie (J7th. parallel, and the other for examining the j east coast of (ireenland, effected nothing. 1 About this time several voyages and journeys were made liy the Russians, on and I about the l'"rozen Sea, in search of northern laiuls, in which severiil islands were ' discovered. jCaptain Vitus Behring was employed in a w^yage from Kamtchatka, for discoveries I towards the i:.>rtli,and for ascertaining wliether Asia and .America werecontinuous. He sailed as liigli as(i7 IH' N. latitude, having pas.sed the place now called Behring's Strait. Behring sailed on liis second voyage fi-om Kamtchatka, in search of land towarilw the east. He did not, however, leave the land above 200 vetKts, and discovered nothing. Lieutenant Hicliard made an unsuccessful attempt to reacii the east coast ofdreeu- land, in tlie parallel of Iceland. A vessel was dispatched under the orders of the Surveyor (iwosdew and Tryplion Kiupischew, a Kos.sak officer, for the pur|H).se of inviting the 'I'chuktchi to pay tribute: in this voyage the West Coast of America, in the tilith parallel, was discovered. ' The navigation from Archangel t.) the West Coast of the jienin'-ula separating the Oulfs of Kama and ()l>e, was aeconiplished t)y Lieutenant Morovieff. Tjientenant Lasst'uius sailed from the Lena towards the east, and wintered in the River Charaulaek, where 4t> out of r>'2 persons, coniiM)sing his crew, died of the scurvy. Lieutenant I'rontschitschetf sailed from the Lena westward, and after wintering in the Olenec, jiroceeded tl, E. 1702. K. 17r.4. K. 17fi9. T)a. 1 (Mill t(. 1772. E. 1772. A. 1773. E. 177J. i Sp. 177tl. 177(i. E. 1777 E. 17715 E. Th 1770 I E. lim & 1787 Da. ohji'ct (if thf voyage wa« the diseovery of a N.-W. paHxage. A reward of t'20,(KM( offered l>y Parliament, fcr the diHcovery of f, N. hy the way of Hudson's Hay. (ISth (ieo. II.. v.. 17.) Twt> shipH, under the command of William M(K>r an. A most [KTsevering but unsuccessful attem|)t was made by a Russian merchant of the name of KhalaurotT to sail from the I^eua round the great Tchutkchi promontory. He first wintered in the .lana, and then twice in the Kovima. He discovered some islands and a bay, U-ing tin- farthest siK)t he reached, which has tieen named I TschiUKin Mav. A sliMip, under tlie command of Captain Christopher, wjis sent by the Hudson's Bay Company to exploii' Chestertii hi Inlet in Hudson's liay, with the exjiectation that it might !«■ the ooening of a X.-W. passage. Christopher is said tt) have jH-iietrated alKiVf I'lO niiles, and then returned. Christopher was again sent out to coniiilete the examination of Chesterfield Inlet, when he traced it liy a river into a lake, 24 miles long, and •> or 7 broaci ; and across this to the westwani into another river, until his fiirtlier progr»'ss, even in Isiats, was interrupted by falls. The indefatigalile Shalauroff made a final attem|)t to pass from the Lena round the Tcliutkclii proiiiontory, in which he is sup]M)se(l to have perished, as neither him- self nor any of his coin|>,\nicus ever returned. Baron Von I'hlefeld through Hudson's Bay into the Pacific. A pretended voyage. A journey by Samuel Heariie. after two unsuccessful attempts, accomplished from Prince of Wales Fort, Hudson's Bay. to tiie Cop|K'r-.Mine Hiver, sup|K)sed to fall into the Northern Ocean. .\ wecoiid voyage for tiie discovery of a N.-W. ])assage, seenm to have l)»'eii I attempted liy the .\inericaiis ; Captain Wihler. in the brig " Diligence," having I sailed ln"s Bay and in merchant ships only, but to any ships, ev«'ii those of His Majesty, which, by a former Act, were excluded, and in any nortliern direction In-tween the Atlantic and J'acitic Oceans : Also, an award of tr>,()(Ml to any ship that should approach within one degree of the North Pole. (Itith (!eo. Ill, cap. <>.) Richard Pickersgill, in the lirig " Lion," wiis sent to Baftin's liay for the protectitm of the whale-tisliers, and for the examination of the coasts. He only reaclK'd the latitude of (18 10', and then returned without having accomplished almost .my- tliing. The same vessel was again eing iplMiinted to make discoveries towards the reversing of a N.W. jiassage, pivs.sed Behring's Strait on his third voyage, in the summer of 1778, and discovered or named t/ajie Prince of Wales, Point Mulgrave, Icy Cajie, Cape Lisburne, Cape North, &.C., and jwlvanced to the northward as high as latitude 70 44' N., which limit iH'ing unable to [lass, he returneil to the southward to siiend the winter. In one of the Sandwich I.slands, Owhyhee, this celebrated chariK'ter lost his life. .\fter the death of Captain CiHik, a .second examination of the icy sea, to the northward of Behring's Striiit, was undertaken by Charles Gierke, in which the same two ships reached the latitude of 70 ;i3', l)eyond which they were unable to advance on account of ice. An ex|)edition under Ca|itain Ix)Wenorn and Lieutenant Egede, was sent out from Cojien- hagen for the recovery of lost CJreeiiland. Several attemjits were made to reach the coast alxnit the parallel of •>.")", without being able to approach nearer than ab4)Ut M miles on account of ice; Lowenorn returned to Denmark in July, and Egede to 203 Chronological List of Voyages — Continued. (1 AD. 1787 to 1701 K. 17WI. K. ! 17Wt. Sp, 17!K> to 17!»2. K. iritl to iriij. K. ISOStolSO!). H. IKI.') tu 181S. K. ! I 1818. , E. 1818. E. i I 1818 & 181!l. E. 1810. E. 1819-20-21-22 E. IcflHiid to rftit. The latttT iiiiuif luiothcr attt-iiipt in the iiiontli of Au>f\iHt, wlu>n he r<'ii( IuhI within 111 niih-s of tin- land, and th*-n proociHlt'd to Icfhiixl, whcie he winttTcti. Tin- next year, E|<«'(h*, with Uvosniall vesxi'ln, one eoniinunded liy Lieut. Kothe, nuuh' other trial.*; to appriKich the m Eort f "lii|H'wyan, on the south side of tile I.,ake of the Hills, as far as latitude (>!(" 14'. when' he was evidently on the liorders of the Hyperlxirean Sea, or near the mouth of a river conuntuiiuitiiiK with it. The ri\er he descended is now named .Mackenzie's Kiver. Two corvettes, \mde'- the orders (if .Malas|iina, were sent to the .\.-\V. ni .Anierica, to search for a navig'alile commimication from the I'acitic to the Atlantic, l»'tween the parallels of y.i and fiO N. Charles Duncan sailed in one "f the Hudson's liay siiips, with the view of lieing fur- nished with a small \essei on hi-* arrival out, for makiuj,' investi^fations towarfls a N.-W. passage; liut, )>ein|< disap|Hiiiiteci Uith in the ve.ssel and crew provided for him, he returned to Euf^rland without attempting anythiii);. The folic iwing year he proceeded on the adventure towaids the N.-\V. in a small vessel fitted out of Lon- don ; wintereij in Hudson's Bay, then made some slight e.vainination of ( "hestertield's Iidet. and again returned to a |Mirt in the Hay to winter, .\fter these fadures or (li.sap|Hiintments. nothingel.se liv him was attempted. Two vessels, imdei' the conunand of (ieorge N'ancouver, were sent out to the west cojist of North .\nierica, partly for receiving Icick some territories w liicli had lieen seized liy tile Spaniards, and partly for discovery in regard of a na\ igalile comnumication from the I'acitic to the .\ttantic, lietweeu tiie parallels of ;{() and tJ(» N. The w hole of t lie west coast wius accordingly traced from latitude.'-fO to the head of ('(Mik's Inlet, in alKiut I'd 18'. In this lalnirious investigation, N'aucouver sailed almost l.lrtMl miles in ciiannels. in some places very contracted, l«'tween ranges of islands and the iiuiin. The non-existence of a |)assage through the continent, within the limits prescrilielishe(l. Several islands to the nortliwani of that part of Russia, included lietwet u the.laiuiand the Kovinui. were discovered in different hrief northern expeditions, among which wa.- an extensive tract of country, now called New Siln-ria. Lieutenant Kotzehue, in a small vessel called the "Kurick," was eni])loyed for nuiking discoveries to tin- northward of Behring's Strait on the side of America. He pas.sed Behring's Strait in ISld, and atter some little time s|HMit in research, retiuned to the so\itiiwarti to winter. The next siunmer, Kotzeliue priK-eedcd again towarils the north ; liut having met with a persoiui.l aci'ident, was oliliged to l>ear ui> home>vard. after reaching the mouth of Behring's Strait. •lohn Hoss ,ind William Edward Barry, proceeded w itii two well eipiipped ships, for the discovery of a N. \V. passage. They circunuuivigated Battin's Bay. proved the non-existence of Cumberland Islaiul, discovered some part of the west coast that was not seen liy Baffin, and gave names to muneroUH iK)sitions in the course of their navigation. |)avid Buchan and .lohn Franklin, with two ships, undertiHik a voyage for discovery towards tiie North I'ole. ( )ne of the vessels received damage in the best part of I the season, and (Hcasioned, it is .said, the return of the cxiJedition lietore that research had U-en made which was intended. Rewards to navigiitors, for advancing to latitud*' 8;l' N. and to longitude llU \V., within the Arctic circle, with a progressive increase of premiums for sailing still I nearer to the North I'ole, and making further advances in the discovery of a N. W. passage, |H-rmitted hv -\ct of I'arliament. and fi.xed liy an Order in Council. Act 'vsth (Jeo. III., c l>0,'and Loiuloi, (iozitti, -JSrd Marcii, 181<.». William Edward I'arrv was again disnatched for discoveries towards tlie N W. with two ves.sels under liis direction. 1 lu' issue not yet known. Sir John Franklin's first ex|)edition with Dr. Richardson, from (Jravesend, England, ] 23rd .May, 181!l, to York Factory, Hudson's Bay, which he left3(tth .\ugu.st, 181<.t ; I thence overland hy chain of rivers and lakes, tr. Hichardson, from NfW ^'ork to Fort William ; tluMU'f riii Lakf Winni|K'tf, (^innlM-rland House and chain of lakes to the Hiver Mackenzie; thence down this river to the Polar Sea and along its eiist and kvest coasts. They reached ( Jarry Island, at mouth of the Mackenzie toward-* latitude (!!*", longitude 1;K»", - in August, 1H2.">, returned to Fort Franklin, (Ireat Hear I^ake and spent tin- winter there ; (hu'ing the following year, they again descended, 24th .June to 7th .hily, to the mouth of the .Mackenzie. Here they separated ; Franklin proceeded, on thr- i'olar Sea, with 2 Ixiats and S m<-n each, to Ice Reef, latitude "()" 2ti' and longitude 14H" .")2', Westward, where he arrived 17th .\ugust. l)r Hl'hardson witli 2 lioats and IJ m-n each, proceeded ejistward to the mouth of the Copper-Mine Kiver, in latitude (>7" 47' •"><•" and longit\ide 11.")" 4!*' 33" ; he thence ascended this river a distance of alniut (JO miles and went overland to Fort f'ontidence at N.-FL (»r upper end of (Jrcat Hear Lake; he continued thence Ity canoe and l)V lioatclown to Fort Franklin at tiie low fr or east end of the lake, wliere he arrived on the 1st Septeni'x'r, having coasted 318 miles along the shore, the distance in a direct line U-Mig almut 17.") statute miles. Franklin returned hy the .Mackenzie and rea( hed the sjime p'ort on the 21st of the same month. They returned to England in 1S27. Franklin's third, last and fatal ex|H'dition, riti Davis .Strait, BatKu Sea, Lancaster Soinid, I'leechey Island, Wellington f'hannel up to head ofdrinnell Land, latitude 77" \., and alK)ut !I7" of iongit\ide W. ; thence down < hannel along cast side of l?ath\n'st Island and west side of CJornwallis fslantl ; thence (lown Feel So\md to Moothia Felix and Kin^r William's Island, in .search of a ]>nssage to Hehring Sea and the Pacific ( )cean, with two ships the " Kreluis " anil " Terror.' From a reionl fomid in a cairn ncir (he head of King William's Island, in May, 18.")'.t, hy Lieut. W. H. Hohson, under .McClintock, it apiH-ars that the latter died lltli •lune, 1M17, at which time the total loss hy deaths had Im-cu !) officers and L") men, out of a party of 1(».') who had landed tiiere 22nd .\pril, 1847, their vessels having been beset by ice since 12th Sejitember, lH4(i. This document was dated 2.')th .Ajiril, 184H, and signed liy Caiitain F. R. M. Crozier of the "Terror, " and Captain .lames Fitzjames of thi- "Krebus.'' They added a note stating that they would start next day for Hack's Fish River. For details see ('a|)tain .McClinttK'k's narrative respecting Franklin's discoveries and his own, pulilished in London, 18.V.(. For fuither detidls respecting Franklin's three exi)editions, .see Part IV. Ca]>t. (Jeorge Xares with the " .\lert " and " Discovery " reached latitude 82" 2o' X., longit\ide (11" .30" W. The "Alert" was moored near Cape .Sheridan, Floeherg Reach, the liighest latitude ever attained by any vessel. Lieut. Aldrich of Xares' exi)edition, made a sledge journey cm the Polar Sea to lati- tude 83" 7', longitude 03" .j' ; he saw Ca|)e Columbia, longitude 87" .30' W. Connnander Mai'kham and Lieut. Parr of Nares" expedition, jilantetl the British Flag on the Polar Sea, latitude 83" 20' 2()" X., longitude ()3' .")' W. 'Lieut. Aldrich. sledge journey to Caj* Alert near Cape Alfred Krnest, (Irinnell Land, j westward along the Polar Sea, latitude 82" 1" longitude 85" .33'. Lieut. L. .\. Reaumont, Xares' expedition, sledge latitude 82" 20" X., longitude .")(l" .■)4" W. journey to Sherard Osborn Fiord. IStli May. 1882. Lieut. Com. (ieorgeW. De Iiong's exj)edition of 33i)ers( longitude l:");") K., on the Polar .Sea, westward of Be: tj:i ;.. ii: ... ii.i. ii r ..* '• i. i' ■sons reached latitude 77" b")' X'., ..., >nnett Island and northward fif Siln-ria. His ves.sel the ".leanuette" wa-s crushed by ice. De Long and his party travelled across the floating and creviced ice with sledges and Iniats to the mouth of the Rivei' Iiena, Siberia, which 23 of the party reached Pith .and 17th Sept., 1881, the others having In-en lo.st at .sea ; 21 of the jiarty died from exhaustion and starvation. Only 12 survived; tile remains of the decea.sed were sent to the ITnited States. Lieut. Adol]>h\)s W. (Jreelys exi)editi()n. His second Lieut. .1. B. Lockwood and Sergeant 1). L. Brainard reaclied the furthest iM)int ever reached by man, at Lock- wood Island, latitude 83" 24' X., longitude 40" 4(5" W., by traversing the ice of the Polar .Sea with a .sledge, (ireely sailed from , St. .Tohn, X'ewfoundland, 7th .luly, 1881, with 22 ])erson8 ; h( engaged 2 Eskimos on the way, which made a party of 2,5 in all. He reached Discovery Harlxjur in Franklin's Bay, 11th August, and there established Fort Conger, as his headquarters. Greely wintered there in 1881-82 ; on !tth Atigust, 188.3, he abandoned Fort Conger where he left iill his Ixxiks anfl ])roceeded .southward to Baira Itdet which he reached 2!tth September, after Iteing adrift for thirty divys in the midst of the ice Hoes of Smitii's Sound. His jiermanent camp wa.s established at Cajx^ Sabine 21st October, 1883. ( 205 M CiiRONOLOcJicAL List of Voyages — Co))y tlif "TliftiN" mid '• H<>ar.' Out of the ciitiif party nf !?."), tlifiv ri'iiiaiiit-d 7 iilivf. l(> Imd died of Htarvation, 1 was drowned wiiilHt scaliiit;' to prin iirt- UhA for \w i'oni|iniiioiiM and 1 liad In-fn xliot hy (Jru'ly's ordtTK for roliViin^ the pro\ laioiix on wliuli the otlicrH relied for their Nustcnance. Out of Llic IH dcceaNeil, (i Irad U'eii partly eatfn, 5 hiul In-eii sweiit Hwav from their (graven into the Sea, and 1 wat* drowned. Twelve iMKlieH of tlie dead were reeovertxl and hrire and Captain Majfuire. 1H48 4!) .Herald Captain Kellett. 1S.50 'm Knterprise. do Collinson. Investigator Cuniuiander McClure. 2. FROM THE EAST THROUGH BAFFIN SEA. 1848 4!t EnterjiriHe Sir J. C. Rohk. Invest%ator Captain Bird. Greely, August 12, 1881, to July 1888, north of latitude 81° N. :— Ice-bears, wolves, foxes, musk-oxen, ermines, hares, walrus, seals, salmon, lemmings, ducks, geese, gulls, ravens, owls, ptarmigans, skuars, sand-pipers, sanderhngs, etc. NoTK— (ireely states that alcohol therinometern cannot always be relied upon for temijerature-s below 60° Fahrenheit. -/ ^DDEISTD^ TO i .1 'inn 1 /\ /"( P 1 \T/1 ^i^cTic i^xi>i:ditio>ss Axn VOYAGES OF DISCOVERY. * f « • NAUTICAL AND STATUTE MILES , c'oHUKsHONnrNi; to A DEGREE OF LONGITUDE AT THE VARIOUS LATITUDES AM) THE DEFINITION THEREOF. U 210 The following table ehows how many Nautical MiloH answer to a degree of Longitude at every Degree of Latitude. 1 2 3 4 6 n 7 8 i) 10 60.99 59. 9» 59.92 59. H5 59.77 59. «7 59.55 59.42 59.2«S 59.09 3 3 I J 11 58.90 \'2 58,69 13 r>8.4« 14 58.22 15 57.1K1 1« 57.f(8 17 57.:i8 18 57.0<» 19 5 5 23 8<;4 19 87 3 14 88 2.09 89 1 . 05 •N)0 (M) Lengths of a degree of longitude in different latitudes, and at the level of the sea. These lengths are in common land or statute miles of 5,280 feet. Since the figure of the earth has never been precisely ascertained, these are but close approximations. 2 4 6 8 10 12 ii 09 16 09 12 08 a: i "t!T3 'S'C f2 = 5 1-^ i \l i p ?, 67 12 28 61 11 42 (5(i-50 30 59 94 •44 (i5 80 32 58 70 46 05 02 34 57 39 48 64 15 »i 5 68 11 - 3 38 76 30 74 34 (57 3-2 55 30 40 28-21 25 -98 70 72 74 70 78 80 82 23 72 21 43 19 12 10-78 14 42 12 -05 9-(«) DEFINITION OF GEOGRAPHICAL OR NAUTICAL AND STATUTE MIT,ES. A nautical mile, or a sea mile, is the length of one minute of longitude of the earth at the equator, at the level of the sea, or the ^^7^^ part of the earth's equatorial circumference. By the United States standard, and as used by the Coast Survey, its length 's 1*152664 common statute or land miles; 1855*11 metres ; 2028*69 yards ; or 6086*07 feet ; consequently, one degree of longi- tude at the equator=;69*160 land miles ; and a land mile=0*8b755 of a nau- tical mile. By British standard the sea mile is about 4 inches longer than by United States. Sometimes one minute of a mean latitude is taken as a nautical mile. A minute of latitude at the equator is about 6,046 feet ; and at the Poles about 6,107 ; the mean of which is 6,076^ feet. TIME OF HIGH WATER AT FUIL AND CHANGE AND RISE OF NEAP AND SPRING TIDES Af VARIOIS PLACES IN C A^ N A. D A^ I4i 212 H O O !> O 1-3 d r > g O o Oh O < H 3 3523 iSxS — 13 Xdt ,':rxxx XX % 00 bt- 'J'-'TiTl'^ o C '^' i. 2:h 2 =2 « a= -j: ■{; y= £ ^ . =4 _= * c« -J -M +J *^ rt ^ u *T!'0 'C'CC'C O C O 'U'C'O O c c -co c« cs a OS 00 X 'C'CC'C't; x'C 1) 9^ bo ^ ^ I* -^ X to fc-S o ^ (N li Oj be bo s c. 1 y: c «*i i. 'be cc- x— =3^ be s 3 = = i c.^ -^ 5« ©o tS ©Ci ©© X -1" ©© S5 O »0®©«0©Qi-(»©0©©OVQi-l©©©'^©©-J©i-'® I-. .-ir:x©i^iMcu-xx.-HXi-.(Mxxi--xi'.c:x©'-ico r: t- 1- ■■C X .Xi be 3 :0 ^ ?„i s C6 .* £ 3 r* c 3 c5 "^ ^ ^ '.a 0) 5 blj.Sf 3^ « ■ .=« 3 x"^ S 3 U 3 ceo 21i !5E s? i TS a «"£ •c y:- -^ -J a O C o c3 ci O C CSCCOOOOC" 3-- §b a; bo • e3 • 1) •-r -f Tfi v; I- CI -f iTi X » Tt< ;o X o » e^ i^ "^ ;r oo-iOoo-j-o«©ooo-^o© = o © ■* •*< Tf © o "* O O C^l f IS ■* (?q c<5 IS t~ t c:©xi-i,-^i,X5vnx©3C5-. ©e©x O'x C * ■« 214 t3 W I-! -l X c. , »oo oixac » O O 2 00 ■J' ^-= . c4 1, ^ o o gT3 B6 I s o o 00 §? 2 X a5 X X K s a £2 ^ -S ^ > u cs u X ^ X X ~ s 3-- 5 S O is 3 Oh 3 g'O'C'C bo I »3 T. & 73 ^ T3 •E - ^ if ~ 6 .to o K e I b S i) » 3. > to ■« C ©oc©-^©©;d©o©co © © -^ © © © «©©©©•— rl ,-1 f 1^5 © -f -r 1- 1^© f L- 1- i?i -r iM « -r Ti Ti a- 55 ©©©©©©©©©©o© ■^^©©©oa -^ ©©©©©s IS SI -t -r ©M t^© «?l X X i^-t> ^ccis Ji M xcci-nrirt IM ^ SS CO rH CC CJ '.-1 fi T) »-• 9 I I c8 X Oi rt H. 'X rt 2 <-• K "9 iJ « t. S a S . S ■^ ^ -'- "T! ■« i2 p^pCi73?q_ " "^ ^ I- t- s 5C .£^•5 i S.| S a 2 5.5 is 1^, B 3 3^ c« 3 ii O > 5 _ _ X * > s 2a_ aJ'-^^i^ i— i i^S 3 2 0*05 o ■-> J:3>-^£ 3 3 =: = = W 3 ^ 5 a '>2'^-3-^^ 'tS. u i X •a s I 3 o o * 215 CO I— I Q 1^ P3 o O o Oh O 2 S =« ^ ^ -c'co'O'CTJ'a'O'ca "coocoeooooc >>t; TT'T'C'c-OTj'C'r'C'c I < o f5 bo cc j3 oooecowcsiOMoo© si 'I c ocooooscii— lec©-^© . IK 00 N t- -^ CJ N t~ CO C 216 o O a K H w PQ /^ W o- 55 H u^ PS o ^.^ /'. w W o o s > tf o i? w ■<•. Ph h-i H CK M M ^ h- ( « & r-l r- 1 fH ^ 4^ w W W — -r V coo 0000 iOOOOO 0000 TJ-CCC '^'CTi'C'C'C'C 'C'C'C'C •cccc 'C'C'CO'C'CO 'S'C'C' it ' h I. t i i •s I ^ g '« !* « >. *' * ^^ ^ r .75 ,. * i -O 5C JS-- i- H • -O ^ '?. ■''■a H v t». i^ : 1- :'• • ■ T* t'cg •■ : "C H •: ; . s-= • C'.? '•* ■ S-' ii • ■Ecsi ; i;: : x-o " ■ XUi •/ & d ©owe- » bi a (-H Z» 'E • CO -y. tr-j tr. -t H rZ (H Q L d © o o •* o u 1—1 rt CliOCCClIM (2 >'< Uh ■g^^s-r ^ ?^ ©5 ©.Oil CI ^ r- 1-1 -r ;sj U CC 1-1 r- OV X ooe CI f I- O'-SO 1-X o ©■: CI • o©©c wt-l © t-ICI CI CI -»< © 1-1 V, s I I h •73 • c 5 ■1—1 t- ^^5 cs -- C-r" s 4. c^ Curt 5 B l%-^\-^ ■^.%- £ '5-2 >. r o 2 2 3 -.1 Si OH 5,t: is 5! OOOO ; c I— < ■f.s .SCLi •2 rt O M * LSii o 3 S^ C OOOWWO'J 4 I* . 217 •y: ^ ^^' : O 'r";-c'c ' 5 ■'• O - . . .— (- -1* ci,"; •A /. ~ : s :;■* s ^ 1. r ^ ".^ .^y^ -lit ■ 5 i _: S - );? O 5 © © » IS lO C-l ■-( M -^ O fH fH rH C « O o C •- W I - I - -/: -r cc 1^ i-H rA ^ ^ — = -r ;SC©0©© AM - I - - - « I - © ?i?{ i— CO X I— I C I ^ 5 * 1, - ~ 3 ■ - 2 •' I- 2 i 'n "• zL-»» — _5 ij :-^ ^^MH ^3 Mo ;ji ^^ b4 tx hi b' -^ .^ 3 O ? l-B.i.c.'c ■ ■'% x^i= K tc k .5 c 0^ 218 O o o 5 O X! 1-1 CI 35 ^ 5E m X •8 Hi I •j? c c 2' ^ J: ■I. a l^ 2 u c O" OJ 1° II ■ • t. at ■ «+^ ■-If- I '5' J % :« fe S rt d rt , 1^ o i^ c 5 t 3-0- _afi5l S * s ~ • "5 ^ JO ■* r x . * O ss ^ a-- O - *- " « > 3 O C X cS X tD 00 -o© IJ^ I— I I-H •?. i u 3 -f C-l iH *^ m i-( 3 pS- X IS © © C5 55 - in © c (N •c 1 x S 3 o o C -^ ?L C^ 3 2 >. 3 ''' (M Q ^ ^ ^ :^^:; •r^'s ar, in ^ .1—1 ■ 105. Kg ^'-''^ — cvi« oj 5 ret: —55 3 15 , ^ •e ;^ S >>2 i -:2 C i 1^ - 5'3 s -ail^ 3 "i < .& > ts o ^ s 22 K -^5 Cv. S '. 6f 3 . So: to ^T-^ ss'gg 3 -^ « C wri tfi.S I to 3 3 X -*J 3 fc.ift U> bo >> =.^ f>A^^ ^^^ g >:>H iJ3: M Ph ?h » i OPENING AND CLOSING OP NAVIQATION AT VARIOUS CANADIAN PORTS FROM THE 1888 to 1889. 220 OPENiiva and Closing of Navigation at ■ ^ Name of I'ort. Location. Clo.ied in 1883. Opened in 1884. CloKcd in 1884. Oi)t'ned in I8a5. ,: Cliarlottetown, P. E.I..., (ieorffetown do .. . . I'ictou, N.S Gulf St. Lawrence do d.. Dec. Jan. 12 Dec. Jan. 3, Dec. do Nov. do Dec. Nov.' do do Dec. 23.. , '84. 23 Ai)ril do do 24.. 24.. 17.. 2ti.. 12.. 27.. Dec. Jan. 2(! Dec. Jan. 1!) Dec' 20.. '85. 24.. '85. '12'. '. April do do May May 22.. 24.. 21.. Sydney, CU Shediiie, N.B '84.. do 1.. May 4. . April 2!».. do 23.. do 11.. May '24! ['April ' 28..: do 30.. do 1().. do 4.. , * (rulf St. Lav/rence Baie den C'haleiirH Caini>liellton. N.B ]iatiiur.st, N.B (> . do (Julf St. LawrencH do River St. Lawrence do River Richelieu do River St. Lawrence do Perce, l'.(^ 25.. r>.. '36'.. !>.. 1(>.. 22. Dec. do Nov. Dec. do Nov. Dec. 1 . 8.. 18.. 12.. 11.. 2!).. 18.. May do do April ffo do May 1.. 1 GttKiM' Basin, P.t^ Tadoiis.-4ac, P.t^ 15.. Its.. (^lelM.e, VAl Sorel, VAl St. JolinV, P.(^ Montreal, P.Q Three Hiver«, P.Q Kingston, Ont BelleviUe, (hit 29.. 24.. 20.. 5.. Lake Ontario do do do Lake Krie Dec. do do do do Nov. Dec. Jan. 3, Dec. do do do 31.. April 14.. do 13.. do 21 . . March 28.. Anril lit.. 10. . 1.. 30.. 1.. 17.. 15.. 31.. 20. . (i.. 2(i.. 23.. Dec. do do do do dd do do do Nov. Dec. do 31., 12.. 12.. 19.. 19.. 11.. 17.. 25. . 15.. 24.. 1.. 31.. Ai)ril do do do do do Jan. April May do do do May do April 28.. 19.. Port Ho|)e, Ont 15.. Toronto, Ont 25.. Port Stanley, Ont Port lV,>er,'5 221 » 4 variouH Ports in Cunmlu, 1883 to 188!). Closed Openul 1 CloMwl Olnned f'loHed OlM-ned floHCfl 0|M'ned HI in in in in in III • 111 1885. 1881;. 188(1. 188 1. 1887. 1888. 1888 1880 .ran. !», 'HC. . .\l.iil 20.. Dec. 21».. April 20.. Dec. 27.. April 21.. .Ian. 12, '80. . March 30 Vt'h. 23, "WJ. .Mimli ;{(» . Kel). 8, '87.. do (>. . Jan. 23, "88. (l.> ;«»,, Kel). 2.5, '80. . do (i Dee. 31.. April 3.. Dec 30. . lie. 11.. Dec. 25.. do 15,. .Fan. 14, ■8!». . do 14 Jan. 14, '8(). do 1!».. .Fan. 7, "87. . do 20 . .Ian. 10, '88. do 25., Feb. 8, "80.. April 4 Dec. 7.. do 27.. Dec. 10. . .May 7 . . I )ec. 23 . Miy 8.. Dec. 12.. do 18 do 10. May 2.. do 28.. March 22.. do do 27.. Jan. 15. . April o. . 4.. do do IB.. 4.. do do s Jan. 8, '8(J.. 0.. Dec. , 17.. Ainil 15 Dec, 14.. Apiil 10.. Nov. 30. . May 2.. Nov, 23.. do 28,. Nov. 24.. do 8 Nov. • 30.. do 3. . do 28.. Ain-il 20.. do 15.. May •) Dec. 4.. March 2K Dec. 10. . do lo. . Dec. 11.. do 30.. Dec. 8 . do 4,. do 4.. A|)ril 14 Nov. 24.. do 24.. do 3.. do 20 . do 2.. AiH'il 30,. do 1 . do 22 do do 24.. do 4.. May 23.. 1.. .Tan. Dec, 20, "88. 1.. May do 1.. 8,, Nov. Dec. 28.. 4,, do do IS Nov. 20.. April 2(). . 17 Dec. 27.. do 2!t.. do 20..; do 11.. do 22.. ilo 21.. do 20 . do 13 Nov. 2. . do 14. Nov. 4. April 25.. Nov. 1.. April 28.. Nov, 15. . do 25 . m OPENING AND CLOSING 0» NAVIGATION AT QUEBEC, MONTREAL, KINGSTON AND TORONTO, 1814 TO 1889. 224 Opbnino nnd Clnnlng of Nixvigation nt Qnobec l\fontroal, ICinp ton nnd Toronto from ISI4 to 18H!>. I^IKHKC. MoNTUKAl,. KiMiK'ntN. ToKONTO. Yoara. ()|>i«ii«'d. Cloned. OikuihI. Clotw-d, I ()|ieiiwl. CIoh«h1, i ()|H>nf•> do 3(*» ... do 20.... May ;)..,. do 8.... Apri 22....' do 28.... 1 do 1(1.... i do 2(1.... do 20. do 2(1.... do 11.... Mav 1.... Apri 10.... do 18.... do 27.... d.) 17....! do 23. .. do 27. ...| do 10.... 1 do 22.... 'lo 30.... ) 2S.... ) 28.... do 21».... May April 25.... 1 do 20.... 1 Dec. Nov. do do D«c. do do do Nov. Dw. do do do do Nov. Dec. do do do do do do do do do Nov. Dec. do do Nov. Dec. do do do do do do Nov. do do Dec. Nov. do do do do do do do 4... 30... :«)... 25... !».., 1... 1... 12 .. 2(1 ., 10... 2... 14... 2. T ' 20... 2. il... 3 5. 7 10. 5. 19. 3. 5. 27 2 4. 3. 20. 8. 17. 5. 4. 13. 15... 2!) .. 28 .. 27... o 25.... 20.... 22.... 25.... 23... 24. . 20... i 25.... April 25. do 28. do 24. do 18. do 0. do 4. do 10 do 24. do 23. do 25. do 13. do 10. do 10. do 22. do 17. do 25. do 18. do 8 May 1 April 25 dt) 25 May 3 April 27 do 17 Mar. 30 Ajiril 27. flo 7. Mar. lil. A|)ril do 23. do 11. do (1. do 8. Mar. 10. April 23. Mar. 24. April 25. Mar. 0. Ai)ril 2. Mar. 31. April 11 . do 3. Dec. do •Fiiii. Dec. do do •Tan. Dec. do do do do ■Ian. do do Dec. do do do do i do I do ' do do do .lo do do do do do do do do 211... Nov. 21 . . . IHHC. do 21» do 24 .. IHS7 do W. .. do 28... 18HH do 2!».... do 24... MONTKKAL. KiNdHTON. Oih'IuhI, 1HH!» 1«!K) do 2:<.... tl)oc. 15. April 24 do do . J). . 24. 1 . £.»., 14.. D.«. m... do 3 .. J an. 2, '82. I)»f. it... do do do do do do I do l(i.. 18 . 7.. 4.. 22. 14. 21). OjHJiU'd. C'.wwl Ai)ril 21 ... . Mar. 2.S.... 1).^-. 28 do 21. April 12 . . Jai>. 12. '82 Mar. 7 ... /*'>ril 1!).... Dec. 31. do lit... do 31. do 28. ., .Ian. 8, '8(i do ».... '.iff. 3(1. do 1!).... do 30 do 12... ilan. 111, ■8!) do 2 .. do 22. Mar. 2«.. TORO.NTO. Oji'-nt^d. Mar. K.'l). April Fnh. April Mar. April Mar. April do Mar. do 25. 111. Iti. 27. 1."). 3<). 2;-.. 20. 12. 7. ir>. 15. Closed. I)w;. 24 do 8 (In do do do .la.- Dtt. do do do 1!) 9 21 ly 4 24 20 20 * DeeeinlM-r, 20 — Ic« broke >ip and reformed several tinieH. f The ic" ' )rnied, the 4th Dei'enilHT, in the Tidiil ISaMin and the Wet Dock. The ic't ornied, the 1 Itli DeceinlM-r, in tiie River .St. Charles. The ic( ,)rid>?e formed, tlie lotli DecenilKT, Ix^tween the Island of Orleans and the north shore, and, on the 20lii foUowintf, tiie ice >,'ave way and had i.i)t reformed at the close of the year. Set Appendi.x No. 47 of (Jeneral He|Kirt of 1807, pa^es 3!)3 to 40<1. For dates of o|H'ninK and closin)^ of niivijfation at other |)ort8 "■"•1 <''i ^h" conals of Canada, together with the draft of water, etc., see (Jeneral l{ejx)rt I'ni)lic Works, 18(»7-1882, [ .iKes 1 KM i 1)35, and subsequent annual rei)ort8 I'ublic Worka, also annual r«i)ort» on Railways and Canals, up to 18W. lit SO 21 30 31 31 30 21 2!) 30 2») !» 12 3 24 30 10 26 20 30 9 19 la 15 W; PORT OF MONTREAL D ^ T E S OF OPENING AND CLOSING OF NAVIGATION, FROM 1864 to 1889. 15} PORT OF MONTREAL. MEMORANDUM TAKEN FROM THE HARBOUR MASTER'S RF^ PORTS, GIVING THE DATES OF THE OPENING AND CLOS- ING OF NAVIGATION FROM 1864 TO 29tu DECEMBER, 1889. 'm 1864 — The ice in the harbour began to break and move on the 7th of April ; on the 13th, river was clear; close of navigation, 10th December. 1865 — On the 1st of January, the water gradually rose ; on the 14th, the ice shoved ; on the 15th, the ice remained stationary. 1866 — Opening of navigation, 19th April ; on the 5th ^anuary, 1886, the river was full of ice ; on the 6th, the ice became stationary. 1867 — On the 1st of January, the water was level with the wharves, ice form- ing fast ; on the 9th ice became stationary. The first shove of the ice took place on the 14th April ; on the 22nd the harbour was clear of ice. 1868 — The winter was unusually cold ; the river was frozen at an early date, teams crossed on the 16th of December, 1 867 ; on the li^th of March, 1868, ice shoved ; on the 4th of April the ice shoved heavily oppo- site the city ; on the 14th and 15th the ice kept moving; on the 17th the harbour was clear. 1869 — December 28th, the river was frozen over early ; on this date, the first team crossed to St. Lambert ; in the beginning of 1869, the ice was considered firm for the winter ; on the 13th April the ice shoved*; on the 18th shoved again ; on the 19th it shoved, flooding Griffin- town, which continued until the 23rd ; at 10 a.m. ice below gave way ; on 25th the harbour clear of ice. 1870 — On the 1st January, channel opposite city free of ice ; oa the 8th, crossed on foot ; on the J^th, ice shoved ; no crossing until 13th ; teams crossed on the 15th ; on 17th thaw set in, which lasted some time ; on 31st March, the ice opposite the city was bad ; the first shove on the 9th April; shoved on 10th and 11th ; on the 17th harbour clear of ice. 1871 — On the 4th January, river frozen over ; on 6th became mild, ice shoved ; on 11th teams crossing ; on 15th March a slight shove ; 17th shoved again ; on 31st last crossing ; 3rd April the ice kept moving ; on 10th harbour clear. 1872 — ^When the year commenced the river was frozen and teams crossing ; on 18th April fir^t shove ; on 28th harbour clear ; on Ist May ves- sels arrived in port. 1873 — On the 1st January the river was frozen over and ice stationary, teams crossing ; on llth April the ice shoved, and continued to do so daily until the 21st, when it gave wsy ; on the 25th Str. " William " arrived from Sorel. 229 on ree- 1874 — On 17th January, the river was frozen over; on ilst, teams crossed from Longueuil ; 18th April, first shove ; on 23rd, harbour free from ice ; 25th a number of small craft arrived in port. The ice-bridge at Cap Rouge held firm until the 9th of May. 1875 — On the 1st January, the river opposite the city was full of ice ; teams crossed below Hochelaga on the last of the year 1874 ; on 4th Janu- ary, 1875, ice became stationary. The winter was the coldest that had been experienced for many years. The first ice shoved on the 24th April ; on 29th harbour clear ; on the Ist May a May-pole was placed on the ice, opposite Longueuil ; on 3rd, river vessels arrived from Boucherville ; on the 7th, ice-bridge at Cap Rouge gave way. On the 5th, December ice became stationary ; on 2l8t, teams crossed to the city, the earliest on record. 1876 — "When January commenced, the river was frozen and ice good ; on 12th April, ice got bad ; on 16th, first shove, and shoved daily until 26th; on 27th, several vessels arrived from Boucherville. On 19th December, the ice was good, persons crossing on foot ; 23rd, teams crossing. 1877- -When the year commenced, the river was frozen over ; the weather in April was fine and mild ; on the oth, the ice began to get bad ; on the 8th, the first shove and moved downwards ; on the 14th, the channel was clear as far as Hochelaga ; on the 17th, the tug " Francis " arrived from Boucherville. The weather was mild this fall was still open on the Slst of December. the navigation 1878 — On the 1st of January, the Longueuil ferry still running ; in the after- noon left the harbour with a party on a pleasure excursion to Bou- cherville ; on the 17th, people crossed the ice o.x foot ; on 24th, good crossing. The 7th of January was the coldest day of the winter ; at , 8 a.m. 15° below zero ; on the 1st of February, roads were made ; on the 18th a road was made to Laprairie, and on the last day of the month, these roads were considered unsafe. 1st March, cold snap ; on the 2nd, teams again crossed to St. Lambert and Laprairie ; on the 12th, again abandoned ; on the 16th first open water ; on the 18th, first shove of ice ; on 22nd, channel clear as far as Pointe-aux- Trembles ; on the 29th, the steamer " Montarville " came into the harbour but had to return to Boucherville ; on the 30th, tug " St. Francis " arrived in port ; on the last day of the year the river was full of drift ice. 1879 — On the 1st of January, the weather was fine ; in the afternoon a boat's crew descended the Lachine Rapids in safety ; on the 25th, the river was full of ice ; on 26tli, teams crossed at Longueuil ; on the Ist February, a road was made from St. Lambert ; on 13th February, a road was made from Laprairie ; on the 12th April, the ice shoved ; after the 15th, the ice kept daily moving downwards ; on the 18th, the ice became so closel}'^ packed and stationary that people crossed on foot ; on 23rd, steamer " St. Lambert " arrived in port from Boucher- ville. On the 22nd December, it was very cold, 22° below zero ; on the 25th river full of ice ; on 27th, crossing on foot ; teams crossing at Longueuil. 230 lii?. 1880 — On the 1st of January, weather fine ; at 8 a.m. 4° below zero, river opposite city full of ice, teams crossing below Longueuil ; on the 2nd, crossing on foot to St. Lambert ; the 1 8th, commenced laying a railroad track on the ice from Ilochelaga to Longueuil, complete*! on the 30th ; on the following day the road was opened ; on the Ist April, ice began to get bad ; on the same day, a commencement was made to remove the ice-bridge railroad ; 5th April, first shove of the ice ; on the 6th, ice shoved again ; on the 7th, a very heavy shove on Island Mouton ; it was piled up 44 feet ; the water in the harbour at that time, was 17 feet above the summer level ; on the 13th, a large quantity of ice left the harbour ; on the 17th, river craft arrived from Boucherville ; on the 29th April, the ice-bridge at Cap Rouge, gave away ; on the 3rd of December, the river was full of ice ; Longueuil ferry-boat left for winter quarters ; on the 29th, roads were com- menced on the ice to St. Lambert. 1881 — The New Year commenced with fine weather. On the 5th, railway cars commenced crossing at Longueuil ; on the 8th of April, the ice commenced breaking up ; 13th, channel opposite city clear ; on 19th, tug "C. W. Francis" arrived in port, being the first arrival of the season ; on the 27tli,S.S. " Peruvian " arrived from Sorel where she had wintered; Last departure for sea, 23rd November; 31st December, fine, mild weather ; the year closed with open navigation, the " Longueuil " making regular trips. 1882 — Navigation opened on 11th of April and closed on 9th December ; first arrival from sea, 6th May ; last departure for sea, 21st November ; 9th December, very cold, ice making fast ; 21st December, crossing on ice at Longueuil ; 31st, still open opposite the city. The month throughout was cold, with good sleighing from the 10th. 1883 — Opening of navigation, 27th April ; close of navigation, 16th Decem- ber ; first arrival from sea, 5th May ; last departure for sea, 20th November ; 31st December, ice making fast ; 3 p.m. ice taken and stationary ; water within 2 feet 5 inches of top of revetment wall. 1884 — Opening of navigation, 22nd April ; close of navigation, 18th Decem- ber ; first arrival from sea, 2nd May ; last departure for sea, 20th November ; 31st December, very mild temperature, 40 '^ ; river open opposite the city. 1885 — Opening of navigation, 5th May ; close of navigation, 7th December ; first arriyal from sea, 8th May ; last departure for sea, 20th Novem- ber ; 3l8t December, river full of ice, to the head of St. Mary's Current ; opposite the city, open water. 1886 — Opening of navigation, 24th April ; close of navigation, 4th December ; first arrival from sea, 30th April ; last departure for sea, 25th November ; 30th December, ice opposite the city stationary j Slst, roads making on ice to St. Lambert and Longueuil. 1887 — Opening of navigation, 1st May ; close of navigation, 23rd December ; first arrival from sea, 3rd May ; last departure for sea, 28th Novem- ber ; 31st^ December, crossing ice on foot this morning from Longueuil to Hochelaga. 231 1888-Opening of navigation, 29th April ; close of navigation, 14th Decern- ber; first arrival from sea, 4th May; last departure for sea, 22nd November; Slst December, rain this morning; very mild most unseasonable weather. ' 1889— Opening of navigation, 14th April ; close of navigation, 29th Decem- ber ; first arm /al from sea, 27th April ; last departure for sea, 23rd Novemb.er ; 22nd January, crossing ice on foot at Longue Fointe ; 25th, teams crossing on ice from Longueuil to Cotton factory at Hochelaga ; road making to St. Lambert's ; 31st Decem- ber, ice making on the river. (Signed) THOMAS HOWARD, Harbour Master. Montreal, 17th October 1890. Thm r, K««f^n pirn Ti ■ — "V'^"; "'"•';" ""BK^t'B'' remeoieH lor tneir remova. Conini ssioiierH •— lhos.O.Keeier CM. (x (chairman); Henry FPer^^^^ John Kennedy, Percival W. St. GeorKe Pub- f the City Council of Montreal, 15th April, 1888, and in Part II of Public Works Report, lished by Order of 1889-90. [ji ) I 1ul.i PORTS ON THE ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC OCEANS OPEN TO NAVIGATION THE WHOLE YEAR. 284 Names of various Ports which are open to Navigation, the whole year. Name of I'ort. Kemarks. Annapolis .. Annapolis ..Nova Scotia 15 to 20 In very severe winters, ice forms, Arichat Riehmo n d, out screw steamers can always enter. C.B do ... 40to75 Some years this harbour may be obstructed for a few days by drift ice in spring. Barrington. Shelburne... do 12to20 At anchorage, wharves dry at low water. I>igby Digby do 18 About 10 ft. at end of steamboat pier. Halifax Halifax do 20to30 At wharves, 70 to 180 ft. in harbour. Liverpool. ..Queen's do 7 On bar, at Brooklyn, 24 ft. Lockport... Shelburne... do 8 Louisburgh CapeBreton do ... 30 to 70 Easy of approach ; safe, and free from ice in winter. Lunenburg. Lunenburg. do 12 Parrsboro' .. Cumberl'nd Shelburne... do Dry in harbour at low water. Shelburne... do 40tot)0 Yarmouth.. Yarmouth.. do 13 St.AndreA\ Charlotte..., New Bruns- wick 14 Tn inner harbour. St. John ... St. John .. ., do 24 At entrance of harbour ; 60 ft. in harbour. St. Stephen. Charlotte.... do 6 30 ft. at the ledge, 4 miles below the town. ^Tadoussac Saguenay . . Quebec 30to50 Anchorage for ships in from 17 to 18 fathoms, on clay bottom. Morpeth. . . . Kent Ontario 9 11 ft. at outer end of wharf. Windsor Essex do *See Memorandum respecting Tadoussac Harbour at pp. 382-383 of Appendix No. 8, of Report 18C7-1S82. Victoria, Nanaimo, Burrard Inlet and all other Ports of British Columbia, up to Skeena River, remain always open. New Westminster is liable to be closed 7 to 15 days. m ill VA^EIOXJS FORTS OR TRADING STATIONS, CITIES, TOWNS, VILLAGES AND OTHER SETTLEMENTS COMPRISKI) IN THE DIOOESKS OP BRITISH COLHIBIA, IMITOBA, THE NORTH-WEST, HWX'S BAY AND X.A.BR^r)OR. 1 ' FOR-S OR TRADING STATIONS, CITIES, VILLAGES, ETC., COMPRISED IN THE DIOCESES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, MANI- TOBA, THE NORTH-WEST, HUDSON'S BAY AND LABRADOR. ALBERTA DISTRICT. St. Albert, at 9 miles to the north-westward of Eclmojiton, is the scat of the See of the R. C. Bishop, Mgr. Vital Grandin, since 21st Sei)t., 1871, when it was lirst C8tal»li8hed. This Sec comprises : — Edmonton (St. Joachim) ; Our Lady of Lonrdes, Notre Dame dcs Sept-Douleurs, St. Thomas, Stony Point, Ste-Anne (Lake)t, St. Alexandre, Cunningham School, Our Lady of Victories (Lac-la-Biche)t, in the District of St. Albert. — Calgary, BaniF, Industrial School (High River), Blackfoot Crossing, Fort McLeod, Lcthbridge, Blood Reserve, and Belly River, in the District of Caloary. — St-Laurent, St-Antoine (Batoche), St-Louis, Sacre-Cueur (Duck Lake), Prince Albert, Lake Muskeg and Ile-^-la-Crosse, in the District of St-Laurent. — Lac Froid (Cold Lake), Lac d'Oignon, Lac la Selle, Battleford, Ste-AngMe and the Tlumderchild Reserve, in the District of Pitt. — Lac Caribou, Pelican Lake and Cumberland House, in the District of Cumberland. The entire Diocese contains 1 R. C. Bishop, 41 Priests, O.M.I., 2 Secular Priests, 20 Lay Brothers, 8 Religious Institutions, 38 Catholic Schools, 3 Orphan Asylums, 30 Sisters of Charity, 22 Female Auxiliaries, 32 Faithful Companions of Jesus, and 15,000 Catholic Indians. A portion of the diocese, it is announced, has recently been detached from it, under the name of the Vicariate Apostolic of Saskatchewan. jNotc A. — Ste. Anne Lake, Fort or Post. At about 50 miles from Edmonton. ' First Catholic mission established by the Rev. J.-Bte. Thibault, V.G., in 1842; he was sent there by Mgr. Provencher. At that time there was a Methodist mission under Rev. Mr. Rundel at Edmonton. iNote B. — White Fish Lake, Fort or Post. At 40 miles south of Lac-la-Biche the Methodists have an important " Cree mission." ATHABASCA— MACKENZIE, N.W.T. The principal settlements or missions may be enumerated as follows : — St-Bernard (Li'"tle Slave Lake) : — Trout Lake. Jawatwaway, Athabasca Landing ; Nativity of the Virgin Mary at Fort Chipewyan and Lake Atha- basca : — N. D. des Sept-Douleurs, Fort McMurray, Wabaska and Point Provi- dence; St. Charles (Fort Duuvegan) : — N. D. des Neiges (Rocky Mountains), Battle River, Smoke River and Grande Prairie ; Providence : — Trout Lake, Grosse-Ile, Montague de Tondre ; St. Henri )Vermilion) : — Little Red River, Rivifere-aux-Fouines, Vieux Fort ; St. Joseph (Fort Resolution) : — Fond du Lac, Ste. Anne and Riviere aux Bceufs ; St. Michel (Fort Rae) ; St. Raphael : — St. Paul of the Rocky Mountains, Fort Nelson and Fort Halket ; Fort Simp- ' 287 SON (Sacr^-C(Dur do Jc'^sus) and Fort Wriglcy ; Ste. TnfiuESE (Fort Norman): — Great Bear Lake ; N. D. de Honne lilsporanee (Fort Good Hope): — Peel's River, Sacred Heart of Mary on the Mackenzie River, Delta of the Mackenzie at the E8(iuimaux settlements. These and others are in the R. C. Vicariate-Apostolic of the late Mgr. Faraud, O.M.I., and of his auxiliary, Mgr. Isidore Glut. This Vicariate em- braces most of the territory in the Anglican Dioceses of the Mackenzie River under Tiishop W. C. liompas, and of the Arthabasca, under Bishop R. Young. The R. C. Vicariate contains bishop (Mgr. Glut since the demise of Mgr. Faraud, 27th Sept., 1890), 21 priests, 23 lay brothers, 3 male institutions, 3 female institutions, 3 orphan asylums, 3 hospitals, 8 sisters of charity and their female auxiliaries. BRITISH COLUMBIA. MAINLAND. The City of New Westminster, wliere the penitentiary and other public buildings are situated, was founded by Col. R. C. Moody in February, 1859 ; the City of Vancouver, the present western terminus of the Canadian Pacific Railway, was founded by the G. P. R. Co., towards 1887 at Burrard Inlet. The various cities, towns, villages and mining or fishing establishments, etc., throughout the Province, on the mainland, are situated in the Anglican Diocese of New Westminster, under Bishop A. W. Sillitoe, and in that of Caledonia under Bishop W. Ridley ; both of these Sees are comprised in the R. C. Vicariate-Apostolic of Mgr. Durieu. VANCOUVER ISLAND. PACIFIC OCEAN. The City of Victoria, founded by Governor Douglas, 16th March, 1843. Esquimault where the Graving Dock is situated and the great coal mines at Nanai'mo, are the most important places on the Island, where Government works have been executed or applied for. Apart from these there are various settlements or posts at Saanitch, Cowichan, Ahousiat, Hesquiat, Clayoquot and Kuyoquot, etc. They are in the Anglican diocese of Columbia, which was established in 1859 and placed under Bishop George Hills ; this See is comprised in the Roman Catholic diocese of Vancouver Island and of the Alaska Territory which was established 30th November, 1847, and is now under Mgr. J. Lemmens who resides at Victoria. GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE. ce, er, du North Shore. St. Pierre, Pointe aux Esquimaux, St. Elisee de Betshiamits, Saut-au- Cochon, St. Fran9ois-Xavier de Manicouagan, St. Patrice on the Pentecost River, Sept-Iles, Moisie, Godbout, etc., River Magpie, River St. JoTin, Shel- drake, Rivi^re-au-Tonnerre, Mingan, etc., N. D. de Nataskouan, Piastierbee, Ste. Anne, T6te-k-la-Baleine, S. C. de Jesus de Bonne Esperance, Belles Amours, Lourdes, Notre Dame de Bersimis, and other Montagnaises missions, Naskapis and Esquimaux missions, etc. 1 238 m 1: ISLAND OP ANTICOBTT. 8t. Alfred, English Bay, St. Ludger, and Anse anx Fraisos. The preceding are in the Anglican diocese of Qiiehoc, nnder "Bishop J. W. Williams, and in the Prefecture Apostolic of the ( Julf of St. Lawrence. The former was founded, Ist Novemher, 1703, under Bishop Jacob Mountain, and the latter, 29th May, 1882, under Mgr. F. X. Bosse, who resides at Pointo- aux-Esquimaux. HUDSON'S BAY TERRITORY. SOUTHERN PORTION. Among the various establishments hitherto or still frequented, the fol- lowing may be enumerated : — Ft. Severn, Beaver Lake II., — Osnaburgh H., Martin's Falls and Fort Albany on the R. Albany, on S.W. side of James' Bay ; Moose Factory, and Hannah Bay 11. at mouth of Ilarricanaw River, at S. end of James' Bay ; Lake Abitibi II. ; Lake Temiskaming IL, Ft. William, Allumette, Coulonge, Calumet and Portage du Fort, on the Upper Ottawa ; Rupert II. at mouth of Rupert R., East Main R., Fort at mouth of Fort George or Victoria at mouth of Mistassibi or Big River, on E. side of James' Bay ; II. B. Post at mouth of Great Whale R. ; II. B. Post at mouth of Little Whale R., on E. side of Hudson's Bay ; II. B. Post at S.W. end of Lake Mistassini which discharges into the Rupert River; Fort Chimo II. B. Post, on the lower portion of ILokskeak or South River, which discharges into the southern end of Ungava Bay, Hudson's Strait. The above, etc., are in the Vicariate Apostolic of Pontiac, founded 22nd Sept., 1882, under Mgr. N. Z. Lorrain, and in the Anglican Diocese of Moosonee, under Bishop J. Horden, founded in 1872. LAKE ST. JOHN. Saguenay Reserve Region. There are numeror^ settlements around the Lake, the principal of w^hich are S. Cceur de Marie /seph d'Alma, St. Ged^on, St. Jer6me, the mouth of the R. Metabe^'' Pte. aux Trembles or St. Louis de Chambord, Notre Dame du "^ xvoberval, the Pointe Blue Indian Reserve, St. Prime, St. Felicien, St. le, St. Methode. These and many others are in the R. C. Diocese of Chicoutimi, under Mgr. L. N. Begin, who resides at Chicoutimi, and in the Anglican Diocese ot Quebec, under Bishop J. W. Williams. The See of Chicoutimi was founded 4th Aug., 1878, under Bishop Dominique Racine. PROVINCE OF MANITOBA. Winnipeg, the capital of this Province, was founded towards 1860, prior to which St. I3oniface was the most important place in the North- West, having been the seat of the See of the R. C. Bishop, Mgr. J. N Provencher, since 1847; Archbishop Alex. Tache, w^ho succeeded him in 1853, still resides there. th February, and the third towards the 15th March. The ports of call during the voyage from Liverpool to Vancouver, will be Gibralter, Naples, Tort Said, Suez, Colombo, Penang, Singapore, Hong- Kong, Shanghai, Nagasaki, Kobe and Yokohama ; short stays being made at each. The fare has been placed at ^600 for the trip, which will include cost of meals and berths throughout on sea and rail ; also transportation across the Atlantic, but will not include expenses ashore, or on lines of railway, other than the Canadian Pacific, nor while stopping over at Canadian Pacific Mountain Hotels. The voyage will last about 80 days. These Steamships have been built for the Company, by the " Naval Con- struction and Armaments Company," at Barrow-in-Furness, England, where the first, "Empress of India" was successfully launclied, 15th August, 1890. Their dimensions are : Length over all, 485 feet ; between perpendiculars, 440 feet; breadth, moulded, 51 feet ; depth, moulded, 36 feet; tonnage, 6,700 tons gross. Ships to be armed with 47 inch guns, and to be lighted throughout by electricity. Speed to be 18 knots on the measured mile, and 16 J knots on a 400 miles sea trial per hour, as per contract, 2nd July, 1889. •J45 i./ PANAMA CANAL. Panama Canal, from Colon or Aspinwall, on the Atlantic, to Panama, on the Pacific, 73 kilometres =: 45-4 S. M. =39-4 G. M. in length, with an excel- lent harbour at each end, and a railway in operation along the canal. The total estimated quantity of excavation, for a througli cut without locks, on this canal, is 4(3,150,000 cubic metres = 60,364,200 cubic yards, English measure. A Change of Plans. The Panama Canal to have Locks, instoid of being a Tide-vuiler Ttoufe^firr the ■present, so as to render it avaihilde to Navigation,, as soon as possible. It is stated that the plans of M. de Lesseps, regarding the Panama Canal, have been changed, and that the marine highway will be built with locks instead of a tide-water canal, as was first intended, although the original plan of making it a tide-water route, M. de Lesseps says, is to be carried out eventually. Henry B. Slavc-n, president of the Contracting and Dredging Company which has beeh r.ctively engaged in the work of digging the canal since the start, arrived at New York from Europe on the 28th November, 1887. In an interview, the latter said : — ''The canal is more than half done. It is open at present for vessels drawing 15 feet of water for 20 kilometres = 12*43 statute miles out of the total length of 73 K. ^45*4 S.M. That section oj 20 K. or 12*43 S.M., is on the Atlantic end of the canal, and we dredged it our- selves. "We will have 24 K. or 14*9 S.^[. done by 1st July, and a French company, on the Pacific end, will have 5 more K. or 3*1 S.M. completed. Beyond our work, there is a 20 kilometre section that a French company has contracted to do, but it has done very little on it. If the French contractors do as they ought to do, that section will give the sbareholders no concern. There is left, however, a section, 25 K. :^ 15*53 S.iSL long, that contains the ridge or backbone of the Isthmus. The elevations run from 50 to 287 feet above the mean level of the two oceans. A good deal of work has been done on this section, but it is here of course that the greatest amount of digging lias to be done. (According to tlie original project examined by the Inter- national Congress in 1879, the maximum depth of cutting for a tide-water canal is 87 metres = 285*4 English feet above water surface for a distance of 1 Iv= 0*62 S.M. If a tunnel of 6 K.= 3728 S.M. ih constructed, the depth of cutting can be reduced to 34 metres ^111*5 feet. If locks are constructed, 13 will be required, and the de[)th of cutting Avill be still further reduced.) M. Eifiel, who is probably best known in America as the builder of the tower 1,000 feet high in Paris for the Exhibition of 1889, has the contract for the locks. The locks will be made chiefiy of iron, and will be water-lifts. Note. — Owing to financial diflicultieH which have arisen since the above statement was made by H. B Slaven, the works, which were then in progress on this canal, appear to have l)een discontinued. 216 m m- if! PRINCIPAL PROJECTS OF INTEROCEANIC CANALS ACROSS THE CENTRAL AMERICAN ISTHMUS EXAMINED BY THE INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF 1879. 1. — Isthmus of Tehuantepec Route, Mexico. Length, 240 kilometres, or 149*13 English statute miles. Number of locks, 120. Time of transit, 12 days. Canal practicable only with locks. 2. — Lake Nicaragua and Costa-rica Route. Length, 292 kilometres, or 181*44 statute miles, English. Number of locks, 17. Time of transit, 4h days. Canal practicable only with locks. 3. — Isthmus op Panama Route, Columbia, with a single reach. No Locks nor Tunnels — Adopted by International Con.') geographical miles, p]nglish. 1 geographical mile, English = 1 ■152664 statute mile, English. 5h je 6 et :e or le . 248 im- [.*' SUEZ CANAL. England still continues to reap the chief marine heneiits accruing from the existence of the Suez Canal, in which, as the result of a hold stroke o^* policy on the part of the late Lord Beaconsfield, she is a large and controlling shareholder. Of the 895,840 shares of the company, 176,b02 were purchased from the Khedive of Egypt by the British Government. The canal is about 100 miles long, connecting the ^lediterranean and theKed Sea, thus affording a very nuich shorter route to the East than the old round-about route by way of Cape Horn. By the completion of the Canadian Pacific Railway, the British military authorities have now an alternative route by which troops could be expe- ditiously forwarded to India, without being under the necessity of passing through foreign territory. The Suez Canal, in case of war, might be block- aded or so obstructed, by the sinking of vessels, as to interfere with navigation. In such a contingency, Canada's great highway, from ocean to ocean, would prove invaluable, and the day may yet come when its importance from a military stand-point, may be more seriously regarded than it appears to be, at present. From a summary of the annual report of the Suez Canal Company, for 1887, it appears that the number of vessels which passed through the canal that year, was 3,187, their gross tonnage being 8,480,043 tons. Of the 3,137 vessels which passed through the canal that year, 2,830 were British, leaving 807 carrying other ilags. Of this number, 183 carried the flag of France, 159 Germany, 188 Italian, 123 Holland, 82 Austria and Hungary, 2h Austria, 26 Spain, 22 Russia. Only three American vessels passed through the canal during the year. The number of persons that passed through, as passengers, was 173,788, of whom 91,996 were soldiers, 58,415 civil passengers, and 19,610 Mohammedan pilgrims. {See Montreal Gazette, April, 1888.) 240 RAILWAYS TO HUDSON'S BAY. Subsidized Railway — Winnipeg to or near Port Nelson, Hudson's Bay : — Total length 650 miles. Total land subsidy 0,880,000 acres. See Act 49 Vic, Chap. 73, 1886, also O. C. 11th May, 1885. Railway to be completed on or before 11th May, 18'J0. PROroSED RAILWAY— LAKE NIPISSING TO HUDSON'S BAY. Ist Section — North Bay, near eastern extremity ot Lake Xipissing, 20 miles west of Callendar Station, C. P. R., to Lake Temiskaming 81 miles. 2nd Section — Lake Temiskaming to Lake Abitibi 94 " 3rd Section — Lake Abitibi to Moose Fr.ctory, Hudson's Bay 175 " Total length, about 350 " A Company for the construction of this railway was incorporated in 1884 by Act 47 Vict.', Chap. 80. This Act was amended by Act 49 Vict., Chap. 77, 1886, granting an extension of time. Work to be commenced 2nd June, 1888 1st Section to be completed 1890 2nd . do do 1892 3rd do do 1894 LAKE ST. JOHN TO HUDSON'S BAY. Lake St John is about the same distance of 350 miles from the Hudson's Bay establishment near the mouth of the River Rupert, on the east side and near the southern end of James' Bay, as Lake Temiskaming is from Moose Factory on the Avest side of the same bay, at its southern end. A stniight line from Lake St. John to Hudson's Bay would pass at about 60 miles to the south of Great Lake Mistassini, which discharges into the River Rupert, which is equal to, if not greater than the River Saguenay. I^OTE. — For details respecting the above Lakes see : — Page. Abitibi 146 Nipissing 164 St. John 171 Temiskaming 172 T EXPENDITURE ON PUBLIC WORKS, PRIOR TO AND SINCE CONFEDERATION, 1st JULY, 1867. 262 OTTAWA TARLTAMENT AXD DEPARTMENTAL BUTLDTTs^GS. Detailkd Statement of Expc'iiditniv for Constuuctidn and I.mpuovkments siiiue tVio commciu'ciiu'nt of above JiulMiiigs (1861)) to the 30th .luno, 1890. Partinment BnUdinn : — ijihrivry (coi'iplt'tion) Mail) tower do Fin? and water Hervice (hnlf coHt). Kxit from ^,'iillerieH l*iiiii|i-li(Mi.se Prior to Confederiition, |l CtH. i,4i!),:jr)r) (W Copper rooting and Hkyliglitn Telephonic service (half coHt) Ventilation Klectrie lighting Lean to rcMifn Renewals, kv S|)eaker's ai)pHrtnientH Post Office alterationn, Hoiwe of Coinnions. Since Confederation. TotalH 1,41(1,355 (i8 EnMcrn Block : — AlterationH and additions AtticH Fire and water Horvice ((luarter cost) 'i'elephonic service do \'ault (conijiletion of) do (new) 041, 03() 37 Totals. (i41,(l3() 37 Wf'iitr7-n Block- .— Alterations and additions Fjle\ator (new) Extension of building Fire an(i water service (quarter cost) Main tower (rt^covering) Telephonic service (cuiarter coat) «41,03C> 38 Totals Lanfievin Block, Welliniitoii Street : — Drains, Wellington and Bank Streets Electric bells ... Elevators Heating' a))paratus Iron joists do roofing do staircases Masonry work, &c Site ()»iireliase, interest, legal services, &c.) Miscellaneous expenditure t)41,03(> 38 Totals Groumh (for details, nee A\>y. No. 28 : — Public Works Report, 1883-84. p. 451). . . . 22,505 50 Supreme Court (formrrly Workshops ). Sheds, Dryhvj House, liv , . Grand Totals . $ cts. !»1,1H8 8!) 3(M,858 51 24,r) .55 4,!t!t!t 'M 2,(172 87 ti.Kll 38 2,0.54 11 (1,075 52 22,005 27 7,77>< 87 2.425 70 5,2r.8 (;3 i,;i(ii 00 Total. 51!),0i»7 54 17,470 07 1(1,007 5!l 10,51 C. (iO 18,104 85 1,027 05 12,878 02 3(i,000 .50 f eta, 1,.510,544 57 ;«)4.S58 51 •24,500 2.5 30, 20(1 .55 4,000 00 2,(172 87 (1,81 1 2,054 0,075 22,!M)5 7,778 2,425 70 5,258 (13 l,3(il 00 11 .52 27 7,778 87 107,003 (J8 17,470 07 11,:{81 L>2 1,275 00 4(12,247 17,721 2,783 1,027 513,!M)5 40 (1,348 00 .^,.5.55 0(1 38,180 00 24,7.33 40 15,241 54 (1.3,500 (M) 7,350 00 38(1,430 00 0(1,5(>(; 7(1 70,813 (11 (158,50(1 44 10,007 50 1(>,.51(1 (10 18,104 85 1,027 05 12,878 02 3(i,(K)0 50 (1.58,,50(1 45 11,3H1 22 1,275 (Kt 4(12,247 11 17,721 23 2,783 71 1,027 0(} 718,718 37 (1,348 00 3,555 (J() 38,180 00 24,733 40 15,241 .54 (13,500 tX> 7,3.50 00 38(1,4.30 00 0(1,5(1(1 7v5 7(1,813 01 375,065 01 (57,106 01 I . 1,6.57 45 1,657 45 2,723,0!)3 03 2,303,453 46 Grand Total. 9 cts. 1,038,4.53 22 748,040 05 1,154,941 78 718,718 .37 308,530 51 67,106 01 1,(].57 45 5,027,447 .?» * Including $752.63 for the tower bell, also $2,737.88 for clock. N.B. — Above expenditure is charged as follows, viz. : — Against " Cajntal " $4,822,455 32 do " Income " 204,092 07 Total as above $5,027,447 39 Department of Public Works, (Signed,) O. DIONNE, Ottawa, 22nd October, 1890. Accountant. ice tal. CtH. . / 3 22 10 (15 ;1 V8 8 37 JO 51 « 01 )7 45 17 39 a s a o B S o 4> 1 I *^ oo O) QO ■^ ,. o c c '^ o _ 0; o > CO 2 o a' C3 OQ o o a «« W ill a i. 3 E > o B 1. C S u u g «> I «» e o II t = o n H <» t» Vi 5 > 8 O § I fe 253 SI r* 5 "* 2 '"U 2 "2 '^ l^ I W "^ O' S' ■-"' ^' x' S' -"*'■• •'f ' f 5^ s M iT © o ^-1 1H ^. i & w 4*5 w *f M' ss -'c. i>. 15 c5 lO o ri X x Ci f w t- ri ec M -J — ■* — iS rt CC 1 C 1- ^ •?! » O M 15 K 13 -- l- CO « I- H" 1- I- ?. I- O M c -< r. ^ O ^1 C ?q ~. >-l W ?. C f 10 i.O q" «'irf — 'i— '-- :£'x''>h rfio'crir ^ I 2 CI Ti I- T " ^ ^ W '-' '^ :5C1 Tl I--T ' _ -. Jo' ? if «• _' 1-. •- If I c: s; 1-1 r: t^ 15 2-. S 1* «-o-^i-w^ sss?-::*?? c5 c. — 10 ic -(• x'o' ?;3 lO o CC I.. o'cfcf 1ft I- r-l t (M Cf i-T S2 irr Mr-C 3S» Meo l-C) 00 I'. X f :s 10 •r 'ft •r *f ^r 10 cc 'ft ^ 1ft — •"* X i-H -^ CO 1" X .-.1ft r-i rt -r e a o H ■s « •^ >, : gpc .St3 *j — X a 5 > ^ is a 3 * S MA 3? be X Qcfi to J) ■ . a> .iJ-n/-( lis ;s ;si 5? sa s ,;4 o - ■?1 •f ^ § k Li "3 9! -^ o H -a I O -sill '^ S5^ tCK 5-iJ' ',' 'J APPENDIX No. 23. HEADS, DEPUTY- HEADS AM) CHIEF OFFICERS OK THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS, 1841 TO 1801. 256 APPENDIX Members, Commissioners and Assistant Commissioners of the Board of Works, Arcliitects of the Department of ill' Chairman, Commissioners and Ministers. Assistant Commissioners and Deputy Ministers. Names. From. Under Stotutc 4-5 Vic, Cap. JS, Cor- porntinn of Board of Worhs. Hon. H. H. Killaly, Chairman. To. Names. Date of Apjiointment. " D.Daly ~) " >S. B. Harrison j-Memljers. . J. Davidson, Esq. J JVcw Board of Works. Hon. H. H. Killalv, Chairman " D.Daly ~ ] " w- ?.• ^^•'■'^''"' I- Members.. " W. Morns " D. B. Papineau... J Uwler Statute 9 Vic, Cap. -V, etc Hon. W. B. Robinson, Chief Commis- sioner. July 4, 1840 Dec. 2!), 1841 Oct. 3, 1844 -Oct. 5, 1844 " E. P. Tache 1' J. Chabot " W. H. Merritt " J. Bourret " John Young " J. ChalHjt " ¥. Lemieux " C. AUevn " L. H. ilolttm " L. V. Sicotte do do do do do do do do do do " John Rose do " Jos. Cauchon, Commissioner " U. J. Tessier do " L. T. Drumnioiul do '' M. Laframlx)ise do " J. C. Chapais do Under Statute .U Vic, Cap. 12. Hon. Wm. McDougall, Minister.... Hon. H. L. Langevin, C. B. do Hon. Ale.xaiider Mackenzie do . . . . Sir Charles Tupiier, C. B., K. C. M. G., Minister Sir Hector L. Langevin, C. B., K. C. M. G,, Minister Mar. Dec. 11, 1848 15, 184!) April 20, 1850 Feb. 15, 1851 Oct. Sept, Jan. Nov. Aug. do Jan. June May do July 28, 1851 23, 1852 27, 1855 28, 1857 2, 1858 (), 1858 15, 185!i 15, 18(i] 24, 181 -.2 28, 18(W 23, 1803 Mar. 30, 18()4 June 8, 1846 \[ar. 10, 1848 Nov. 20, 1849 Mar. 31, ia50 Feb. Oct. Sept. •Tan. Nov. Aug. do Jan. Tune May do July Mar. 11, 27, 22, 20, 25, 1, 0, 10, 12, 23, 27, 23, 29, 1851 1851 1852 1855 1857 1858 1858 18551 1801 1802 1803 1803 1804 Hon. Chas. Eus. Cas- grain. Second Com- missioner Hon. M. Cameron, Asst. Commission'r Jno.Wetenhall, Asst. Ccnunis.sioner Hon. Jos. Bourret, Asst. Commission'r Hon. H. H. KiUaly, Asst. Commission'r Aug. 1. 1846 Mar. 11, 1848 Feb. 2, 1850 April 20, 1850 Feb. 15, 1851 Samuel Keefer, Dep. Commissioner May 0, 1859 Tune 30, 18(}7 July 1, 1807 Oct. Toussaint Trudeau, Dep. Commission'r; Mar. 15, 1864 Dec. Nov. Oct. May 8, 1809 Nov. 7, 1873 Oct. -, 1869 Toussaint T- >au. Deputy >' ..ster.. July 1, 1808 5, 1873 10, 1878 17, 1878 20, 1879 May 20, 1879 G. F. Baillairge,! Deputy Minister. .Oct. 4, 1879 267 No. 23. .1 plll'w:St"^'i?X^Zr ^^^^^^--' Chie^ Engineers and Chief Secretaries. Chief Engineers . Names. Date of Appointment. Names. Date of Appointment. Chief Architects. Thomas A. Begly. Aug. 17, 1841jSamuelKeefer., Aug. 17, 1841 Names. Thomas A. Begly, under Act estab- hshing Dept. of Public Works. .. F. P. Rubidge, Architect and Asst. Chief En- gineer Date of Appointment. jDec. 15, 1841 Toussaint Trudeau. Frederick Braiin. Sept. 25, 1847 Dec. 13, 1859 Mar. 8, 1864 John Page. Oct. 31, 1853 rS. Chapleau.. ■i^^i^g beil |jan. 23, 1885 17 . Oct. 4, 187!) Nov. 4, 1880, G. F. Baillairge, Asst. Chief En- 1 erineer July 5, 1371 H. F. Perley. Nov. 25, 1880 Thos. S. Scott. Thos. Fuller Feb. 7, 1872 Oct, 31, 1881 y 258 1789- -July 12th to IGth. 1825- July and Aug. 1837— Aug. 1857-59. 1850-55. WESTERN ARCTIC OCEAN. TtDES. ^ Inches. Sir Alexander Mackenzie, having ventured in a canoe in pursuit of whales, beyond Whale Island to which he was driven back by a storm, observed the tide at the mouth of the Mackenzie to be 18 Sir John (Dr.) Ilichardson and Mr. Kendall, dui-ing their journey eastward from tlie Mackenzie to the mouth of the Copper- Mine Eiver, tound the tides, at first, to rise 15 Further cast the tides decreased to 7 or 8 On the 28lh of Jul3^, the tide, in the morning, was 7 do do evening, was 11 The highest tides, they state, do not exceed 18 Thomas Simpson leached Point Eai'row, Alaska, from the east, 23id August, and started on his return eastward next daj^ ; he observed the tides to be semi-diui-nal, and coming from the west, the highest being 15 From Point Barrow, eastward, the tides decreased fiom 8 to 9 The time of high water, eastward of Point Barrow, was from 1 to 2 o'clock, a.m. and p.m. CURRENTS AND TIDES. The tides are very rapid, according to the narratives of various Arctic J'lxplorers. In Bel lot's Straits, Capt. McClintock*luid to contend with tides like a mill stream, running at the rate of 7 miles an hour. There is a strong current to tlie noi'th of Behring Sea; it sets east- ward irom Behring Sea to the Copper-Mine Iliver, a distance, say, of 2,000 miles. The current from the west, in the Gulf of Boothia, has been found as gi'cat as 4 miles an hour. ICE BARRIER (PERMANENT). According to Sir John " Richardson's Polar Regions" To the westward of " Banks' Land," at some distance seaward of the American Continent, is found the permanent ice-blockaded sea, called by the Kskimos " the land of the white bear." This gigantic Hoc, we believe to be formed by the continued eastern set of the deep tidal and oceanic currents ot the Polar Sea, east of Spitzbergen, and that it is prevented fiom permanently blocking up the coast lino of the Continent only by the influence of the rapid tides which enter the Polar Sea through Behring Strait. Sir Eobert AlcClure and Capt. Collinson, in their voyages from Behi'ing's Strait to Banks' Land, obtained information respecting the fixed " Barrier of Ice," as being distant fiom 30 to 50 miles from the Continent. It is supposed that this Ice Belt hangs cm to a northern chain of islands. Sir John Franklin had nearly completed the North-West Passage, when his two ships, the "Erebus" and " Terror," were beset in the ice, 12ih September, 184(5, and abandoned 28th April, 1848, near the Ice Barrier between King William's island and Dease Strait. The crews landed on the Island, '22nd April, 1847 ; Franklin died 11th June, 1847. (*See page 90, for further details.) Inches, t k e 18 y r- 15 .. T or 8 1 11 18 it, Y\ im 15 ... 8 to 9 )m )f various tides like sets east- 0, say, of olliia, has vard of the called by we believe id oceanic prevented nt only by through u'in' Mackenzie or to the Polar Ocean l42 Proposed route to " (xold Mines " at head waters of the Yukon River, and to the " Cassiar Mines," British Columbia 180 Wiimipeg to Liveri)ool, England, by Hudson's Bay route, compared with t^uebec and St. John, N. B., route.s 143 Yukon Territory, from Chilkoot Inlet at the head of Lynn Inlet, on the Pacific coast, up to Boundary Hue. Canada and Alaska at 141" Long. W 179 DuNVEGAN, Fort — Peace River. — Situation, climate, products, R. C. Indian school and mission and Anglican mission 151, 152 do do do do do do do 28 218 194 lOS 198 182 193 189 l!tl 183, 184 185 1!)2 101, 242 1»1 185 18$, 185 1!»(», l!tl 185 1!»2, 193 244 8" 37 32 28 87, !H 9(> 20(! 177 100, 101 93 94 lOG, 107 151 155, 156 151 (54.65 180 79 59, GO 59 to ()1 142 180 143 179 L51, 152 263 E. Edmonton. —Situation, climate, productH, coal, ^old, t'tc, Tiidian |)o|)u1ati<>n, churches, &o. Vauk, Lakk. — Ari'a, diinensiouH, depth and elevation above the sea, &c EllHATA Paok. 152, 153 20, 27, 28 200 218 15, 19 17 E8(jiiiMALT — Vancouver Iwland, B. C. — TidoH — Lat. Long EayuiMAUX. — Population of Arctic Archipelago, (rreenland, HudHon's Strait, Labrmlor and P< liar Sea Kayaks (canoes) _ Settlements at Boothia Kelix, Etah, lgl(K)lik, Ka-pa-rokto-lik, and at Mora- vian missions, &c,, Lalirador coast, ite I'i, 19 Etah. — The nortiiernmost iialiitation of man on the west coast of Greenland 18 EXPKUITION. — Sir Alexander Mackenzie's to the Arctic Ocean, 1789, and to Pacific Ocean, 1793 84, 203 Sir .lohn Franklin's to the Copper-Mine Kiver and the Pohir Sea, 181!»-2<1- 21-22 80, 87, 91, 95, 203 Sir .lohn Franklin's to the mouth of the River Mackenzie and the Polar Sea, 1825-_>() -27 88, 89, 92, 90, 204 Sir .lolm Franklin's to the Polar Sea x'i'd Davis Strait and Battin Sea, 1845-40-47 ._ 90, 204 Capt. ( Jeor^'e Xaros' to the Polar Sea I'i'iJ Davis Strait, Baffin Sea and Smith's Somid. 1875-70 204 Lieut. Com. (J. W. DeLong's, IT. S., to the Polar Sea r/VJ Behring Strait, 1881 204-205 Lieut. A. W. (h'eely's to the Polar Sea ?'(■({ Davis Strait, ]iatfin Sea and Smith's Sound, 1881-82-83-84 204, 205, 20f) F(»r the re.KCUc of Fraiikliu and (Jreelv ... 2(15, 2(H> Various parties, .'^40 l>ef(ire Ciu'lst to 'l819 197, 203 ExPKNDITiniK on coustructiou aupg Oknkual Rkmaukm, k ic, rwtfx'cting (iate», etc., oi Part IV (fOLiJ production of Canada Good Hoi'K. Fokt. - Nhw or ITppf-r. — River Mackenzie, — Situation, climate, productH, ]Ki|iiilation, R. ('. niisHion and convent. Ghani) Lakk, New linuiHwick. — Area, dinionsionH, depth and elevation alx)ve the 8ea Gkkat Hkak Lakk, and the Copper-Mine River Grkat Ugak Lakk. — Area, diinenHJonH, depth, elevation alnjve the Hea Climate, ganio, tinh, aniniulH Grkat Si.avk Lake, N. W.T. — Area, dinieoHionH, depth and elevation almve the Hea do do MineralH, HhIi, navi^-ition Grkki,y's Kxpkoition to the Polar sea vid DaviH Strait, Baffin Sea and SuiithV aound, 1881-82-83-84 H. HAlinouuH open all winter Hai.kkt, Ff)UT, liiard River.— Climate, products, Indian and White iKjpulation, R. C. mission, opening and dosing of th(j t'ivm- Heak.s, ktc, of the Department cf Piiblic Works, 1841 to 18ill HioHKHT liA ^ITL'l)^;^^ attained. —North.— Arctic Regions and Polar Sea Aldrich, Lieut. Beaumont, Lieut. L. A • Cal)ot, Hehastien. DeLong, Lieut., Com. Geo. W. Franklni, Sir John. Greely, Lieut. Adolplius W. Hall, Capt. F. Hayes, Dr. Hudson, Henry. Ingletield, .Admiral. Kane, Elisha Keiit. Markham, Commander. Nares, Capt. (4eorge. Parr, Lieut. Parry, Admiral W. Payer, Lieut. Juliu-s. Phipp.s, C. J. Ross, Capt John. Scoresby, W., sen. HiSTOiuoAr. Mai' of Canada.— Letter of Governor Schultz, of Manitoba, ap|irovinpr the same. Hudson's Bay, Stkaits and Tkhkitohiks.— Kionomic materials, firheries animals, navigation. Hudson's B.\y. Projected Railways from Winnipeg, Lake Nipissing and Lake St. .John .... HuuoN, Lake. — Area, dimensions, depth, <.md elevation above the sea Hyktal ou Rain Table. — Dominion of Canada I. Ice — Fresh and Salt water. — ^Thickness at various Polar stations loi.ooi.iK. — Esijuimaux Village, Polar Sea Imi'Ehial Statu rKs relating to Labrador Indian Poi'UL.\tion. — Resident and nomadic in DomiTiion of Canada do In the United States of America Inteuoceanio C.VNALS. Proj(;cted or constructed Paok. 66 250 109 164-186 28 155 156 155-156 28 166 157 204 20& 206 234 157 256, 257 67 3 157, 158 24!) 26, 27, 28 97 99 18 242 15 to 20 22 to 24 245 to 248 K. 66 K".OMETHES and English Miles KooTENAY Lake — British Columbia. — Area, dimensions, depth and eltvation above the sea.. KYuyuoT Sound — West side of Vancouver Island, B.C. — Tides, Lat., Long 247 28 218 99 247 La Bit'HE, Lake. — Situation, climate, products, population 159 Lahuadou Boundaries. Impei ial Statutes relating thereto .... 242 Lake St. John, P.i^. Descrii)tion and Projected Railway to Hudson's Bay 171 249 Lakes of Can.vda. — Area, dimensions, depth and elevation above the sea 27, 28 Latitudes observed, 1820 to 1833, at various Polar stations west of Greenland 99 Latitude and longitude of Fort YuRon, Alaska 176 Latitudes and longitudes, elevation abovt; sea, temjierature, rain and snowfall, and i)ercent- age of cloudy weather at various localities from Newfoundland to Hudson's Bay, Great Bear Lake, in the Mackenzie River region, and to the Pacific Ocean 100, 101 Latitudes and longitudes of the " International Circumi)olar Stations," established by the various nations of America and Europe in 1882-83 : .... 103 Latitudes, longitudes, temperatuit, &c., observed by Franklin during his first expedition, 1819-20-21-22, to the Copper-Mine River and the Polar Sea vid Hudson's Bay 83, 87 266 LA'i'iTritKM, loiiKitudcH iviirl viiriatioii cliMcrvt'd by Fniiikliii (liirinj? h\n Mronul fx|M'(lition to tli HaHkatchcwaii chain of lukun, and thtt Ri vtT Mackfn/.if, lH2r)-'.>fi-27 Latii'idks, lonKitudcH, declination, Ac, ohmTved in tin- Riv(ftr»«l with thoHo of other Polar HtatiouH in HuHsia and Canaila liiAKK KivKK Kivit'-re aux Ijiards, OpeniuK 'i"d dosiiij; of navi^'ation Li'iTi.K (Ut Lk.hskk Hlavk Lakk Athaliawca District. Area, dinu'iinions, depth and elevation above the Mca Li I ri.K OH [jKhmkh Slave Lakk -Tnuliiiff jioHt, miHsion and Indian »chiH)l LiVKKi'Doi,, Knvrland, to Yokohaiiui, iIa])an.-Comiiarative dixtances vid Canada and the L'nit«'(l StateH LoNo Lake— Assinilxjia District. — Area, dimennionH, depth and elevation alx)ve the sea M Mackenzie Riveh. — First Expeditions l»y Mackenzie and Franklin, and first Forts built, down to tlie Polar Sea do Width, depth, distances from mouth ujj to Fort Resolution, (treat Slave Lake Climate, forest trees, plants, minerals, furs, jfanie, fish do Route from Montreal hy tlie Canadian Pacific Hiiihvay to Calgary and thence riii I'ldmoutoii to mouth of river on Polar Ocean Mackenzie Riveu Recjion. — Navitjation, arable and pastoral lands, fisheries, forests, furHanil mint.i Indian and white |M>puli;tion Furs sold in London and received in .Montreal 0])eiiiu(,'' iind closingof luiviKatiou at Ft)rts .McMurray, Nornuvn and Simpson -According to Franklin and Professor Harlow Manitoba, IjAKE. — Area, dimensions depth and elevation above the sea McLeoi), Kout.— North. -West of the Rocky .Mountains do South. — Indian population and missions Mc.MuKKAV Lan'dim;.— Situation, climate, products, Indian po]iidation, R. C. mission Mn'HitiAN Lake, United States. —Area, dimensions, dei)th and elevation above the sea, &c. . Minekai.h.— Products of Dominion of Canada Mis.sioNAUiKs, List ov, in the Xa-th-West, 1K18, imr>. MisTAS.si.Ni Lake — North-Fiast Territory. — Area, dimension, depth and elevation above the sea do Wild-grapes and other fruit, &c McPherso.v, Foht, on the Peel River.— Situation, climate, soil. Paok. !K> 102 218 N do do do du do do Macinetic Pole.- Montkeai, Hakbol'K — Ice shove, opening and closing of navigation, &c. MoNTKEAL to the mouth of the River Mackenzie, or Polar Sea Moo.se Fa(!Toiiv. --Situation, climate, i)roducts, Indians, Anglican mis,sion. Moravian Missicms on N. E. coast of Labrador, N Nanaimo— North East side of Vancouver Island, B.C. — Tides, Lat., Long Natukai, Re.soukce,s.— Products and trade Nautical ani> Statute Milk.s corresiH>iiding to a degree of longitude at every degree of latitude Navigable W ate hh.— Manitoba and North- West Territories Assiniboine River. Athabasca River and Lake, (ireat Slave Lake and Little Slave Lake. Long Lake. Mackenzie River. Manitoba Lake. Peace River. Qu'Appelle River. Red River. Saskatchewan River. Souris River. Winnipeg Lake and Winnipegosis Lake. tli l.V,» 2K ItiO ,')!» to I'd 28 i:it; 137 137 to 13H 142 134 to 140 141 13K 13!), 140 103 2S lOO 100 101 27, 28 100 2U 28 1(;2 101, 102 220 to 231 142 1(52 10 to 'S 218 105, 111 210 29 4« 267 102 218 01 1,V.» 28 KiO 180 f8t 7tol3H 142 131), 1 1'> l(»:i 2S 1C>0 ICO Kil 27,28 lOit 20 28 lt>2 1C.1, 1*12 !•_)(» lo 2:51 142 1()2 1(5 to ""8 218 105, 111 210 29 N Navkmiii-k VVatkhh. -St. Lawrence Navigation . Litki- Kriif. (ii-oductH, navigation Nkw Wkstminstku. Hritish ('olmiiiua NlCAHAiil A ANIi ( 'osTA ItH'A. rrojicted Canal N'li'KioN liAKK, Province of Ontariii, -.Area, diuiensions, dentil and elevation above the Hea. Nil'issiNi; IjAKK. -.Vrea, dinieiiHions, de|itii and elevation al Hive the .sea N'lI'lsslNc FiAKK TO Hikson's |{av. I'rojected Railway NooTKA ,S(ii SI). W'e.st side of Vancouver Island, I'aciHc Oceiin. — TiduH, hit., long NoiiM VN, l''oiiT (New). Situation, climate, proiluctH, mission, population N(»RTHKii\ Limit -of cereal i)r(iduction, itc A laska. .\nstria. , Canada. CuniKfilaiid House. Chipewyan, Fort. I>enniark. hunvenan. Fort. hronitiiein (Norway). I'ldmnnton, Fort. ' I'lurope. J (Jerniany. (IihmI Hope, Fort. (J real llritain. Hal kit. Fort. Iceland. Lapland. Liard, Fort. Norway. Northern portion of Kurope. I'uland. Providence, Fort. <,)\r.\ppelle. Fort. Russia— Central, Eastern, Northern, Western. Scotland. Sweden. Simpson, Fort. Yukon. Paok. •H\ 27, 32 I 127 i(;3 175 (!.",, 237 2l(i, 247 28 ItW 28 t*>4 24!t 218 Itil, it;r. '7 to 130 Opexino AN-n Ci.o.sTN({ OF Navigation :— ' Athabasca River Fidmonton ■ ( Jreat Slave Lake Hayes River Hudson's Bay and Strait , Liard River Moose Factory River Churchill .... River Mackenzie— Vort McMuiray do Norrnan do Simpson Riviere aux Liards — F'ort Halket. . Various Ports in Canada. — Tides. -Opening and closing of Navig.ition, etc Ontakio, Lake. — Area, dimensions, depth and elevatiim above the sea, &c Ott.vwa Pauma.me.vt and Departmental Buildings. — E.\i>enditure th-^reon Ottawa Rivku, navigation, including St. Ann's Lock, Cardlon, (irenvillu and Culbute Canals Oxford Hou.se. — Situation, products, &c 148 152 l.-)6 175 l.'J7. 158 139, 159 1()2 150 139, 101 140, 1G5 1.39, 170 139, 157 212 to 234 2« to 28 252 to 253 32 ; 16& 2J8 Page. 245 to 247 Sitiiation, climate, products, animal, navigation, etc., 20, 127, 100, KiO, 171 167 Panama Canal Peack Rivek and Rehion. Peei, Riveu.— Navigation . Pem.y Rivek. — Houle Rapirts to Porcujjine River Points aix Esyi.iMAix- St. Pierre, etc., North shore of River St. Lawrence Population, Acadian, 174!( to 1771, compared with the same in 1871 do of IJritish posscKKion.s in tlie world do of the United States of North America do of the World Population . —Dominion of Canada and Newfotnidland : — Alberta, Assiniboia, \thabasca, North-West Territories and Saskatchewan. IJriti.ih Cohnnbia. l.sland.s in Arctic Ocean and Hudson's Bay. Keewatin and Territory east thereof, and south of Hudson's Bay. Labrador. Manitoba. N(?wioundIand. do French shore. Cape Ray to Cape St. John. New Brunswick. Nova Scotia. Ontario. Prince Edward Island . (^uetHfc. Territory east of Hudson's Bay. Population -Indians. — Dominiim of Canada do Indians and Whites.— .Mackenzie River Region do Indians. — United States, North America Pouc'UPlNE RivKU to the I'elly River PfMiT Moody— Bin rard Inlet, B.C.— Tides Port Nelson, Htulson's Bay or York Factory.— Situation, climate, products, navigation. . . . PoKTs open to navigation tiie whole year ^ Pout Si.mp.son— Biitish Colund)ia.- Tides, lat., long Pki.s'ce a ldeut.— Situation, climate, ])roducts, pupidation Pkodicts and Thadk., &c., of Canada Pkoiiues.sive I'oi'LLATKtN of New France, A n,dia, &c., now the Dominion of Canada PuoviDKNcE, FoKT, ( ireat Slave Lake. Situatif)n, elimatts pnxhicts, population, R.C. mission PuovisiONAL DisTUKTs, BoiHularies, etc., North-West 'i'erritories 237 180 238 n 7 7 7 6 Q Qi'ATHlNO — West coast of Vancouver Island, B.C. — Tide.s, lat., long (.^u'Api'Ki.LE Rivek and Lake.s. — AssiniUiia District R. Rae, Fort — (Ireat Slave Lake. — Sitiiation, climate, Indian and White poimlation. R.C. mission Raii.WAVS. - British possessions, 1888 Canada, 18H!». Foreign coim tries, 1887-88 Owned by coal and iron mines, 1888 Railwav.s to Hidson"s Bay. -Projected Rain and Snow Tahlics.— Dominion of Canada At various places, Newfoundland to (ireat Bear Lake Red ^'.ivek. Width, depth, navigation Reliance, 1'okt.- On the Yukon Hiver Reliek Kxi'EDITIONs for the rescue of Franklin, 1848 to 1809 do do ( Jreely, 1882-83-84 Resoi.i'tion, Fort. — Situation, climate, products, Indian population, missions RiciiKLiKr River and Lake Champlain iiavigati(jn '■' navkjation, Ottawa to Kingston .\thaliasca Assiniljoine Belly (JhuVchill r,'opper-Mine — Franklin's Exjiedition Forty-Mile -Yukon District Eraser -Discovered by Mackenzie ( Ireat Bear ( J reat Slave Hay'!s H<» 32 32 134, 135 2!t 1()0 150 mr., 15(1 177 (15, 218 13(1 134, 135 175 87 127, 12!t 135 , 13!t, 140 175 84 269 R Page. RiVEHH : — Continued. Peace 29, 127, 160, 166, 167, 171 Peel . 140, 1(17 Pelly 180 Porcupine— Yukon District 127, 12!) Qu'ApiJelle 29, 128, 129 Rainy 96 Red 29, 31 Saguenay 172 Salmon- -l)incovered by Mackenzie 65 HaHkatchewan 29, 30, 31, 128, 129, 169 Slave 29, 134, 135 Smoke 171 Soiirirt 29 Yukon 127, 176, 177 RivikuK DU LikvKE. — Lock and dam 32 Roman Catholic Missions and Diocjkseh : — Labrador to British Columbia 15 to 19 Northein TerritorieH (Hudson's Bay, forts, &c.) 146 to 175, 235 to 239 RosHTONOL Lake, Nova Scotia. — Area, dimensions, depth and elevation above the sea 28 Routes. — Liverixjol to Yokohama vid Canada .59 to 60 do do Canada and United States compared 61 s. 99 246 SaI/T Water and Fresh Water Ice. — Thickness oV)8ervedat various Polar stations iSan Blas Isthmls — Columbia.— Projected Canal Saskat(,'hew.\n Kiveh Navigation. — Discharge of water, distances along the river to Edmonton, altitude and temperature of upper and lower jwrtions of plain 30 to 31, 169 Si.MC'OE, Lake, Ontario. — Area, (limensions, dei)th and elevation alxjve the sea 28 Simpson, Fokt, River Mackenzie. — Situation, climate, prcnlucts, [wpulation and missions . . . 169 to 170 Simpson, Pokt — British Columbia. — Tides, Lat. Long 218 Sitka ok Akkhancjel, U.S., Alaska Territory.— Tides, Lat., Long 218 Slave L.\ke. — (Ireat, North-West Territory. — Area, dimensions, depth and elevation alxjve the sea, temperature, etc 28, 29, 167, 169 Sl.vve Lake. — Little or Lesser. — Area, dimensions, depth and elevation alxjve the sea 28 Smith, Fout. — (Jreat Slave River. — Situation, salt deiH)sits, Indians, Roman Catholic mission. 170 Smoke River, Fout. — Situation, soil, Roman Catholic mission 171 Snow and Rain Tables. — Dominion of Canada 97, 98 At various places from Newfoundland to Great Bear Lake 100 to 101 Stakk of the Department of Public Works, 1841 to 1891 256, 257 Statute Miles. — Corresixjndiug to a degree of longitude at every degree of latitude 210 Steamships — New — of the Canadian Pacific Railway Company 244 Ste Anne, Lake— West of EdmonU)n— All)erta 236 St. Fkancis, Lake. — P. O. and P. i^. — Area, dimensions, depth and elevation above the sea, &c St. John, Lake, P.Q. — Area, dimensions, depth and elevation above the sea 26 27 28 Climate, soil and productions, and also principal villages . . 171-172. 238 St. Lawkenc'E Navigation.— Lake Superior to Strait of Belle-lie. St. Louis, Lake, P.Q. — Area, dimensions, depth and elevation above the sea, &c. St. Maukice Quebec and Saguenay regions. — Extent, &c St. Peteu, Lake, p. C^. — Area, dimensions and elevation alxjve the sea . . St. Petek's Canal, between the Atlantic at-.d Bras-d'Or Lake, Cape Breton, N.S. Submarine Cables. — Canadian (iovernment do The World Suez Canal Sunlight. — Mackenzie River region compared with Ottawa do Chi[)ewyan — Fort, Lake Athabasca. do (i(X)d Hope— Fort, River Mackenzie. do McPhers(m — Fort, Peel River. do Ottaw'v City, River Ottawa. Superior Lake.— Area, dimensions, depth and elevation above the sca . . . T. Tay River Canal, . . . . Tehuantepec! Canal Route.— Projected Telegraph Cables :— Canadian (Jovernment Of the World Telegraph Lines on Land :— Canadian (Jovernment Of the World ... Temihkaming, Lake, P.Q. —Area, dimensions, depth and elevatiiii above the sea. . . . . . do Climate, trees, animals, economic materials, R. C. mission. 2(1, 27 26-27 172, 2.38 26-27 32 42, 43, 49 44 to .58 247, 248 102 26 to 28 32 246 42 43 to 58 42 to 49 68 28 172, 173 270 Page. Tkmpkkatuhe at various Polar stationB, summer and winter 1)3 do At various localities from Newfoundland to Hudson's Bay, Great Bear Lake, and to the I'aeific Ocean 10(), 101, 148 to 177 do Franklin's 1st Expedition, 1819-20-21-22, to the Copper-Mine Iliver and the I'olar Sea do do do Franklin's 2nd Fxi)edition, 1H25 2(1 27, to the Polar Sea. 80, 87, 91 89. 92 20G M' I (ircely Fxpi'dition, observed in 1882 <.)l)served hy \V. ()gilvie, D.L.S., 1887, at the International Boundary Line between Alaska and the Yukon District, Canada 177 do West coast of (ireenland compared with that of Russia and Canada 94 Tkmpkua'I'I'HK— Antieosti, S. W. I'oint, Province of (iuel)ec 100-101 Aiiticosti, West I'oint do . KM) 1(»1 Belle-Ilf, I/iKJithouse do lOd 101 Calgarv. Alberta I )istrict in the Xorth-Wcst KlO- 101 Charlottftown. ( 'a|iital of Prince Edward Island 10(^-101 Cunitierland House, south side of I'itie Ijake, District of Saskatchewan 100-101, lal Dunvegan, Peace liiver, Athabasca District 151 152 Edmonton, Alberta District in the North-West 100-101, 152-15.3 Fiiiterprise, I""ort, built by Franklin (luring tiie first expedition 80 to 91 Fort Ciiipewyan, Athabasca J>ake 100-101, 148-149 Fort ('luucliill, west coast of Hudson's liay 1.50 Fort fJhinio, Ihulson's Strait, ('apt. '..'■)rd<)n's expedition 100 101 Fort Conger, Lady Franklin Pay, (ireely's expedition 100 101 Foit I''i-anklin, (Jreat Bear Ijake, Franklin's second expedition 89, 100-101, 1.53-154 Fort (Jood Hope, Hiver Mackenzie 154 155 Fort Norman. JMver Mackenzie 100 101, 1()4 Fort Kae, (ire.it Slave Lake, Circumiwlar Station 100-101, 154, 1(>8 Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River 100-101,109 170 Frcdericttni, Province of New P uuswick (ireenland, west coast ]5aitin Seu (df of Boothia and westward. Halifax, I'rovince of Nova Scotii Hamilton do Kihnahumaig do Kingston do Ijittlc Slave Tjake, Mcl'herson, Fort, ( )ntario I'riuce Edward Island Ontario St. Bernard, Athabasca District Yiikon Territoi'y Montreal, i'rovince of <^iiebec Moose F'actorv, Hudson's Bay, south of James' Bay Ottawii, Provmce of ( )ntario Port Arthur, J'rovince of < )ntario Port Burwell, Hudson's .Strait, southeast end entrance to Ungiiva Bay. Port Churchill, 1 ludson's P>ay, west coast Port Ivajierrieie, south eastern entrance Hudson's Bay Port Moody, Province of British (Columbia (^uel)ec Citadel, Province of t^uehec Pegina, District of Assiniboia Sable Island, / llantie Ocean, Nova Scotia Saskatcliewan River— Plain, l^pper and lower ])ortion8 St. .lolin Lake, Province of (^>uel)ec St. .Fohn's do New Brunswick St. .Tohn's Province of Newfot.iidland SychK'v, Cape Breton, Province of Nova Scotia Temiskaniing Lakes, do (Quebec and Ontario Toronto, do ( )ntario Tiu'ee Rivers, . do (Quebec Vermilion I'\>rt, Peace River, Athaliasca District Victoria, Vancouver Island, Province of British Columbia Winnipeg, Province of Manitoba Windsor, do ( )ntario Yarmouth, do Nova Scotia 100-101 94 100-101 100-101 100-101 100-101 100 161 100-101 100 101 100 101 100 101 100 101 100 101 100 loo 100 100 100 101 101 101 101 101 1«9 171 100 101 100 101 100 101 172 173 100 101 100 101 17:M74 100 101 lOO-lOl 100 101 100 101 York F.actory, Hudson's Bay, mouth of Nelson and Hayes Rivers 100-101, 175 Yukon District, near Alaska 177 Tides. — Neap ami Springs at various seajHJrts on the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans and in the (iulf and River St. L.awrence, itc... 212-218 Western Arctic < )ci'an --Tides, current, ice-barrier, etc 258 Trade oi' Canada, 1808 to 1889 110 Trent Rivkk navi'j.vtion 32 f u. ITnited Emi'Uik LoYAr,iHTH.-;-Settlers and recipients of grants of land in the Province of t^uebec and in the Maritime Provinces 78 Pace. 1)3 177 •14 100- 1(11 1(10 1(»1 100 101 100 101 1()(H01 ) 101, mi 151-152 L, 152 153 8() to 91 L, 148-149 150 100 101 100 101 [, 153-154 154 155 ) 101, l(i4 , 154, KiH [, 1(!9-170 100-101 94 100 101 100-101 100-101 100 101 KiO 101 100 101 100 101 100 101 TOO 101 100 101 100 101 100 101 100 101 100 101 100 101 100 101 169 171 100-101 100 101 100 101 172 173 100 101 100 101 173-174 100 101 100-101 100 101 100 101 3-101, 175 177 212-218 258 110 32 271 V. V^wffr'"" l'''"'^'"' '^'■"*'*^'^ Colun.hia, Pacific Ocean n!^:.:""^ On 1 eaco mver.-H.tuut.un, elevation above the sea, climate,- ' products, Ve«sk,.« an,, T,.NXA.K.-Arrivedan;(de,.arted from Canadian' ,K.rt«;; '■" 1 ,„.'', '"^'.''V'l'-"}' c:;>'iiitries of the World .... AIox. Tache, d Empress of I search of a Page. 237 95 173, 174 34 34 05, 237 239 244 244 197 to 200 w. WEsTKliX A I Wl^vfm. r'!'-/ V'f ^! '''t' ^""■'■"t- ice-barrier, etc W vv !: T "'"'-'l."^ ^f"' Provnice of Manitoba .. vi.N.Mihc, l^AKE-Provmceof Manitolia.-^Area dimen8ionVfi,i.',fl, '■,',J"{ 'V-'", ••■,■• •sea ^ifci, uunensions, depth anfl el(-vation above the Steamer.s naviiratin^,'' tlii^'lake 28, x!K:rr.::;es^"'"""'-""'>^"""^ ''^ Route-Compared ■ with (2„ohec and' St/ John; tl,e ^.a""' r-^'^^-l^— e of Alan.tuba.-^Area, din.en.ioiL, depth' and' elevation aj^ove WiNTKU P..i,Ts.-()n the Atlantic aiun';u-ific'()cea.;s "he'se;'"^ ::'" ^'"^ ~^'--"- «f ' 'ntario.-Area, dinu^isions; 'depth a^id 'ekvation' alK;ve Wmc^LEV, FouT.-On the Mackenxie River.'^Si"tu;{tion; 'clin;ate, 'fruit'.'.'.'.'.', .V.'; ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ; ; ; ; Y. Yamaska KiVKU.-Lock and dam Co.'^t of pro\isions. . 1 UKON and Athabasca ])i,.tricts.-'FreiKiitrate« do PoitT.- Situation do KiVEii and tributarie.s, and ni'i'viiratio'n' 258 238, 239 29, 30, 31 30, 31 143 249 28 234 28 174 32 175 177, 178 180 180 179 170 170, 177 180 179 78